







 
   
     
       
         The present state of the princes and republicks of Italy with observations on them / written originally in English by J. Gailhard ...
         Gailhard, J. (Jean)
      
       
         
           1671
        
      
       Approx. 304 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 136 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-05 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A41525
         Wing G125
         ESTC R40437
         19320043
         ocm 19320043
         108607
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A41525)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 108607)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1670:29)
      
       
         
           
             The present state of the princes and republicks of Italy with observations on them / written originally in English by J. Gailhard ...
             Gailhard, J. (Jean)
          
           
             The second edition corrected and enlarged
          
           [24], 240 p.
           
             Printed for John Starkey ...,
             London :
             1671.
          
           
             "Licensed, Roger L'Estrange" --P. [24].
             Pages 170 and 174 misnumbered as 136 and 474, respectively.
             Reproduction of original in the Bodleian Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Popes -- Election.
           Italy -- History -- 1559-1789.
           Italy -- Kings and rulers.
           Spain -- Social life and customs.
        
      
    
     
        2003-12 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-01 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-02 Mona Logarbo
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-02 Mona Logarbo
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           Present
           state
           OF
           THE
           PRINCES
           AND
           REPUBLICKS
           OF
           ITALY
           ,
           VVith
           Observations
           on
           them
           .
        
         
           The
           Second
           Edition
           Corrected
           and
           Enlarged
           ,
           with
           the
           mamnner
           of
           the
           Election
           of
           Popes
           ,
           and
           a
           Character
           of
           SPAIN
           .
        
         
           Written
           Originally
           in
           English
           by
           
             J.
             GAILHARD
          
           ,
           Gent.
           
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           for
           
             John
             Starkey
          
           ,
           at
           the
           Miter
           near
           Temple-Bar
           in
           Fleet-Street
           ,
           1671.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           
             To
             the
             Right
             Honourable
          
           ,
           ROBERT
           ,
           
             Earl
             of
          
           Sunderland
           ,
           Baron
           Spencer
           
             of
             WORMLEIGHTON
          
           .
        
         
           
             My
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           'T
           Is
           usual
           with
           some
           when
           they
           publish
           any
           of
           their
           works
           ,
           to
           pretend
           they
           were
           forced
           to
           it
           by
           the
           importunity
           of
           Friends
           ,
           which
           is
           often
           true
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           it
           is
           allowable
           ;
           but
           't
           is
           no
           great
           modesty
           to
           boast
           of
           it
           upon
           every
           occasion
           .
           Others
           do
           prefix
           to
           their
           Books
           ,
           to
           give
           them
           credit
           ,
           the
           name
           of
           some
           considerable
           person
           ;
           this
           is
           well
           done
           ,
           if
           the
           worth
           of
           the
           Piece
           be
           any
           wayes
           suitable
           to
           the
           qualifications
           
           of
           that
           Person
           ;
           else
           (
           to
           speak
           in
           Solomons
           words
           )
           it
           will
           be
           as
           a
           Jewel
           of
           Gold
           in
           a
           Swines
           snout
           .
        
         
           I
           hope
           ,
           My
           Lord
           ,
           I
           have
           at
           present
           in
           some
           measure
           hit
           upon
           that
           necessary
           proportion
           ;
           Your
           Lordship
           is
           in
           every
           account
           one
           of
           the
           most
           Eminent
           Noblemen
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           ,
           and
           my
           Subject
           (
           though
           I
           handle
           it
           with
           several
           defects
           and
           imperfections
           )
           is
           of
           potent
           Princes
           and
           Republicks
           ,
           a
           hard
           task
           indeed
           it
           is
           ;
           for
           when
           a
           private
           man
           is
           to
           speak
           of
           the
           persons
           and
           actions
           of
           Kings
           and
           Princes
           ,
           specially
           of
           so
           many
           as
           I
           have
           occasion
           to
           mention
           ,
           he
           walks
           upon
           the
           edge
           of
           Rocks
           and
           Precipices
           ;
           for
           of
           one
           side
           Princes
           are
           jealous
           of
           their
           Authority
           ,
           and
           the
           people
           of
           their
           Liberty
           ;
           on
           the
           other
           ,
           if
           he
           gives
           Monarchies
           such
           Commendations
           as
           that
           manner
           of
           Government
           deserves
           ,
           
           he
           must
           be
           careful
           to
           say
           nothing
           to
           the
           disparagement
           of
           Republicks
           :
           Every
           one
           of
           these
           Governments
           is
           good
           in
           it's
           kind
           ,
           yet
           not
           in
           every
           Countrey
           ,
           only
           as
           it
           sutes
           the
           temper
           and
           constitution
           of
           the
           people
           ;
           but
           I
           cannot
           forbear
           to
           say
           ,
           that
           Monarchy
           hath
           of
           all
           Governments
           most
           conformity
           to
           the
           pattern
           of
           all
           ,
           or
           to
           the
           Empire
           which
           God
           hath
           over
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           'T
           is
           not
           an
           easie
           matter
           to
           speak
           of
           a
           subject
           which
           hath
           been
           treated
           of
           by
           several
           others
           ,
           however
           there
           are
           different
           wayes
           to
           do
           it
           ,
           and
           new
           observations
           may
           produce
           new
           Notions
           .
           Sometimes
           one
           hath
           occasion
           to
           tell
           his
           opinion
           of
           things
           ,
           and
           herein
           he
           is
           himself
           liable
           to
           the
           censure
           of
           thousands
           of
           different
           judgement
           and
           affections
           ;
           but
           as
           these
           things
           are
           unavoidable
           to
           those
           who
           appear
           in
           publick
           ;
           so
           they
           ought
           to
           
           be
           resolved
           to
           undergo
           any
           thing
           of
           that
           kind
           :
           the
           approbation
           of
           such
           persons
           as
           your
           Lordship
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           writers
           should
           mind
           most
           of
           all
           ,
           and
           use
           their
           utmost
           care
           to
           obtain
           .
           'T
           is
           a
           known
           truth
           ,
           and
           I
           declare
           it
           ,
           My
           Lord
           ,
           that
           your
           Natural
           parts
           ,
           joyned
           to
           the
           experience
           you
           have
           gained
           by
           your
           travels
           ,
           have
           fitted
           your
           Lordship
           to
           pass
           a
           judicious
           Sentence
           upon
           any
           thing
           that
           deserves
           it
           .
        
         
           I
           say
           nothing
           in
           this
           Relation
           ,
           but
           what
           your
           Lordship
           hath
           more
           accurately
           by
           far
           ,
           &
           more
           exactly
           observed
           :
           You
           have
           been
           ,
           My
           Lord
           ,
           upon
           the
           places
           highly
           esteemed
           by
           some
           Princes
           who
           knew
           your
           worth
           and
           quality
           ,
           and
           where
           to
           my
           own
           knowledge
           (
           if
           I
           may
           so
           say
           )
           you
           omitted
           nothing
           that
           might
           conduce
           to
           the
           improvement
           of
           your self
           ,
           as
           a
           person
           who
           by
           vertue
           of
           your
           Birth
           ,
           Parts
           and
           Merits
           ,
           will
           find
           no
           imployment
           
           in
           your
           Countrey
           too
           high
           for
           you
           ,
           when
           some
           occasion
           shall
           be
           offered
           for
           your
           Prince
           to
           do
           you
           that
           favour
           and
           justice
           ;
           to
           the
           end
           ,
           the
           Nation
           may
           have
           some
           benefit
           of
           that
           treasure
           of
           wisdome
           and
           Experience
           which
           is
           in
           you
           ;
           and
           I
           in
           particular
           the
           satisfaction
           to
           see
           your
           Lordship
           as
           great
           as
           you
           deserve
           ;
           which
           is
           the
           earnest
           desire
           of
        
         
           
             My
             Lord
             ,
          
           
             Your
             Lordships
             most
             Humble
             and
             Devoted
             Servant
             ,
             Gailhard
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           READER
           .
        
         
           WOnderfull
           and
           much
           to
           be
           admired
           is
           the
           goodnesse
           and
           wisdome
           of
           God
           ,
           in
           that
           various
           distribution
           he
           hath
           made
           of
           his
           favours
           to
           Nations
           and
           Countries
           ,
           for
           the
           benefit
           of
           humane
           Society
           ,
           that
           men
           seeing
           every
           where
           some
           tokens
           of
           his
           goodnesse
           ,
           after
           a
           serious
           reflection
           on
           the
           same
           ,
           they
           should
           reduce
           all
           to
           that
           ultimate
           end
           ,
           which
           is
           to
           give
           him
           Glory
           and
           Praises
           for
           it
           .
           
             Non
             omnis
             fert
             omnia
             tellus
             ,
             So
          
           that
           one
           Country
           lies
           under
           a
           kind
           of
           necessity
           of
           keeping
           correspondency
           with
           another
           ,
           either
           for
           necessary
           or
           for
           delightfull
           things
           ,
           if
           not
           for
           the
           being
           ,
           yet
           for
           the
           well-being
           ;
           for
           this
           end
           hath
           the
           Art
           
           of
           Navigation
           been
           discovered
           ,
           Trade
           (
           which
           makes
           Countries
           so
           flourishing
           )
           settled
           ,
           and
           all
           manner
           of
           correspondency
           kept
           between
           those
           who
           live
           at
           a
           distance
           .
           I
           do
           not
           deny
           but
           that
           it
           is
           convenient
           to
           have
           things
           brought
           home
           to
           us
           out
           of
           Forreign
           parts
           ,
           without
           taking
           any
           pains
           ,
           or
           running
           any
           hazzard
           ,
           yet
           to
           have
           things
           right
           ,
           we
           must
           go
           to
           fetch
           them
           upon
           the
           places
           where
           they
           are
           produced
           ;
           't
           is
           best
           to
           have
           things
           at
           the
           first
           hand
           ,
           and
           to
           have
           pure
           water
           ,
           we
           must
           go
           to
           the
           spring
           ,
           if
           it
           can
           conveniently
           be
           done
           ,
           for
           it
           looses
           something
           of
           it's
           worth
           ,
           either
           through
           the
           defect
           of
           the
           Vessell
           ,
           or
           some
           other
           accident
           ,
           if
           it
           be
           brought
           to
           us
           :
           We
           observe
           in
           Vegetables
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           transplanted
           ,
           after
           a
           while
           they
           degenerate
           ,
           and
           loose
           part
           of
           their
           Vertue
           ,
           the
           climate
           and
           the
           soyle
           are
           not
           so
           sutable
           to
           their
           nature
           as
           that
           wherein
           they
           grew
           ;
           no
           Balm
           was
           so
           good
           as
           that
           which
           was
           in
           Gilead
           ;
           that
           Vine-tree
           which
           in
           one
           place
           doth
           produce
           good
           Grapes
           ,
           in
           another
           will
           yield
           nothing
           but
           wild
           Grapes
           .
           Experience
           also
           doth
           demonstrate
           this
           in
           sensitive
           Creatures
           ,
           horses
           and
           dogs
           ,
           when
           carried
           from
           their
           own
           climate
           ,
           loose
           their
           good
           
           qualities
           ,
           at
           the
           furthest
           at
           the
           second
           or
           third
           breed
           .
           This
           holds
           in
           rational
           creatures
           ;
           we
           know
           there
           are
           Nations
           which
           for
           the
           generality
           have
           quicker
           apprehension
           ,
           and
           sharper
           wit
           than
           others
           ,
           yet
           let
           a
           man
           remove
           from
           his
           Native
           Countrey
           ,
           when
           he
           hath
           been
           any
           considerable
           while
           in
           another
           ,
           his
           temper
           will
           be
           like
           that
           of
           those
           amongst
           whom
           he
           lives
           ,
           imperceptibly
           such
           an
           alteration
           is
           wrought
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           will
           grow
           dull
           and
           flegmatick
           if
           the
           climate
           bears
           it
           ;
           this
           may
           be
           caused
           by
           a
           constant
           conversation
           with
           people
           of
           that
           constitution
           ;
           by
           the
           very
           diet
           ,
           for
           those
           aliments
           which
           are
           course
           ,
           make
           gross
           and
           thick
           bloud
           ,
           which
           doth
           not
           breed
           quick
           and
           lively
           spirits
           ;
           and
           a
           man
           by
           the
           change
           of
           Air
           ,
           will
           find
           a
           great
           alteration
           in
           himself
           ;
           the
           breathing
           of
           a
           pure
           Air
           refreshes
           the
           Lungs
           ,
           chears
           up
           the
           Heart
           ,
           and
           upon
           a
           suddain
           inspires
           an
           inward
           joy
           ,
           which
           can
           hardly
           be
           expressed
           :
           in
           this
           I
           speak
           after
           my
           own
           experience
           ,
           I
           specially
           took
           notice
           of
           it
           when
           I
           came
           to
           Puzzuolo
           and
           Baya
           in
           Italy
           ,
           neither
           was
           I
           alone
           to
           make
           that
           observation
           ,
           which
           obliged
           me
           to
           think
           that
           there
           had
           been
           a
           particular
           reason
           of
           this
           nature
           ,
           why
           some
           
           Roman
           Emperours
           ,
           and
           others
           of
           the
           greatest
           persons
           amongst
           them
           ,
           took
           such
           a
           delight
           to
           be
           there
           .
           'T
           was
           in
           such
           places
           as
           this
           ,
           and
           Tivoly
           ,
           with
           the
           like
           ,
           that
           
             Cicero
             ,
             Virgil
          
           ,
           and
           other
           eminent
           men
           for
           learning
           ,
           composed
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           those
           works
           which
           to
           this
           day
           we
           have
           amongst
           us
           .
        
         
           That
           which
           I
           have
           said
           of
           low
           and
           Mechanicall
           things
           ,
           will
           hold
           in
           those
           of
           a
           more
           noble
           and
           higher
           nature
           .
           What
           Merchants
           do
           for
           their
           profit
           ,
           Gentlemen
           ought
           to
           do
           for
           their
           honour
           ;
           the
           one
           brings
           riches
           into
           his
           Countrey
           ,
           the
           other
           ought
           to
           bring
           good
           observations
           and
           maximes
           that
           may
           contribute
           to
           the
           good
           order
           and
           right
           Government
           of
           his
           Nation
           ,
           if
           by
           his
           quality
           or
           abilities
           he
           comes
           to
           be
           called
           to
           havè
           a
           share
           in
           it
           .
           The
           great
           Law
           givers
           in
           Greece
           ,
           sent
           into
           several
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           those
           who
           gathered
           for
           them
           the
           quintessence
           of
           those
           Laws
           which
           other
           nations
           enjoyed
           .
           The
           Romans
           in
           the
           times
           of
           the
           Decemvirs
           did
           the
           same
           ,
           and
           others
           have
           followed
           their
           example
           ;
           't
           is
           true
           ,
           one
           must
           be
           very
           judicious
           and
           skilful
           in
           the
           application
           of
           the
           same
           ;
           for
           every
           Law
           doth
           not
           suite
           every
           Nation
           ;
           but
           I
           say
           ,
           
           that
           
             mutatis
             mutandis
          
           ,
           there
           is
           never
           a
           Monarchy
           ,
           Aristocracy
           ,
           or
           Democracy
           ,
           but
           they
           may
           make
           an
           exchange
           of
           some
           of
           their
           Laws
           and
           Customes
           :
           Monarchy
           may
           afford
           Democracy
           some
           beneficial
           Statutes
           ,
           so
           may
           well
           regulated
           Democracy
           to
           Monarchy
           ;
           for
           all
           governments
           ,
           by
           what
           name
           soever
           distinguished
           ,
           have
           or
           ought
           to
           have
           ,
           but
           one
           and
           the
           same
           end
           ,
           which
           is
           self
           preservation
           first
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           promoting
           of
           publick
           good
           ,
           every
           one
           in
           his
           station
           and
           calling
           ,
           although
           these
           different
           governments
           use
           different
           means
           and
           waies
           to
           come
           to
           that
           end
           .
        
         
           Out
           of
           this
           I
           suppose
           't
           will
           appear
           to
           any
           rational
           man
           how
           necessary
           and
           beneficial
           travelling
           is
           to
           the
           compleating
           of
           a
           Gentleman
           ,
           if
           it
           be
           well
           directed
           and
           improved
           ;
           and
           as
           Nations
           are
           obliged
           to
           those
           Merchants
           ,
           who
           through
           many
           and
           great
           hazzards
           do
           bring
           home
           the
           best
           of
           other
           Countries
           to
           inrich
           their
           own
           ,
           certainly
           they
           must
           needs
           be
           much
           beholden
           to
           those
           Patriots
           ,
           who
           have
           been
           at
           charges
           and
           pains
           to
           collect
           and
           bring
           them
           those
           wholesome
           counsels
           ,
           by
           the
           right
           use
           of
           which
           they
           may
           secure
           themselves
           in
           the
           enjoyment
           of
           their
           plenty
           ,
           riches
           and
           happiness
           ,
           
           to
           the
           preventing
           of
           disturbances
           which
           might
           happen
           to
           arise
           against
           it
           :
           It
           ought
           therefore
           to
           be
           the
           endeavours
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           the
           duty
           ,
           of
           every
           one
           to
           fit
           himself
           as
           much
           as
           he
           can
           for
           the
           service
           of
           his
           King
           and
           Countrey
           .
        
         
           I
           said
           just
           now
           ,
           how
           beneficial
           travelling
           is
           ,
           if
           one
           hath
           good
           directions
           ;
           this
           lays
           an
           engagement
           upon
           me
           to
           say
           something
           to
           that
           effect
           for
           the
           satisfaction
           of
           those
           who
           stay
           at
           home
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           instruction
           of
           them
           who
           go
           abroad
           ;
           not
           that
           I
           think
           my self
           wise
           enough
           to
           advise
           others
           ;
           only
           I
           say
           my
           naturall
           propensity
           joyned
           to
           that
           manner
           of
           life
           I
           have
           led
           hitherto
           ,
           hath
           much
           inclined
           me
           to
           travel
           into
           most
           parts
           of
           Europe
           ,
           wherein
           I
           have
           spent
           most
           of
           my
           time
           ;
           but
           whether
           this
           hath
           fitted
           me
           to
           give
           my
           opinion
           upon
           this
           subject
           ,
           I
           am
           not
           to
           be
           the
           judge
           :
           however
           I
           dare
           say
           't
           is
           difficult
           for
           a
           Gentleman
           ,
           let
           him
           have
           never
           so
           good
           parts
           ,
           to
           get
           any
           considerable
           benefit
           by
           his
           Travels
           upon
           his
           first
           going
           abroad
           ,
           except
           he
           hath
           along
           with
           him
           the
           advice
           of
           one
           who
           knows
           Countries
           and
           fashions
           ;
           for
           the
           time
           allowed
           him
           to
           stay
           abroad
           is
           almost
           expired
           ,
           before
           he
           can
           recover
           himself
           of
           
           the
           surprizal
           and
           astonishment
           which
           daily
           difficulties
           and
           inconveniences
           have
           cast
           him
           into
           :
           but
           when
           he
           is
           to
           act
           according
           to
           advice
           ,
           and
           this
           advice
           is
           grounded
           upon
           knowledge
           and
           experience
           ,
           he
           will
           find
           his
           task
           more
           easie
           ,
           more
           pleasant
           and
           more
           profitable
           .
           And
           here
           I
           must
           say
           something
           in
           general
           of
           those
           who
           undertake
           to
           be
           such
           directors
           ,
           which
           may
           well
           be
           applyed
           to
           all
           sorts
           of
           persons
           .
        
         
           God
           ,
           whom
           men
           pray
           (
           or
           ought
           to
           pray
           )
           every
           day
           to
           give
           them
           their
           daily
           bread
           ,
           hath
           commanded
           them
           to
           work
           for
           it
           ,
           and
           he
           who
           doth
           not
           work
           ,
           ought
           not
           to
           eat
           ,
           as
           the
           Apostle
           saith
           .
           As
           the
           difference
           of
           faces
           ,
           and
           the
           diversity
           of
           tempers
           in
           men
           do
           express
           the
           wisdome
           of
           God
           ,
           so
           doth
           that
           variety
           of
           employments
           which
           he
           calls
           them
           to
           ,
           according
           to
           their
           genius
           ,
           inclination
           and
           abilities
           in
           some
           measure
           to
           perform
           their
           undertakings
           :
           Let
           every
           one
           abide
           in
           that
           whereunto
           he
           is
           called
           ,
           saith
           St.
           Paul.
           ;
           so
           that
           men
           ought
           to
           follow
           it
           after
           they
           have
           imbraced
           it
           ,
           either
           out
           of
           choice
           or
           by
           necessity
           ,
           especially
           if
           besides
           the
           benefit
           they
           reap
           by
           it
           ,
           they
           are
           any
           wayes
           usefull
           to
           others
           knowing
           we
           are
           born
           not
           so
           much
           for
           our selves
           ,
           as
           for
           others
           ;
           
           and
           though
           a
           constant
           kind
           of
           employment
           be
           necessary
           for
           one
           ,
           yet
           this
           doth
           not
           exclude
           the
           use
           of
           that
           capacity
           he
           may
           have
           to
           several
           sorts
           of
           calling
           ,
           it
           being
           well
           for
           those
           who
           have
           many
           strings
           to
           their
           bow
           ,
           that
           if
           one
           breaks
           the
           other
           may
           be
           useful
           .
           Men
           must
           ever
           be
           doing
           something
           ,
           if
           it
           were
           for
           nothing
           else
           but
           to
           keep
           themselves
           from
           Idleness
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Mother
           of
           Vice.
           
        
         
           But
           to
           come
           to
           that
           kind
           of
           Employment
           which
           gives
           occasion
           to
           this
           discourse
           ,
           't
           is
           usually
           attended
           with
           great
           and
           many
           difficulties
           ,
           besides
           the
           hazzards
           which
           one
           runs
           in
           forreign
           Countries
           ;
           for
           if
           dangers
           come
           often
           to
           men
           when
           they
           are
           at
           home
           ,
           what
           will
           it
           be
           when
           they
           go
           as
           it
           were
           to
           meet
           with
           them
           ,
           when
           almost
           every
           day
           they
           see
           men
           of
           all
           Nations
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           sorts
           of
           tempers
           :
           certainly
           one
           must
           very
           much
           excercise
           his
           prudence
           in
           avoiding
           the
           perils
           he
           meets
           withall
           ,
           and
           must
           have
           much
           courage
           to
           come
           off
           when
           they
           be
           unavoidable
           ,
           but
           above
           all
           ,
           an
           extraordinary
           protecting
           providence
           of
           God
           is
           absolutely
           necessary
           :
           yet
           there
           are
           more
           uncomfortable
           difficulties
           to
           struggle
           withal
           ,
           than
           are
           the
           fore-expressed
           .
           
           The
           extravagancy
           of
           a
           young
           man
           ,
           who
           will
           not
           be
           advised
           by
           a
           Governour
           ,
           nor
           ruled
           by
           a
           Father
           ;
           this
           Governour
           is
           to
           please
           a
           Father
           who
           loves
           to
           spare
           ,
           and
           a
           Son
           who
           delights
           to
           spend
           ,
           a
           Father
           who
           would
           have
           him
           to
           learn
           and
           improve
           himself
           ,
           and
           a
           Son
           who
           in
           his
           travels
           hath
           no
           other
           end
           but
           to
           take
           his
           pleasure
           ;
           and
           after
           he
           hath
           fenced
           a
           long
           while
           against
           the
           wild
           nature
           ,
           the
           vicious
           inclination
           and
           unreasonableness
           of
           a
           Son
           ,
           he
           is
           also
           exposed
           to
           the
           hardness
           and
           unthankfulness
           of
           Parents
           .
        
         
           I
           have
           wondred
           at
           many
           who
           take
           this
           charge
           upon
           themselves
           ,
           and
           consider
           not
           whether
           they
           be
           qualified
           for
           it
           ,
           when
           no
           honest
           man
           will
           undertake
           any
           thing
           ,
           except
           he
           knows
           himself
           in
           some
           measure
           able
           to
           perform
           it
           :
           'T
           is
           enough
           for
           them
           to
           know
           they
           shall
           thereby
           get
           a
           competent
           allowance
           ,
           to
           run
           headlong
           upon
           any
           employment
           that
           lies
           in
           their
           way
           ;
           how
           can
           they
           expect
           in
           conscience
           or
           reason
           ,
           that
           a
           young
           Gentleman
           can
           improve
           under
           their
           conduct
           ,
           that
           his
           relations
           can
           have
           any
           satisfaction
           ,
           or
           themselves
           get
           thereby
           any
           credit
           or
           reputation
           ,
           if
           they
           have
           no
           capacity
           somewhat
           suitable
           to
           their
           undertakings
           ?
           for
           how
           can
           such
           a
           one
           
           be
           able
           to
           direct
           another
           how
           to
           benefit
           himself
           ,
           and
           to
           travel
           in
           forreign
           parts
           ,
           except
           he
           hath
           some
           knowledge
           of
           the
           language
           of
           the
           countrey
           ,
           and
           fashions
           ?
           Every
           Nation
           hath
           some
           particular
           Vices
           and
           Virtues
           ,
           the
           one
           to
           be
           avoided
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           learned
           ;
           what
           these
           things
           are
           I
           must
           be
           told
           ,
           and
           how
           can
           be
           that
           knows
           it
           not
           tell
           me
           of
           it
           ?
           this
           ignorance
           will
           make
           him
           contemptible
           to
           me
           ,
           and
           he
           must
           learn
           it
           himselfe
           before
           he
           can
           teach
           it
           me
           ;
           so
           that
           for
           the
           whole
           time
           allowed
           to
           travel
           ,
           he
           is
           onely
           a
           learner
           who
           should
           have
           been
           a
           Teacher
           .
           I
           am
           a
           bashful
           English
           man
           ,
           I
           will
           learn
           confidence
           ,
           and
           a
           handsome
           carriage
           in
           France
           ,
           so
           riding
           the
           Great
           Horse
           ,
           Fencing
           ,
           Dancing
           ,
           and
           other
           bodily
           Exercises
           which
           contribute
           to
           compleat
           a
           Gentleman
           ,
           thence
           if
           I
           pass
           into
           Italy
           ,
           that
           Air
           will
           fix
           the
           French
           Quick-silver
           ,
           there
           I
           will
           learn
           Sobriety
           ,
           Frugality
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           circumspect
           in
           words
           and
           actions
           ,
           so
           Musick
           Picture
           drawing
           ,
           Architecture
           ,
           &c.
           
           Yet
           I
           must
           have
           some
           knowledge
           of
           persons
           and
           places
           ,
           of
           whom
           and
           where
           these
           things
           may
           be
           learned
           best
           of
           all
           ;
           I
           must
           know
           also
           how
           to
           benefit
           my self
           in
           going
           by
           ,
           or
           staying
           at
           a
           place
           .
           'T
           is
           
           not
           enough
           for
           a
           Gentleman
           to
           say
           ,
           in
           such
           a
           City
           there
           is
           a
           stately
           Church
           ,
           a
           fine
           Palace
           ,
           and
           the
           ruines
           of
           a
           most
           antient
           Amphitheater
           ;
           this
           I
           confess
           ought
           to
           be
           taken
           notice
           of
           :
           but
           further
           ,
           I
           must
           observe
           the
           quality
           of
           the
           Climate
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           soyle
           ,
           the
           Scituation
           of
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           (
           if
           I
           understand
           Fortifications
           .
           )
           the
           strength
           and
           the
           weakness
           of
           the
           Cities
           and
           Countries
           I
           go
           through
           ,
           and
           take
           notice
           of
           the
           advantage
           or
           disadvantage
           of
           Rivers
           ,
           Ways
           ,
           and
           Grounds
           ;
           so
           I
           must
           be
           acquainted
           with
           their
           Manners
           ,
           Forces
           ,
           Riches
           ,
           and
           wherein
           they
           consist
           ,
           to
           see
           whether
           any
           thing
           out
           of
           it
           may
           be
           useful
           to
           my
           Countrey
           ;
           but
           above
           all
           I
           must
           observe
           their
           Government
           ,
           and
           if
           it
           be
           possible
           their
           mysteries
           of
           State
           ,
           so
           I
           must
           endeavour
           to
           know
           the
           persons
           and
           qualifications
           of
           Princes
           and
           Ministers
           of
           State
           ,
           and
           any
           thing
           else
           that
           may
           be
           both
           for
           my
           own
           benefit
           ,
           and
           the
           service
           of
           my
           Countrey
           ;
           so
           at
           length
           my
           travels
           having
           ripened
           my
           judgement
           ,
           quickned
           my
           apprehension
           ,
           and
           sharpned
           my
           wit
           ,
           I
           shall
           not
           be
           unprofitable
           ,
           nor
           of
           the
           number
           of
           those
           the
           Poet
           speaks
           of
           ,
        
         
           Nos
           numerus
           sumus
           fruges
           consumere
           nati
           .
        
         
         
           This
           I
           do
           insist
           upon
           ,
           not
           to
           boast
           of
           any
           abilities
           of
           my
           own
           ,
           for
           I
           ingeniously
           confess
           my
           weakness
           in
           this
           ,
           yet
           I
           profess
           a
           desire
           to
           learn
           it
           ,
           though
           it
           was
           for
           no
           other
           end
           than
           to
           impart
           it
           to
           others
           ,
           that
           with
           me
           they
           may
           reap
           some
           benefit
           of
           it
           ;
           this
           I
           say
           still
           ,
           that
           another
           cannot
           teach
           me
           that
           which
           he
           knows
           not
           ,
           but
           his
           knowledge
           ,
           experience
           and
           practice
           of
           any
           thing
           enables
           him
           to
           infuse
           it
           into
           me
           ;
           and
           indeed
           't
           is
           a
           fault
           I
           have
           accidently
           observed
           in
           some
           when
           they
           be
           in
           a
           strange
           Countrey
           ,
           they
           keep
           company
           with
           none
           but
           the
           masters
           of
           their
           exercises
           ,
           they
           ought
           indeed
           constantly
           to
           follow
           these
           exercises
           ,
           but
           if
           they
           see
           no
           body
           else
           ,
           at
           last
           they
           will
           learn
           to
           dance
           ,
           to
           fence
           ,
           &c.
           and
           nothing
           else
           ;
           they
           ought
           to
           make
           acquaintance
           with
           men
           of
           quality
           ,
           and
           frequent
           their
           company
           ;
           of
           them
           a
           handsome
           carriage
           and
           good
           fashions
           are
           to
           be
           learned
           ,
           they
           must
           also
           take
           care
           to
           finde
           themselves
           company
           for
           their
           honest
           pleasures
           ,
           and
           lawful
           recreations
           ;
           but
           a
           hateful
           thing
           it
           is
           to
           see
           one
           brought
           up
           in
           a
           timorous
           and
           pendantical
           way
           ,
           which
           makes
           a
           Gentleman
           unfit
           for
           any
           thing
           of
           concernment
           ;
           a
           Gentleman
           must
           be
           taught
           as
           to
           
           do
           no
           wrong
           ,
           so
           to
           suffer
           no
           wrong
           as
           long
           as
           his
           honour
           is
           concerned
           in
           it
           ,
           for
           he
           is
           not
           worthy
           to
           live
           who
           prefers
           his
           life
           to
           his
           honour
           ;
           not
           that
           imaginary
           honour
           as
           't
           is
           conceived
           in
           these
           dayes
           ,
           but
           that
           honour
           which
           is
           really
           so
           ,
           not
           contrary
           to
           our
           duty
           to
           God
           ,
           or
           obedience
           to
           Superiours
           ;
           therefore
           a
           great
           wisdome
           is
           required
           in
           the
           use
           of
           a
           bridle
           or
           of
           a
           spur
           to
           work
           upon
           youth
           ,
           to
           infuse
           courage
           into
           them
           ,
           so
           as
           not
           to
           make
           them
           rash
           ,
           and
           so
           to
           curb
           them
           ,
           as
           not
           to
           dishearten
           them
           .
        
         
           But
           I
           am
           carried
           further
           than
           I
           intended
           upon
           this
           subject
           ,
           't
           is
           time
           to
           speak
           directly
           to
           my
           present
           design
           ;
           I
           give
           thee
           Reader
           ,
           the
           present
           state
           of
           the
           Princes
           ,
           and
           Republicks
           of
           Italy
           :
           'T
           is
           a
           worthy
           subject
           ,
           if
           we
           consider
           their
           number
           ,
           jealousies
           ,
           and
           policy
           ;
           't
           is
           certainly
           one
           of
           the
           most
           politick
           Nations
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           I
           doubt
           very
           much
           whether
           any
           other
           can
           compare
           to
           it
           .
           What
           I
           express
           is
           gotten
           not
           so
           much
           by
           reading
           ,
           as
           by
           travelling
           upon
           the
           places
           ,
           seeing
           and
           conversing
           for
           a
           competent
           time
           with
           those
           who
           were
           able
           to
           instruct
           me
           :
           some
           things
           also
           are
           of
           my
           own
           particular
           observation
           .
           In
           the
           following
           discourse
           ,
           I
           do
           not
           speak
           of
           
           the
           Scituation
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           boot-like
           shape
           of
           Italy
           ,
           which
           any
           ordinary
           Mappe
           can
           shew
           ;
           to
           mention
           the
           quality
           of
           the
           Climate
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           soyle
           of
           every
           part
           of
           that
           Garden
           of
           Europe
           ,
           't
           would
           prove
           tedious
           ,
           and
           contrary
           to
           the
           narrow
           bounds
           I
           doe
           here
           prescribe
           my self
           .
           The
           manners
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           ,
           their
           outward
           form
           of
           Government
           ,
           their
           Riches
           ,
           Force
           and
           Religion
           ,
           are
           matters
           for
           Historians
           ;
           hence
           it
           is
           that
           I
           do
           not
           insist
           upon
           Descriptions
           ,
           however
           that
           which
           I
           thought
           fit
           to
           be
           known
           upon
           the
           matter
           in
           hand
           I
           express
           ;
           I
           think
           (
           I
           know
           not
           whether
           I
           am
           mistaken
           )
           that
           the
           variety
           I
           use
           in
           it
           will
           please
           thee
           ,
           for
           in
           some
           parts
           I
           insist
           upon
           the
           person
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           in
           others
           upon
           the
           manners
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           ,
           and
           in
           some
           others
           I
           briefly
           mention
           what
           is
           particular
           in
           their
           Government
           ;
           so
           that
           I
           have
           not
           a
           constant
           or
           affected
           method
           ;
           contrariwise
           I
           endeavour
           some
           time
           to
           conceal
           it
           :
           Upon
           every
           particular
           ,
           I
           speak
           ,
           either
           that
           onely
           which
           I
           thought
           necessary
           to
           be
           known
           ,
           and
           so
           I
           passed
           by
           some
           things
           I
           could
           have
           told
           ,
           or
           I
           speak
           according
           to
           the
           degree
           of
           knowledge
           I
           
           had
           of
           the
           thing
           ;
           and
           if
           amongst
           a
           thousand
           things
           unprofitable
           ,
           there
           be
           but
           one
           useful
           ,
           I
           will
           not
           grudge
           my
           time
           nor
           my
           pains
           .
        
         
           
             J.
             G.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           LICENSED
        
         
           
             ROGER
             L'ESTRANGE
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           THE
           Present
           STATE
           OF
           ITALY
           .
        
         
           THAT
           must
           needs
           be
           a
           Rare
           Countrey
           which
           is
           pleasant
           and
           plentiful
           ,
           watered
           with
           many
           Rivers
           ;
           at
           the
           season
           adorned
           with
           Corn
           in
           the
           fields
           ,
           and
           Grass
           in
           the
           Meddows
           ,
           with
           delightful
           Land-skips
           ,
           that
           in
           most
           parts
           hath
           a
           wholesome
           Air
           ,
           that
           abounds
           in
           strong
           and
           stately
           Cities
           ,
           where
           the
           eye
           is
           delighted
           with
           most
           sumptuous
           buildings
           ,
           recreated
           with
           variety
           of
           Pictures
           and
           Statues
           ,
           the
           ear
           pleased
           with
           as
           great
           a
           variety
           of
           harmonious
           musick
           as
           can
           be
           upon
           earth
           ;
           where
           
           the
           Palate
           is
           satisfied
           with
           the
           best
           fruits
           ,
           and
           other
           delicacies
           ,
           and
           the
           rarest
           Wines
           of
           Europe
           ;
           where
           in
           a
           certain
           season
           ,
           the
           nose
           enjoyes
           the
           sweet
           smell
           of
           Orange
           and
           Jasmin
           flowers
           ,
           which
           lay
           over
           head
           or
           under
           feet
           ;
           and
           at
           the
           same
           time
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           same
           place
           to
           behold
           fine
           perspectives
           ,
           and
           hear
           the
           murmur
           of
           several
           fountain
           waters
           :
           in
           a
           word
           ,
           that
           Countrey
           which
           produces
           plenty
           ,
           and
           variety
           to
           please
           all
           the
           Senses
           ,
           and
           which
           hath
           the
           Alpes
           of
           one
           side
           for
           Walls
           ,
           and
           the
           Sea
           on
           the
           other
           for
           bounds
           ,
           must
           needs
           be
           an
           excellent
           Country
           ;
           such
           is
           Italy
           .
        
         
           The
           length
           of
           it
           ,
           is
           a
           Thousand
           miles
           ,
           or
           thereabouts
           ;
           beginning
           from
           Susa
           ,
           a
           Town
           cited
           at
           the
           foot
           of
           the
           Alpes
           ,
           at
           the
           coming
           into
           Piemont
           ,
           and
           ending
           at
           Reggio
           ,
           in
           the
           furthest
           parts
           of
           Calabri
           ,
           in
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           Naples
           .
           As
           to
           the
           breadth
           ,
           't
           is
           more
           or
           less
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           places
           ,
           it
           being
           not
           full
           four
           hundred
           any
           where
           ,
           nor
           less
           than
           sixteen
           .
           Parts
           of
           France
           and
           Savoy
           lay
           on
           the
           West
           of
           it
           ,
           parts
           of
           Germany
           ,
           namely
           ,
           Tyrot
           and
           Swisserland
           on
           the
           North
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Mediteranian
             Sea
          
           on
           the
           East
           and
           South
           ,
           though
           for
           distinction
           ,
           some
           call
           the
           one
           
           Jonian
           ,
           and
           Adriatick
           ;
           and
           the
           other
           Tirrenean
           :
           most
           passages
           into
           Italy
           ,
           are
           hard
           and
           difficult
           .
        
         
           The
           whole
           Country
           which
           we
           call
           Italy
           ,
           is
           ,
           by
           the
           Italians
           themselves
           ,
           divided
           into
           Italy
           ,
           the
           Kingdom
           ,
           and
           
             Lombardy
             ;
             Italy
          
           comprehends
           the
           dominions
           of
           the
           Pope
           ,
           of
           the
           grand
           Duke
           ,
           and
           of
           
             Luca.
             Naples
          
           is
           that
           which
           they
           call
           the
           Kingdom
           ,
           and
           Lombardy
           contains
           great
           part
           of
           the
           State
           of
           Venice
           ,
           the
           Dukedoms
           of
           
             Milan
             ,
             Mantua
             ,
             Parma
             ,
             Monferrat
             ,
             Piemont
             ,
          
           and
           the
           State
           of
           Genoa
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           make
           use
           of
           the
           ancient
           Division
           ,
           and
           to
           descend
           to
           particulars
           ;
           I
           say
           ,
           that
           in
           Italy
           some
           are
           great
           Princes
           ,
           considering
           the
           Extend
           of
           their
           Dominions
           ;
           and
           others
           of
           an
           inferiour
           Orb
           ,
           may
           be
           called
           petty
           Princes
           :
           The
           former
           sort
           come
           to
           the
           number
           of
           seven
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           four
           Republicks
           ,
           to
           eleven
           .
           The
           Pope
           ,
           King
           of
           Spain
           ,
           Dukes
           of
           
             Savoy
             ,
             Tuscany
             ,
             Mantoa
             ,
             Parma
             ,
             Modena
          
           ;
           for
           though
           some
           do
           reckon
           the
           Bishop
           of
           Trent
           ,
           which
           stands
           between
           the
           Venetians
           and
           Tyrol
           ,
           yet
           being
           a
           Prince
           of
           the
           Empire
           ,
           having
           a
           perpetual
           alliance
           with
           the
           House
           of
           Austria
           ,
           and
           often
           of
           the
           same
           Family
           ,
           He
           may
           
           be
           taken
           for
           a
           German
           more
           than
           for
           an
           Italian
           Prince
           ;
           and
           seeing
           little
           can
           be
           said
           concerning
           him
           ,
           we
           shall
           pass
           it
           by
           to
           come
           to
           the
           Republicks
           ;
           which
           are
           
             Venice
             ,
             Genoa
             ,
             Luca
          
           ,
           and
           
             San
             Marino
          
           :
           For
           the
           order
           of
           precedency
           ,
           Venice
           hath
           place
           after
           
             Spain
             ,
             Genoa
          
           after
           Tuscany
           ,
           though
           they
           pretend
           to
           be
           used
           as
           Crowned
           heads
           ,
           being
           Masters
           of
           Corcica
           ,
           formerly
           a
           Kingdom
           ;
           the
           other
           two
           Republicks
           take
           place
           after
           all
           the
           forenamed
           Princes
           ,
           who
           also
           do
           not
           agree
           amongst
           themselves
           about
           Precedency
           ;
           Tuscany
           pretends
           it
           from
           Savoy
           ,
           though
           he
           be
           much
           inferiour
           in
           antiquity
           ,
           and
           extent
           of
           Dominions
           ;
           and
           Mantoa
           from
           Tuscany
           ,
           neither
           will
           Modena
           yield
           it
           to
           some
           named
           before
           him
           .
           I
           should
           also
           say
           ,
           that
           France
           having
           acquired
           Pignorolo
           ,
           a
           door
           into
           Italy
           ,
           and
           a
           strong
           place
           ,
           from
           the
           Duke
           of
           Savoy
           ,
           that
           King
           having
           an
           Interest
           in
           Italy
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           reckoned
           amongst
           the
           Princes
           of
           it
           .
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               State
               of
            
             Rome
             .
          
           
             THE
             Pope
             hath
             great
             Dominions
             conveniently
             seated
             to
             disturb
             others
             ,
             specially
             ,
             Naples
             ;
             for
             all
             from
             Ostia
             ,
             upon
             the
             Coasts
             of
             the
             Mediterranean
             Sea
             ,
             to
             
               Loretto
               ,
               Ancona
               ,
               &c.
            
             is
             his
             :
             All
             the
             Lands
             together
             are
             called
             ,
             
               Lo
               Stato
               Della
               Chiesa
            
             ,
             in
             particular
             ,
             old
             Latium
             ,
             now
             
               Campagna
               Romana
               ,
               il
               Patrimonio
               ,
               di
               San
               Pietro
               ,
            
             of
             which
             the
             chief
             City
             is
             Viterbo
             ,
             part
             of
             ancient
             
               Tuscany
               ,
               Terra
               Sabina
               ,
               Umbria
               ,
               ducato
               di
               spoletto
               ,
               la
               Marca
               di
               Ancona
               ,
               la
               Romagna
               ,
               il
               ducato
               di
               Urbino
               ,
               ducato
               di
               ferrara
               ,
               Perugia
               ,
               Orvieto
               ,
            
             and
             Bolognese
             ;
             he
             is
             Soveraign
             of
             Naples
             ,
             and
             Sicily
             ,
             which
             he
             gives
             the
             investiture
             of
             ,
             and
             receives
             homage
             for
             ,
             as
             he
             doth
             for
             the
             Dukedoms
             of
             Parma
             and
             Piacenza
             ,
             pretending
             the
             same
             over
             the
             Islands
             of
             Sardegna
             and
             Corcica
             :
             He
             is
             in
             possession
             of
             the
             Dukedom
             and
             City
             of
             Benevento
             in
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Naples
             ,
             and
             he
             pretends
             that
             in
             time
             of
             minority
             of
             the
             Kings
             of
             Spain
             ,
             he
             hath
             right
             to
             Govern
             that
             Kingdom
             by
             a
             Legat
             :
             He
             also
             enjoyes
             the
             County
             of
             Avignon
             in
             France
             ,
             and
             Ceneda
             
             within
             the
             state
             of
             Venice
             .
          
           
             These
             Countries
             ,
             (
             I
             mean
             those
             who
             are
             united
             together
             )
             especially
             from
             Ancona
             to
             Ravenna
             and
             Ferrara
             all
             along
             the
             Coasts
             of
             the
             Gulfe
             of
             Venice
             ,
             do
             afford
             good
             Souldiers
             ,
             which
             upon
             case
             of
             an
             urging
             necessity
             may
             be
             gathered
             to
             about
             the
             number
             of
             60000
             ,
             though
             20000
             foot
             and
             3000
             horse
             ,
             as
             had
             Clement
             the
             8th
             .
             in
             the
             War
             of
             Ferrara
             ,
             were
             much
             to
             be
             kept
             on
             foot
             any
             long
             while
             :
             Urban
             the
             8th
             .
             in
             the
             War
             of
             Parma
             had
             30000
             ,
             but
             if
             the
             whole
             Countrey
             was
             in
             Armes
             ,
             then
             't
             would
             be
             upon
             400000.
             
             The
             Pope
             indeed
             may
             be
             accounted
             ,
             as
             he
             is
             really
             ,
             a
             strong
             Prince
             ,
             which
             strength
             consists
             in
             the
             extent
             of
             his
             Territories
             ,
             in
             their
             Scituation
             ,
             being
             all
             united
             ,
             and
             there
             being
             no
             safe
             nor
             convenient
             places
             towards
             the
             Mediterranean
             ,
             to
             make
             any
             landing
             ;
             and
             towards
             the
             Gulf
             they
             trust
             to
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             who
             are
             to
             keep
             it
             clear
             ;
             upon
             which
             condition
             they
             are
             acknowledged
             to
             be
             the
             Lords
             of
             these
             Seas
             ;
             further
             all
             along
             the
             Coasts
             of
             the
             Mediterranean
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             
               Campagna
               Romana
            
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             bad
             air
             ,
             which
             would
             soon
             work
             upon
             any
             Army
             ,
             either
             in
             Spring
             ,
             
             Summer
             ,
             or
             Autumn
             :
             This
             strength
             further
             consists
             in
             the
             temper
             of
             his
             Subjects
             and
             Soldiers
             ,
             who
             are
             esteemed
             to
             be
             the
             best
             Foot
             in
             Italy
             :
             The
             Italian
             Proverb
             calls
             them
             ,
             
               The
               best
               of
               Soldiers
            
             ,
             but
             
               the
               worst
               of
               Subjects
            
             :
             so
             this
             strength
             consists
             in
             his
             strong
             holds
             ,
             as
             
               Ferrara
               ,
               Bologna
               ,
               Fortezza
               Urbana
               ,
               &c.
            
             in
             his
             Arsenals
             ,
             or
             Magazeens
             of
             Arms
             ;
             the
             Vatican
             or
             St.
             Peter
             hath
             for
             5000
             men
             ,
             in
             the
             Castle
             St.
             Angelo
             for
             15000
             ,
             in
             Ancona
             for
             10000
             ,
             in
             Ravenna
             for
             5000
             ,
             in
             Ferrara
             25000
             ,
             and
             Bologna
             for
             10000
             ,
             and
             a
             new
             one
             a
             making
             at
             Tivoly
             ,
             by
             the
             late
             Don
             Morto's
             Order
             ,
             for
             16000
             men
             ,
             with
             80.
             pieces
             of
             Ordnance
             ,
             where
             he
             employed
             continually
             above
             300
             men
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             are
             spread
             up
             and
             down
             the
             Countrey
             to
             arme
             the
             People
             upon
             occasion
             to
             the
             number
             of
             100000
             men
             .
             Upon
             the
             Mediterranean
             he
             keeps
             five
             Gallies
             ,
             which
             harbour
             in
             
               Civita
               Vecchia
            
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             handsome
             ,
             nor
             very
             good
             ,
             but
             are
             well
             maned
             .
          
           
             But
             that
             which
             another
             way
             strengthens
             much
             the
             Pope
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             Respect
             and
             Devotion
             which
             Popish
             Princes
             and
             States
             bear
             him
             ,
             acknowledging
             him
             (
             though
             
             falsly
             )
             to
             be
             the
             Vicary
             of
             Christ
             ,
             God
             on
             Earth
             ,
             and
             the
             head
             of
             their
             Religion
             ;
             so
             that
             if
             a
             Prince
             had
             seized
             upon
             any
             of
             his
             Dominions
             ,
             the
             Pope
             who
             had
             provoked
             him
             to
             make
             War
             being
             dead
             ,
             it
             would
             be
             restored
             to
             the
             new
             Elected
             ,
             all
             of
             them
             being
             perswaded
             ,
             that
             it
             were
             a
             Sacriledge
             ,
             to
             detain
             from
             that
             Church
             ,
             that
             which
             did
             belong
             to
             it
             ;
             besides
             that
             every
             Prince
             of
             that
             Religion
             intending
             any
             such
             thing
             ,
             would
             find
             it
             to
             be
             a
             hard
             work
             ;
             for
             the
             Pope
             hath
             ever
             an
             Army
             quartered
             upon
             their
             Land
             ,
             which
             are
             that
             vast
             number
             of
             Secular
             Priests
             ,
             and
             Regular
             Friars
             ,
             who
             depend
             on
             the
             Pope
             upon
             several
             accounts
             ,
             who
             having
             all
             sworn
             an
             Obedience
             to
             their
             Generals
             ,
             who
             usually
             kept
             at
             Rome
             ,
             they
             would
             act
             according
             to
             the
             Orders
             sent
             them
             from
             thence
             .
             So
             that
             having
             their
             Pulpits
             ,
             Confessions
             ,
             and
             Introduction
             into
             houses
             of
             all
             ranks
             ,
             they
             could
             make
             strange
             worke
             ;
             Hence
             to
             me
             doth
             appear
             the
             happiness
             of
             those
             Princes
             ,
             who
             having
             shaken
             off
             that
             Roman
             yoke
             ,
             and
             turned
             out
             those
             Emissaries
             ,
             are
             freed
             of
             those
             dangers
             ,
             which
             those
             of
             that
             Religion
             are
             exposed
             to
             ,
             though
             often
             they
             are
             liable
             to
             their
             private
             
             attempts
             .
             Another
             politick
             strength
             of
             Popes
             ,
             consists
             in
             the
             Colledge
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             who
             are
             most
             of
             them
             chosen
             ,
             either
             to
             gratifie
             Princes
             ,
             or
             who
             depend
             upon
             Princes
             ,
             (
             without
             whose
             knowledge
             Princes
             hardly
             resolve
             any
             thing
             of
             importance
             about
             Popes
             )
             or
             else
             are
             Relations
             to
             Princes
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             certain
             ,
             when
             these
             Princes
             interests
             come
             to
             be
             in
             competition
             with
             the
             
             Pope's
             and
             Churches
             ,
             this
             last
             swayes
             with
             them
             above
             all
             ,
             because
             every
             one
             of
             these
             Cardinals
             is
             not
             without
             hope
             of
             being
             chosen
             Pope
             one
             time
             or
             other
             .
             Now
             I
             say
             ,
             that
             Popes
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             Temporal
             Princes
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             Elective
             ,
             ought
             to
             have
             that
             respect
             which
             deserveth
             the
             character
             which
             God
             hath
             set
             upon
             the
             forehead
             of
             Soveraigns
             ;
             but
             as
             he
             is
             a
             Tyrant
             over
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             an
             Usurper
             over
             the
             Heritage
             of
             the
             Lord
             ;
             all
             good
             Christians
             and
             reasonable
             men
             ought
             to
             abhor
             him
             ,
             not
             his
             person
             ,
             but
             that
             Tyranny
             ,
             Usurpation
             ,
             and
             unlawful
             Actions
             of
             his
             .
          
           
             I
             said
             ,
             that
             25000
             or
             30000
             men
             ,
             is
             a
             great
             number
             to
             be
             kept
             on
             foot
             by
             Popes
             any
             long
             while
             ;
             not
             for
             want
             of
             monies
             ,
             for
             as
             
               Sixtus
               Quartus
            
             used
             to
             say
             ,
             The
             
             
               Church
               can
               never
               want
               money
               in
               her
               purse
               ,
               as
               long
               as
               the
               Pope
               doth
               hold
               a
               pen
               in
               his
               hand
               .
            
             Indeed
             ,
             besides
             the
             ordinary
             income
             to
             the
             Camera
             ,
             for
             the
             occasions
             of
             the
             Church
             (
             so
             they
             call
             that
             State
             )
             the
             Office
             of
             the
             Diataria
             ,
             brings
             to
             Popes
             for
             their
             own
             use
             ,
             exceeding
             great
             Treasures
             out
             of
             all
             parts
             ,
             which
             own
             his
             Religion
             ;
             besides
             the
             private
             wayes
             they
             have
             to
             get
             monies
             ,
             of
             which
             I
             shall
             speak
             ;
             some
             reckon
             that
             Popes
             have
             6000
             l.
             sterling
             a
             day
             ,
             besides
             the
             casual
             incomes
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             great
             :
             every
             time
             a
             
               Legat
               a
               Latere
            
             is
             sent
             abroad
             ,
             he
             is
             allowed
             250
             l.
             sterling
             a
             day
             :
             for
             proof
             of
             this
             vast
             Revenues
             ,
             Sixtus
             the
             5th
             ,
             who
             Reigned
             but
             five
             years
             of
             a
             poor
             Countrey
             Family
             Peretti
             ,
             yet
             he
             builded
             the
             Palace
             of
             St.
             John
             of
             Lateran
             ,
             began
             that
             of
             Monte-Cavallo
             ,
             fortified
             
               Civita
               Vecchia
            
             ,
             built
             many
             Colledges
             ,
             made
             chargeable
             Aqueducts
             ;
             did
             many
             other
             costly
             works
             and
             reparations
             ,
             wherein
             't
             is
             thought
             he
             spent
             a
             matter
             of
             15
             Millions
             of
             Crowns
             ,
             or
             upon
             4
             Millions
             of
             English
             pounds
             ,
             and
             left
             f●ve
             Millions
             of
             Crowns
             in
             the
             Castle
             of
             St.
             Angelo
             ,
             and
             did
             not
             charge
             his
             people
             with
             heavy
             Taxes
             ;
             and
             then
             the
             Popes
             had
             not
             
             the
             Dukedom
             of
             Urbino
             ,
             nor
             that
             of
             Ferrara
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             time
             that
             Reformation
             was
             carried
             on
             in
             a
             great
             measure
             in
             these
             three
             Kingdoms
             ,
             
               France
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               Switzerland
               ,
               Germany
               ,
               Sweden
               ,
               Denmark
               ,
            
             and
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             North.
             And
             Paul
             the
             5th
             .
             who
             indeed
             Reigned
             longer
             ,
             left
             to
             the
             Prince
             of
             Salmona
             ,
             one
             of
             his
             Nephews
             ,
             1000
             Crowns
             a
             day
             ,
             besides
             what
             he
             gave
             to
             several
             others
             of
             his
             Relations
             .
             And
             Gregory
             the
             15th
             .
             of
             the
             family
             of
             Ludovisio
             ,
             reigned
             only
             one
             year
             and
             a
             11
             moneths
             ,
             and
             left
             to
             his
             Family
             250000
             crowns
             a
             year
             ,
             or
             62000
             and
             500
             l.
             besides
             .
             Thus
             as
             Popes
             are
             temporal
             Princes
             ,
             so
             they
             lay
             Taxes
             upon
             their
             Subjects
             ,
             and
             heavy
             ones
             too
             .
             The
             late
             Popes
             ,
             since
             his
             falling
             out
             with
             France
             ,
             within
             the
             space
             of
             two
             years
             ,
             laid
             Gables
             or
             Taxes
             upon
             16
             sorts
             of
             Commodities
             ,
             which
             were
             free
             before
             :
             So
             't
             was
             done
             upon
             the
             Soldiers
             ,
             kept
             within
             the
             State
             ,
             for
             every
             common
             Soldier
             was
             Taxed
             one
             Crown
             of
             his
             yearly
             pay
             ,
             which
             came
             to
             between
             5
             and
             6000
             crowns
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             number
             ;
             and
             the
             whole
             people
             in
             the
             City
             and
             Country
             were
             exceedingly
             oppressed
             :
             The
             selling
             of
             Offices
             is
             now
             a
             
             setled
             custom
             in
             the
             Court
             of
             Rome
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             beneficial
             to
             Popes
             :
             I
             shall
             give
             but
             an
             instance
             of
             the
             
               Camera
               Apostolica
            
             ,
             or
             the
             Apostolick
             Chamber
             ;
             the
             places
             of
             the
             
               Treasurer
               General
            
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Auditor
             ,
             are
             sold
             for
             80000
             crowns
             a
             piece
             .
             There
             are
             Twelve
             places
             of
             Chierici
             ,
             Clarks
             worth
             42000
             a
             piece
             ;
             the
             Presidents
             is
             30000
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             others
             :
             the
             two
             forenamed
             Offices
             are
             the
             next
             step
             to
             the
             Cardinal
             ;
             so
             that
             if
             the
             Pope
             will
             have
             160000
             Crowns
             he
             makes
             Cardinals
             those
             who
             have
             them
             ,
             and
             from
             others
             he
             finds
             ready
             money
             for
             the
             places
             .
             And
             what
             shall
             we
             say
             to
             that
             vast
             Treasure
             of
             Loretto
             ,
             which
             is
             inesteemable
             :
             every
             week
             ,
             nay
             ,
             almost
             every
             day
             ,
             one
             gift
             or
             other
             is
             brought
             to
             it
             from
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             Princes
             ,
             and
             other
             great
             Persons
             ,
             Cities
             ,
             and
             particular
             men
             ;
             they
             have
             whole
             Chambers
             full
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             plate
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             nothing
             to
             that
             vast
             number
             of
             Diamonds
             ,
             and
             other
             precious
             stones
             ,
             which
             they
             keep
             in
             a
             place
             made
             a
             purpose
             :
             in
             the
             Castle
             of
             
               St.
               Angelo
            
             ,
             are
             ever
             5
             millions
             of
             Gold
             ,
             and
             one
             and
             a
             half
             in
             Jewels
             .
          
           
             Were
             it
             not
             for
             want
             of
             exercise
             of
             the
             Protestant
             Religion
             ,
             Rome
             is
             as
             fit
             a
             place
             
             to
             lead
             a
             quiet
             and
             a
             contented
             life
             ,
             as
             any
             is
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             a
             man
             may
             live
             there
             as
             he
             pleases
             ;
             and
             no
             body
             meddle
             with
             him
             ;
             offend
             no
             body
             ,
             and
             no
             body
             will
             offend
             you
             ;
             and
             though
             the
             inquisition
             be
             there
             ,
             strangers
             are
             not
             troubled
             with
             it
             ,
             except
             they
             speak
             against
             their
             Religion
             ,
             which
             it
             were
             a
             great
             imprudence
             to
             do
             ;
             't
             were
             a
             madness
             for
             a
             man
             to
             go
             tell
             the
             Pope
             he
             is
             Antichrist
             ,
             this
             were
             to
             tempt
             God
             ,
             and
             contrary
             to
             the
             wisdom
             of
             the
             Serpent
             ,
             which
             is
             commanded
             us
             .
             'T
             is
             an
             old
             and
             common
             saying
             ;
          
           
             
               Cum
               fueris
               Romae
               ,
               Romano
               vivito
               more
               ,
            
             &c.
             
          
           
             A
             stranger
             and
             a
             Traveller
             must
             be
             all
             eyes
             ,
             and
             all
             ears
             ,
             but
             hardly
             any
             tongue
             at
             all
             ,
             he
             must
             hear
             ,
             he
             must
             see
             ,
             and
             hold
             his
             peace
             .
             I
             say
             ,
             at
             Rome
             there
             is
             a
             very
             great
             liberty
             ;
             if
             a
             Protestant
             pleases
             ,
             all
             Lent
             he
             may
             eat
             flesh
             ,
             by
             the
             means
             of
             a
             License
             ,
             which
             he
             may
             get
             for
             two
             shillings
             ;
             You
             are
             not
             obliged
             to
             go
             to
             Mass
             ,
             to
             Confession
             ,
             nor
             to
             any
             of
             their
             Superstitious
             wayes
             .
             One
             thing
             there
             is
             ,
             which
             a
             stranger
             may
             do
             to
             satisfie
             his
             curiosity
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             to
             go
             to
             their
             Stationi
             ,
             as
             they
             call
             it
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             their
             Devotions
             to
             certain
             Churches
             ,
             
             which
             happens
             in
             one
             or
             other
             every
             week
             ,
             where
             is
             a
             great
             concourse
             of
             people
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             and
             constantly
             excellent
             good
             musick
             ;
             so
             every
             Saturday
             at
             the
             Cardinal
             Padrone's
             ,
             the
             Popes
             Nephew
             ,
             lodging
             at
             Monte-Cavallo
             ,
             all
             men
             of
             good
             fashion
             use
             to
             meet
             ,
             to
             tell
             and
             hear
             news
             ;
             so
             one
             day
             or
             other
             in
             the
             week
             ,
             people
             use
             to
             meet
             at
             the
             Pallace
             of
             the
             Preferto
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             which
             is
             either
             the
             Popes
             Brother
             or
             Nephew
             .
             So
             at
             Monte-Cavallo
             ,
             the
             Popes
             Palace
             ;
             when
             the
             Consistory
             of
             Cardinals
             is
             kept
             .
             So
             one
             may
             have
             the
             company
             one
             time
             or
             other
             of
             their
             Academists
             or
             Virtuosi
             ,
             which
             in
             Rome
             are
             of
             three
             sorts
             ,
             
               Humoristi
               ,
               Lincei
               ,
               Eantastici
            
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             more
             is
             ,
             to
             follow
             the
             Corteggio
             of
             some
             Cardinal
             and
             Ambassadour
             first
             for
             Protection
             ;
             for
             if
             any
             mischance
             should
             befall
             a
             man
             ,
             when
             't
             is
             known
             such
             a
             Gentleman
             is
             of
             the
             Corteggio
             of
             such
             a
             Cardinal
             ,
             he
             is
             respected
             ,
             and
             no
             harm
             done
             to
             him
             without
             the
             leave
             of
             such
             a
             Protecture
             ,
             into
             whose
             house
             one
             may
             fly
             for
             sanctuary
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             going
             with
             them
             (
             after
             the
             warning
             you
             have
             of
             it
             at
             your
             lodging
             )
             when
             they
             receive
             or
             make
             visits
             ,
             or
             go
             to
             their
             audience
             ,
             
             one
             may
             see
             their
             formalities
             and
             Ceremonies
             which
             are
             very
             great
             ;
             they
             never
             visit
             one
             another
             but
             they
             send
             before
             ,
             one
             to
             know
             whether
             such
             a
             one
             be
             disposed
             to
             receive
             the
             visit
             of
             another
             at
             such
             an
             hour
             ,
             and
             as
             Italians
             ,
             give
             high
             names
             to
             things
             ;
             they
             call
             this
             Ambassage
             .
             Further
             ,
             they
             receive
             not
             at
             the
             same
             time
             visits
             from
             two
             persons
             ;
             it
             must
             be
             known
             also
             ,
             whether
             such
             a
             person
             intends
             to
             come
             Incognito
             ,
             or
             whether
             he
             will
             be
             known
             ,
             which
             only
             consists
             in
             the
             putting
             on
             or
             off
             of
             a
             superfluous
             garment
             ,
             and
             the
             Loops
             which
             are
             about
             the
             Horses
             heads
             ,
             which
             are
             of
             gold
             ,
             if
             the
             Cardinal
             be
             a
             Prince
             ,
             a
             Roman
             Baron
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Family
             of
             a
             Duke
             and
             Peer
             of
             France
             ,
             or
             other
             Kingdoms
             ;
             so
             that
             according
             as
             they
             come
             ,
             they
             are
             received
             nearer
             the
             Stairs
             ,
             and
             with
             more
             Ceremonies
             ,
             for
             every
             step
             they
             are
             to
             make
             is
             regulated
             ,
             and
             they
             would
             not
             go
             an
             inch
             further
             ;
             so
             that
             all
             that
             passes
             between
             them
             ,
             is
             more
             
               belle
               parole
            
             then
             realities
             ;
             I
             say
             ,
             
               belle
               parole
            
             ,
             not
             onely
             because
             they
             be
             Complements
             ,
             but
             also
             they
             are
             accurate
             expressions
             ,
             well
             pronounced
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             proverb
             ,
             
               Lingua
               Toscana
               in
               bocca
               Romana
            
             .
          
           
           
             
               One
               thing
            
             I
             must
             needs
             observe
             of
             their
             civility
             to
             strangers
             who
             are
             of
             their
             own
             Corteggio
             ,
             that
             although
             they
             know
             them
             to
             be
             Protestants
             ,
             yet
             they
             never
             trouble
             them
             with
             any
             discourse
             of
             Religion
             .
             'T
             is
             certain
             ,
             that
             this
             Court
             is
             as
             politick
             as
             any
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             where
             by
             a
             reflection
             you
             may
             know
             all
             what
             passes
             in
             Europe
             :
             for
             no
             Prince
             in
             the
             world
             hath
             better
             intelligencies
             then
             the
             
               '
               Pope
            
             ,
             who
             hath
             Legates
             or
             Nuncio's
             in
             most
             Courts
             ,
             and
             spies
             every
             where
             .
             Cardinals
             do
             receive
             their
             Letters
             from
             the
             Courts
             of
             the
             Princes
             whose
             interests
             they
             own
             ;
             and
             the
             general
             of
             every
             Regular
             Order
             being
             usually
             at
             Rome
             ,
             and
             receiving
             a
             constant
             weekly
             intelligence
             out
             of
             all
             those
             parts
             where
             are
             any
             of
             his
             Order
             ;
             and
             sometimes
             from
             the
             Confessors
             to
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             and
             other
             high
             persons
             ,
             do
             signifie
             what
             things
             they
             hear
             ,
             to
             the
             Pope
             .
             One
             may
             judge
             of
             this
             by
             what
             they
             do
             at
             home
             ;
             that
             which
             is
             to
             be
             admired
             at
             Rome
             ,
             is
             that
             exceeding
             great
             number
             of
             spies
             under
             pay
             ,
             which
             are
             there
             up
             and
             down
             in
             all
             houses
             ,
             publick
             places
             ,
             and
             at
             every
             corner
             ,
             the
             Pope
             hath
             his
             ;
             every
             Cardinal
             ,
             and
             Princes
             (
             I
             put
             
             them
             before
             ,
             for
             they
             take
             place
             of
             them
             )
             have
             theirs
             ;
             one
             Cardinal
             and
             Prince
             will
             have
             his
             spie
             in
             the
             house
             of
             another
             ,
             though
             some
             of
             them
             go
             like
             gentlemen
             of
             good
             fashion
             ;
             and
             others
             who
             are
             of
             a
             higher
             form
             keep
             their
             Coaches
             ;
             some
             of
             them
             have
             keys
             to
             come
             in
             at
             any
             hour
             by
             the
             back
             door
             to
             the
             persons
             whose
             spies
             they
             are
             .
             Some
             as
             Staffieri
             ,
             or
             Footmen
             ,
             serve
             strangers
             ;
             others
             are
             Masters
             of
             Excercises
             ,
             nay
             ,
             several
             Cortegiane
             or
             Prostitute
             women
             are
             under
             pay
             ;
             so
             that
             by
             these
             means
             ,
             no
             particular
             business
             comes
             to
             pass
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             presently
             known
             .
             One
             day
             I
             had
             occasion
             to
             enquire
             for
             a
             mean
             person
             about
             an
             ordinary
             business
             ,
             very
             far
             from
             my
             lodging
             ,
             and
             from
             that
             of
             a
             third
             person
             concerned
             in
             't
             ,
             in
             a
             corner
             of
             a
             street
             ,
             one
             that
             was
             with
             me
             inquiring
             for
             such
             a
             one
             ,
             in
             came
             to
             us
             an
             unknown
             man
             ,
             who
             stood
             by
             ,
             I
             admired
             to
             hear
             him
             say
             ,
             what
             ,
             you
             look
             for
             him
             about
             such
             a
             thing
             ,
             he
             is
             gone
             to
             such
             a
             place
             :
             Every
             one
             of
             their
             great
             men
             who
             know
             this
             custome
             ,
             do
             suspect
             every
             new
             servant
             they
             take
             .
             I
             have
             been
             told
             by
             a
             person
             who
             stood
             by
             ,
             that
             the
             late
             
               Duke
               Cezarini
            
             ,
             sent
             one
             day
             for
             a
             Notaro
             (
             or
             
             one
             of
             those
             Scriveners
             ,
             who
             kept
             the
             List
             of
             some
             spies
             )
             whom
             he
             trusted
             ,
             and
             haveing
             shewed
             him
             the
             names
             of
             all
             his
             Domesticks
             ,
             how
             doth
             it
             go
             said
             he
             ?
             the
             other
             answered
             ,
             well
             ;
             then
             said
             he
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             wonder
             ,
             I
             am
             here
             the
             only
             man
             ;
             this
             Language
             is
             obscure
             ,
             but
             he
             who
             stood
             by
             ,
             knew
             the
             meaning
             of
             it
             .
             As
             to
             strangers
             ,
             none
             come
             to
             Rome
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             presently
             known
             who
             it
             is
             ,
             whence
             he
             comes
             ,
             what
             company
             he
             frequents
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             .
             Not
             long
             since
             I
             hapned
             to
             be
             at
             Rome
             ,
             at
             the
             same
             time
             that
             there
             was
             a
             considerable
             number
             of
             English-men
             ;
             the
             late
             Pope
             told
             an
             English
             Priest
             ,
             and
             an
             English
             Gentleman
             ,
             who
             being
             a
             Papist
             ,
             went
             thither
             for
             Devotion
             sake
             ,
             
               That
               he
               wondered
               ,
               that
               some
               of
               the
               English
               men
               that
               were
               then
               in
               town
               ,
               did
               not
               come
               to
               his
               Palace
               upon
               the
               dayes
               he
               gave
               Audience
               ,
               though
               it
               was
               but
               for
               curiosity
            
             ;
             but
             said
             he
             ,
             
               I
               know
               they
               are
               so
               taken
               up
               to
               drink
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               no
               time
               to
               spare
               :
            
             He
             was
             well
             informed
             ,
             yet
             this
             did
             not
             proceed
             from
             any
             contempt
             he
             had
             for
             the
             Nation
             ;
             contrariwise
             he
             used
             to
             speak
             with
             respect
             of
             England
             ,
             calling
             it
             the
             
               Land
               of
               Wonders
            
             :
             though
             this
             may
             be
             ambiguous
             ,
             yet
             I
             believe
             he
             took
             it
             in
             a
             
             good
             sence
             ,
             and
             he
             hath
             expressed
             the
             desire
             he
             had
             to
             have
             come
             to
             see
             it
             when
             he
             was
             Nuncio
             in
             Germany
             ,
             if
             he
             could
             have
             done
             it
             with
             safety
             .
          
           
             In
             Rome
             are
             to
             be
             seen
             several
             ancient
             and
             modern
             Curiosities
             ;
             there
             are
             particular
             guides
             for
             antiquities
             ,
             the
             modern
             do
             consist
             in
             Churches
             ,
             Palaces
             ,
             Houses
             of
             Pleasure
             ,
             called
             Villa
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             see
             the
             utmost
             of
             Art
             in
             Architecture
             ,
             Pictures
             ,
             Statues
             ,
             Gardens
             ,
             Water-works
             ;
             so
             there
             are
             Libraries
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             the
             Vatican
             ,
             enriched
             with
             a
             number
             of
             Excellent
             Books
             ,
             and
             rare
             Manuscripts
             in
             several
             tongues
             ,
             and
             increased
             with
             the
             ruines
             of
             that
             of
             Heildelberg
             ,
             and
             with
             that
             of
             Urbino
             :
             this
             Library
             can
             be
             compared
             to
             none
             but
             that
             of
             Oxford
             ,
             yet
             with
             some
             difference
             :
             there
             are
             also
             private
             Libraries
             and
             Cabinets
             ,
             of
             all
             ,
             which
             as
             of
             the
             curiosities
             of
             Tivoly
             and
             Frescati
             ,
             places
             12.
             and
             18.
             miles
             from
             the
             City
             ,
             there
             are
             exact
             relations
             in
             their
             Language
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             were
             needless
             for
             me
             to
             name
             or
             to
             describe
             any
             .
          
           
             Therefore
             I
             come
             to
             speak
             how
             Popes
             stand
             affected
             to
             their
             Neighbours
             ;
             some
             grounds
             of
             this
             might
             have
             been
             laid
             formerly
             ,
             
             when
             the
             Apostolick
             Chamber
             had
             the
             direction
             of
             affairs
             :
             but
             since
             Popes
             are
             come
             to
             be
             so
             absolute
             ,
             that
             the
             Chamber
             must
             do
             almost
             all
             what
             they
             please
             ,
             now
             their
             interest
             ,
             natural
             in●●ination
             ,
             fancy
             or
             Capricio
             ,
             as
             they
             call
             it
             ;
             and
             sometimes
             the
             suggestions
             of
             a
             Kinsman
             and
             favourite
             ,
             such
             as
             was
             
               Don
               Mario
            
             ,
             though
             't
             was
             a
             woman
             ,
             as
             
               Don
               Olympia
            
             ,
             are
             the
             rule
             of
             it
             .
             Some
             Popes
             have
             had
             fallings
             out
             with
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             as
             had
             Paul
             the
             5th
             .
             concerning
             Ecclesiastical
             Jurisdiction
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             ;
             Clement
             the
             8th
             .
             with
             the
             Dukes
             of
             Modena
             about
             
               Ferrara
               ;
               Urban
            
             the
             8th
             .
             with
             the
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             about
             Castro
             ;
             and
             so
             of
             late
             Cardinal
             Franciotti
             ,
             Bishop
             of
             Luca
             ,
             was
             like
             to
             be
             the
             occasion
             of
             a
             great
             falling
             out
             between
             the
             Pope
             and
             that
             
               Republick
               .
               Urban
            
             the
             8th
             .
             was
             a
             great
             friend
             to
             France
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             Spain
             ,
             nor
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
               .
               Innocent
            
             the
             10th
             .
             the
             half
             of
             his
             Reign
             was
             for
             Spain
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             turned
             to
             the
             French
             ;
             and
             the
             late
             
               Alexander
               7th
            
             .
             was
             all
             along
             an
             enemy
             to
             France
             ,
             chiefly
             upon
             the
             account
             of
             Mazarini
             ,
             whom
             he
             hated
             with
             all
             his
             heart
             ;
             but
             the
             present
             Pope
             carries
             himself
             even
             between
             all
             ,
             although
             
             before
             his
             Election
             he
             were
             suspected
             to
             be
             partial
             for
             Spain
             ,
             but
             upon
             no
             sollid
             grounds
             ;
             for
             those
             who
             pretend
             to
             the
             Popedome
             stand
             neutrals
             ,
             and
             declare
             themselves
             of
             no
             party
          
           
             The
             maximes
             of
             Pope's
             are
             different
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             interest
             and
             temper
             ;
             so
             that
             this
             being
             an
             Elective
             Dignity
             ,
             no
             general
             rule
             but
             this
             can
             be
             given
             ,
             that
             all
             endeavour
             to
             raise
             their
             Families
             to
             Honour
             and
             Riches
             ;
             however
             their
             
               Raggioni
               di
               Stato
            
             are
             ,
             to
             hinder
             Naples
             from
             falling
             into
             the
             Emperours
             hands
             :
             for
             Clement
             the
             7th
             .
             made
             penance
             for
             the
             fault
             which
             Leon
             the
             10th
             .
             had
             committed
             to
             favour
             Charles
             the
             5th
             .
             A
             second
             maxime
             is
             ,
             still
             to
             give
             hopes
             of
             being
             promoted
             ,
             to
             the
             dignity
             of
             a
             Cardinal
             to
             those
             potent
             Prelates
             that
             are
             at
             Rome
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             to
             keep
             them
             in
             dependency
             ,
             and
             from
             discontents
             and
             disturbances
             .
             Another
             is
             to
             confine
             the
             number
             of
             Cardinals
             to
             70.
             which
             was
             an
             invention
             of
             
               Sixtus
               Quintus
            
             ,
             to
             avoid
             the
             importunities
             of
             several
             Princes
             ,
             who
             solicited
             him
             to
             confer
             that
             dignity
             upon
             some
             whom
             he
             would
             not
             bring
             into
             the
             Colledge
             .
             Of
             the
             same
             nature
             as
             this
             is
             ,
             another
             
             
             
             
             
             
               Arcano
               di
               Stato
            
             ,
             concerning
             the
             Examen
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             which
             was
             ordered
             by
             Clement
             the
             8th
             .
             to
             stop
             the
             designes
             of
             Princes
             ,
             who
             intended
             to
             promote
             to
             Prelacy
             many
             of
             their
             Creatures
             :
             for
             then
             they
             had
             been
             ashamed
             to
             present
             those
             who
             had
             no
             learning
             ,
             nor
             other
             qualifications
             fit
             for
             the
             place
             .
             A
             further
             secret
             of
             state
             is
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             Bull
             of
             Residency
             ,
             whereby
             Bishops
             are
             obliged
             to
             reside
             in
             their
             Bishopricks
             ;
             by
             the
             means
             of
             this
             ,
             Popes
             do
             remove
             from
             their
             Court
             those
             Cardinals
             and
             others
             whom
             they
             dislike
             :
             By
             these
             means
             Urban
             the
             8th
             .
             kept
             out
             of
             Rome
             Cardinal
             Borgia
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             the
             
               Spanish
               Faction
            
             ,
             who
             spoke
             too
             boldly
             to
             him
             :
             So
             did
             Alexander
             the
             7th
             .
             keep
             away
             Cardinal
             Rossetti
             ,
             who
             stifly
             opposed
             his
             Election
             .
             A
             further
             maxime
             of
             theirs
             is
             ,
             to
             refer
             to
             Congregations
             ,
             the
             demands
             of
             Princes
             about
             Ecclesiastical
             Laws
             ,
             Jurisdiction
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             which
             Popes
             are
             not
             willing
             to
             grant
             ,
             for
             so
             they
             lay
             the
             denial
             upon
             others
             .
             Another
             
               Raggioni
               di
               Stato
            
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             Cardinals
             may
             not
             go
             out
             of
             the
             state
             of
             the
             Church
             without
             leave
             from
             the
             Pope
             ,
             for
             so
             they
             prevent
             those
             Counsels
             and
             Assemblies
             before
             the
             
             which
             formerly
             they
             have
             at
             several
             times
             been
             summoned
             to
             appear
             .
             Further
             ,
             as
             former
             Popes
             have
             humbled
             and
             brought
             down
             those
             noble
             and
             potent
             Families
             that
             were
             in
             Rome
             ,
             which
             had
             given
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             trouble
             to
             their
             Predecessors
             ;
             so
             at
             present
             Popes
             keep
             them
             low
             ;
             by
             which
             means
             ,
             they
             have
             so
             degenerated
             ,
             that
             instead
             of
             those
             great
             and
             brave
             Captains
             ,
             now
             out
             of
             these
             Families
             come
             out
             idle
             ,
             vicious
             ,
             and
             effeminate
             persons
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             t
             is
             a
             very
             politick
             maxime
             of
             Popes
             ,
             to
             send
             their
             Legate
             to
             Princes
             ,
             to
             pacifie
             the
             quarrels
             arising
             between
             them
             ,
             although
             they
             know
             't
             will
             effect
             nothing
             at
             all
             ;
             and
             that
             sometimes
             't
             is
             their
             interest
             that
             such
             quarrels
             should
             last
             ,
             for
             hereby
             they
             shew
             themselves
             to
             be
             zealous
             of
             the
             publick
             good
             and
             peace
             ;
             and
             thus
             they
             maintain
             themselves
             the
             Arbiters
             of
             Princes
             .
             The
             Cardinals
             Nephews
             have
             also
             their
             particular
             maximes
             ,
             namely
             to
             keep
             from
             preferment
             ,
             and
             to
             remove
             from
             the
             
             Pope's
             person
             those
             whom
             they
             do
             not
             affect
             :
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             to
             raise
             to
             dignities
             ,
             and
             to
             procure
             places
             of
             trust
             to
             their
             friends
             and
             creatures
             .
             Publick
             Ministers
             at
             that
             Court
             know
             so
             well
             
             the
             jealousie
             of
             Nephews
             ,
             who
             will
             have
             nothing
             communicated
             to
             Popes
             ,
             but
             by
             their
             means
             ,
             that
             usually
             they
             impart
             first
             to
             them
             ,
             that
             which
             they
             are
             to
             speak
             of
             to
             the
             Pope
             ,
             and
             commonly
             they
             give
             them
             an
             account
             of
             what
             answer
             they
             had
             ,
             taking
             
               Cardinal
               Padrons
            
             lodging
             from
             the
             Popes
             in
             their
             way
             homewards
             .
             A
             policy
             of
             the
             Cardinals
             ,
             who
             are
             contrary
             to
             the
             Court
             ,
             is
             to
             get
             some
             Eminent
             one
             disaffected
             as
             they
             are
             ,
             to
             be
             their
             Head
             ;
             and
             now
             't
             is
             a
             custome
             passed
             as
             it
             were
             into
             a
             Law
             ,
             to
             choose
             none
             but
             Italians
             to
             be
             Popes
             .
          
           
             Before
             the
             late
             Election
             ,
             the
             Colledge
             of
             Cardinals
             was
             divided
             into
             the
             Ghigian
             party
             ,
             which
             were
             all
             the
             creatures
             or
             friends
             of
             Alexander
             the
             7th
             .
             six
             of
             them
             are
             of
             Siena
             ,
             the
             City
             he
             was
             born
             in
             ,
             the
             
               Squadra
               volante
            
             ,
             the
             flying
             Squadron
             composed
             of
             the
             creatures
             of
             Innocent
             the
             10th
             who
             having
             left
             no
             Cardinal
             of
             his
             Name
             or
             Family
             ,
             
               Cardinal
               Imperiale
            
             was
             look't
             upon
             as
             the
             Head
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             most
             part
             of
             these
             were
             brought
             in
             to
             this
             present
             Pope
             by
             Azzolino
             ,
             one
             of
             their
             chief
             members
             ;
             but
             the
             3d.
             party
             was
             that
             of
             
               Barbirini
               Francesco
            
             the
             Dean
             of
             the
             Colledge
             
             being
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             several
             of
             Urbans
             Creatures
             the
             members
             with
             some
             others
             ,
             who
             being
             poor
             ,
             received
             pensions
             from
             Francesco
             ;
             now
             a
             fourth
             part
             is
             rising
             ,
             which
             is
             that
             of
             the
             present
             Pope
             .
          
           
             Before
             I
             leave
             this
             subject
             ,
             I
             must
             say
             something
             of
             him
             ;
             He
             is
             called
             Clemene
             the
             9th
             .
             which
             name
             he
             took
             ,
             as
             he
             assured
             the
             Princess
             of
             Rossano
             ,
             out
             of
             respect
             he
             doth
             bear
             to
             the
             memory
             of
             Clement
             the
             
               8th
               .
               Aldobrandin
            
             ;
             his
             name
             is
             
               Giulio
               Rospigliosi
            
             of
             Pistoia
             ,
             an
             indifferent
             good
             City
             ,
             about
             20
             miles
             from
             Florence
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             
               Grand
               Dukes
            
             Dominions
             .
             This
             man
             was
             chosen
             the
             last
             year
             ,
             in
             the
             71.
             of
             his
             Age
             ;
             he
             was
             employed
             as
             Nuncio
             in
             Spain
             ,
             and
             then
             by
             the
             late
             Pope
             was
             chosen
             Secretary
             of
             State
             ;
             he
             had
             a
             very
             sore
             fit
             of
             sickness
             a
             little
             while
             afore
             the
             Pope
             died
             ;
             he
             was
             once
             given
             over
             by
             Physicians
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             came
             to
             recover
             ,
             and
             before
             the
             Popes
             death
             ,
             he
             had
             thoughts
             to
             leave
             his
             place
             .
             He
             is
             a
             man
             of
             a
             middle
             stature
             ,
             and
             very
             gray
             ;
             being
             a
             Cardinal
             ,
             he
             was
             accounted
             a
             wise
             Statesman
             ,
             and
             of
             great
             parts
             ;
             I
             say
             he
             was
             ,
             for
             I
             cannot
             tell
             whether
             he
             doth
             or
             will
             continue
             so
             ,
             for
             often
             have
             we
             seen
             in
             that
             
             place
             that
             
               Honours
               have
               changed
               manners
            
             ;
             as
             it
             was
             well
             observed
             of
             the
             late
             
               Pope
               Alexander
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             it
             was
             said
             ,
             as
             of
             Galba
             ,
             He
             had
             been
             worthy
             of
             Reigning
             ,
             if
             he
             had
             not
             Reigned
             ;
             
               Dignus
               Imperio
               ,
               sinon
               imperasset
            
             ;
             and
             of
             all
             other
             sayings
             ,
             this
             most
             of
             all
             was
             fastned
             upon
             him
             ;
             he
             was
             
               maximus
               in
               minimis
            
             ,
             and
             
               minimus
               in
               maximis
            
             .
          
           
             This
             Pope
             ,
             since
             his
             Election
             to
             that
             Dignity
             ,
             hath
             made
             a
             judicious
             Creation
             of
             Cardinals
             ;
             he
             hath
             chosen
             his
             own
             Nephew
             to
             express
             his
             affection
             to
             him
             ;
             the
             late
             Pope's
             Nephew
             ,
             
               Don
               Sigismond
            
             ,
             to
             express
             his
             thankfulness
             for
             the
             Obligations
             he
             had
             to
             that
             Family
             ;
             and
             herein
             he
             hath
             given
             an
             example
             contrary
             to
             that
             so
             much
             blamed
             of
             Innocent
             the
             10th
             .
             who
             did
             so
             bitterly
             persecute
             the
             Relations
             of
             his
             Predecessor
             .
             The
             third
             Cardinal
             Created
             ,
             is
             Leopold
             ,
             of
             the
             family
             Medici
             :
             Thus
             he
             hath
             repaired
             the
             fault
             of
             Alexander
             ,
             acknowledged
             the
             kindness
             he
             received
             from
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             in
             the
             late
             conclave
             ,
             and
             shews
             that
             he
             remembers
             he
             hath
             been
             his
             Subject
             :
             Further
             ,
             this
             Pope
             hath
             done
             two
             things
             contrary
             to
             the
             practices
             of
             his
             Predecessor
             ,
             
             who
             ,
             at
             the
             beginning
             ,
             would
             own
             none
             of
             his
             Relations
             ,
             nor
             have
             them
             about
             his
             person
             ,
             or
             raise
             them
             to
             preferments
             ,
             till
             he
             seemed
             to
             be
             forced
             to
             it
             by
             the
             earnest
             solicitations
             ,
             and
             constant
             importunities
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             and
             publick
             Ministers
             ;
             yet
             it
             is
             well
             known
             how
             indulgent
             to
             them
             he
             hath
             been
             all
             along
             ;
             therefore
             ,
             said
             the
             
               Romans
               ,
               Alexander
            
             was
             as
             good
             as
             his
             word
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             not
             receive
             his
             Relations
             at
             Rome
             ,
             for
             he
             went
             to
             do
             it
             at
             
               Castle
               Gandolfo
            
             ,
             a
             house
             of
             pleasure
             12.
             miles
             from
             it
             :
             but
             the
             present
             Pope
             sent
             for
             his
             immediately
             after
             his
             Election
             ,
             and
             would
             make
             no
             new
             Creation
             (
             as
             they
             call
             it
             )
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             nor
             distribute
             several
             favours
             till
             his
             Nephew
             was
             come
             back
             to
             Rome
             ,
             that
             others
             might
             have
             to
             him
             the
             Obligation
             of
             it
             :
             The
             other
             thing
             he
             hath
             done
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             suppressed
             in
             part
             those
             heavy
             Taxes
             which
             his
             Predecessour
             ,
             or
             
               Don
               Mario
            
             ,
             hath
             laid
             on
             the
             people
             ;
             this
             hath
             much
             gotten
             him
             the
             love
             of
             his
             Subjects
             .
             Should
             I
             now
             go
             about
             to
             give
             a
             character
             of
             
               Don
               Camillo
            
             his
             Brother
             ,
             his
             Nephews
             ,
             and
             other
             Relations
             ,
             it
             would
             be
             too
             much
             like
             a
             relation
             ,
             therefore
             I
             forbear
             it
             ;
             and
             indeed
             
             I
             have
             been
             so
             long
             upon
             this
             particular
             ,
             that
             I
             must
             be
             shorter
             in
             what
             follows
             .
          
           
             In
             Rome
             are
             still
             some
             Noble
             and
             Ancient
             Families
             ,
             as
             Colonna
             ,
             which
             do
             possess
             three
             Principalities
             ,
             Ursini
             hath
             two
             more
             .
             Savelli
             ,
             whereof
             the
             chief
             is
             perpetual
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             Prince
             of
             
               La
               Rizza
            
             ,
             bought
             by
             the
             late
             Pope
             ,
             and
             of
             
               Albano
               .
               Muti
            
             ,
             Duke
             of
             that
             name
             ,
             and
             Prince
             of
             
               Rignano
               ,
               Cezarini
            
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Jansano
             and
             
               Ardea
               .
               Conti
            
             ,
             of
             which
             is
             the
             present
             Duke
             
               Pauli
               .
               Caetanis
            
             of
             which
             is
             the
             Prince
             of
             Caserta
             ,
             Son
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             
               Sermonetta
               .
               Frangipani
            
             ,
             which
             is
             extinct
             ,
             for
             the
             late
             Marquess
             left
             out
             one
             Daughter
             ,
             who
             hath
             been
             married
             to
             one
             of
             the
             name
             ,
             who
             lives
             in
             Hungary
             .
             The
             others
             are
             
               Bentivogli
               ,
               Baglioni
               ,
               Peppuli
               ,
               Vitelli
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             The
             new
             Families
             ,
             to
             begin
             with
             that
             which
             now
             Rules
             ,
             are
             ,
             
               Rospigliosi
               ,
               Ghigi
               ,
               Pansilio
               ,
               Barberini
               ,
               Ludovisio
               ,
               Borghese
               ,
               Altemps
               ,
               Cezi
               ,
               Farneze
               ,
               Aldobrandini
               ,
               Buoncompagnio
               ,
               &c.
            
             raised
             by
             Popes
             of
             th●ir
             family
             ,
             as
             now
             Rospigliosi
             of
             Clement
             the
             
               9th
               .
               Ghigi
            
             of
             Alexander
             the
             
               7th
               &c.
               Matthei
            
             also
             ,
             and
             Lanti
             both
             Dukes
             in
             Rome
             ,
             are
             both
             of
             good
             Famiies
             .
          
           
           
             But
             now
             Clement
             the
             9th
             .
             is
             dead
             ,
             after
             somewhat
             above
             two
             years
             Reign
             ;
             he
             was
             old
             and
             weak
             ,
             but
             the
             loss
             of
             Candia
             ,
             hath
             probably
             hastened
             his
             death
             :
             his
             Relations
             had
             no
             time
             to
             rise
             very
             high
             ,
             and
             they
             must
             leave
             the
             place
             to
             his
             kinsman
             ,
             who
             is
             now
             to
             be
             chosen
             Pope
             :
             about
             whose
             Election
             the
             Conclave
             is
             now
             much
             divided
             ;
             the
             Factions
             being
             great
             and
             stiff
             ,
             every
             one
             driving
             on
             her
             Interest
             and
             advantage
             .
             The
             Cardinals
             amongst
             themselves
             being
             divided
             into
             four
             parties
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             all
             the
             creatures
             of
             so
             many
             
               Popes
               ,
               Urban
            
             the
             
               8th
               .
               Innocent
            
             the
             
               10th
               .
               Alexander
            
             the
             7th
             .
             and
             Clement
             the
             9th
             .
             besides
             the
             
               Grand
               Dukes
            
             Interest
             is
             great
             in
             the
             Conclave
             :
             the
             Spanish
             is
             considerable
             in
             number
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             many
             of
             his
             Subjects
             in
             't
             ;
             but
             as
             Cardinals
             mind
             themselves
             more
             than
             the
             Crowns
             ;
             and
             as
             Spain
             is
             not
             mony'd
             ,
             very
             probably
             many
             will
             fall
             off
             :
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             the
             French
             having
             some
             of
             the
             best
             head-pieces
             in
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             and
             ready
             monys
             ,
             will
             go
             very
             far
             ;
             and
             because
             the
             last
             time
             they
             were
             disappointed
             ,
             and
             could
             not
             raise
             Farnese
             to
             the
             Popedome
             ,
             they
             will
             strive
             very
             hard
             for
             it
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             King
             of
             Poland
             have
             also
             their
             Parties
             among
             the
             Cardinals
             ,
             but
             not
             considerable
             in
             themselves
             ,
             only
             they
             may
             joyn
             with
             others
             .
             These
             Princes
             ,
             as
             the
             
               French
               and
               Spanish
            
             Crowns
             Interests
             ,
             are
             managed
             by
             those
             Cardinals
             who
             are
             their
             Protectors
             ,
             and
             the
             Ambassadours
             who
             are
             at
             Rome
             :
             of
             late
             the
             Crown
             of
             Portugal
             is
             also
             come
             in
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             also
             those
             Cardinals
             called
             Neutrals
             ,
             of
             those
             ,
             who
             pretending
             to
             the
             Popedome
             ,
             declare
             themselves
             (
             at
             least
             ,
             not
             openly
             )
             for
             no
             party
             .
          
           
             Cardinals
             first
             of
             all
             were
             called
             
               Roman
               Priests
            
             ,
             sent
             by
             Popes
             ,
             to
             Preach
             and
             do
             other
             offices
             in
             the
             Churches
             ,
             who
             owned
             their
             Authorities
             :
             There
             were
             but
             six
             upon
             their
             first
             Institution
             .
             
               Calpurnius
               Poncinus
            
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             231.
             raised
             their
             number
             to
             10
             ,
             so
             by
             degrees
             they
             were
             70.
             but
             as
             Popes
             may
             alter
             the
             orders
             of
             their
             Predecessors
             ,
             so
             they
             have
             lessened
             ,
             or
             increased
             this
             number
             .
          
           
             They
             were
             very
             inferiour
             in
             dignity
             to
             Bishops
             ,
             to
             whom
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             people
             the
             Election
             belonged
             formerly
             ;
             but
             Innocent
             the
             2d
             .
             gave
             it
             wholly
             ,
             and
             only
             to
             Cardinals
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1135.
             yet
             left
             it
             at
             
             their
             liberty
             to
             choose
             one
             of
             their
             number
             ,
             or
             another
             Prelate
             .
          
           
             But
             in
             the
             year
             1464.
             
             Paul
             the
             2d
             .
             ordered
             that
             none
             but
             a
             Cardinal
             should
             be
             chosen
             
               Pope
               .
               Innocent
            
             the
             4th
             .
             was
             the
             man
             ,
             who
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             1242.
             altered
             the
             precedency
             between
             Bishops
             and
             Cardinals
             ,
             to
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             last
             :
             the
             same
             gave
             them
             the
             red
             Hat
             :
             Bonifacius
             the
             9th
             .
             the
             Habite
             :
             and
             Paul
             the
             2d
             .
             the
             Cap
             of
             Scarlet
             :
             to
             shew
             ,
             (
             as
             they
             say
             )
             how
             ready
             they
             are
             to
             shed
             their
             blood
             for
             the
             Service
             of
             the
             Church
             ;
             though
             I
             think
             ,
             that
             this
             colour
             and
             Purple
             which
             they
             use
             too
             ,
             are
             to
             set
             forth
             their
             Pomp
             and
             Magnificence
             .
          
           
             These
             Cardinals
             are
             chosen
             by
             the
             Pope
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             intimation
             ,
             and
             some
             few
             upon
             the
             commendation
             of
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             of
             
               France
               ,
               Spain
            
             ,
             and
             Poland
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             
               German
               ,
               French
               ,
               &c.
            
             
             Nations
             ;
             according
             to
             the
             choice
             of
             those
             Princes
             ,
             who
             have
             liberty
             to
             commend
             ,
             one
             two
             ,
             or
             three
             ,
             of
             what
             Nation
             they
             please
             :
             All
             these
             Cardinals
             are
             divided
             into
             three
             Orders
             ,
             six
             Bishops
             ,
             50
             Priests
             ,
             fourteen
             Deacons
             :
             every
             one
             of
             them
             takes
             place
             of
             all
             Embassadours
             whatsoever
             ,
             and
             pretend
             
             the
             hand
             from
             all
             Princes
             ,
             except
             Crowned
             Heads
             .
          
           
             Thus
             much
             I
             thought
             fit
             to
             speak
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             especially
             now
             upon
             the
             occasion
             of
             the
             
               Sede
               vacante
            
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             met
             to
             make
             a
             new
             Election
             ,
             of
             which
             't
             is
             necessary
             to
             say
             something
             .
          
           
             The
             Pope
             being
             dead
             ,
             Nine
             days
             are
             employed
             towards
             his
             Funeral
             ,
             and
             other
             formalities
             depending
             thereupon
             :
             On
             the
             ninth
             day
             after
             ,
             Mass
             is
             said
             ,
             a
             speech
             is
             made
             in
             commendation
             of
             the
             deceased
             ,
             the
             Cardinal
             Padrone
             ,
             that
             is
             Master
             ,
             (
             a
             Title
             introduced
             by
             Paul
             the
             5th
             .
             but
             fully
             confirmed
             by
             Urban
             the
             
               8th
               .
            
             )
             who
             is
             a
             nigh
             relation
             of
             the
             late
             Pope
             ,
             acqaints
             all
             Cardinals
             abroad
             with
             his
             ●eath
             ,
             who
             thereupon
             make
             all
             possible
             haste
             to
             come
             to
             Rome
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             10th
             day
             after
             the
             Popes
             death
             all
             the
             Cardinals
             who
             are
             able
             ,
             meet
             at
             St.
             Peters
             Church
             ,
             where
             the
             Mass
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             as
             they
             call
             it
             ,
             is
             sung
             by
             the
             Dean
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             he
             who
             is
             of
             a
             longest
             standing
             ,
             or
             the
             next
             to
             him
             ,
             if
             he
             be
             not
             well
             ;
             there
             is
             also
             made
             a
             speech
             upon
             the
             subject
             of
             the
             Election
             of
             a
             new
             Pope
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             concourse
             of
             people
             to
             
             hear
             it
             ;
             after
             this
             ,
             all
             the
             Cardinals
             go
             in
             a
             Procession
             towards
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             following
             a
             Priest
             who
             carries
             the
             Cross
             ,
             the
             Musicians
             singing
             their
             
               Veni
               Creator
               Spiritus
            
             .
          
           
             This
             Conclave
             is
             a
             place
             in
             the
             Vatican
             near
             St.
             Peters
             Church
             ,
             all
             made
             a
             new
             by
             order
             of
             the
             Cardinal
             Chamberlain
             ,
             or
             Chamerlengho
             ,
             all
             of
             wood
             ,
             which
             after
             the
             Election
             ,
             is
             disposed
             of
             by
             the
             said
             Chamberlain
             ,
             where
             a
             small
             Lodging
             is
             made
             for
             every
             Cardinal
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             hath
             his
             by
             lot
             .
          
           
             The
             Cardinals
             ,
             some
             Prelates
             ,
             and
             Volaries
             go
             in
             then
             ,
             whereof
             one
             reads
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             the
             Bulls
             concerning
             the
             Election
             of
             Popes
             ,
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             all
             Cardinals
             take
             an
             oath
             to
             observe
             what
             is
             therein
             contained
             ,
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Dean
             ,
             and
             of
             Prince
             Savelli
             ,
             who
             upon
             this
             action
             hath
             leave
             to
             enter
             into
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             is
             keeper
             ,
             and
             perpetual
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             for
             himself
             ,
             and
             successors
             :
             After
             this
             Ceremony
             every
             one
             goes
             to
             his
             dinner
             ,
             and
             hitherto
             the
             doors
             are
             shut
             up
             ,
             but
             after
             dinner
             all
             Ambassadors
             and
             Roman
             Princes
             have
             liberty
             to
             go
             in
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             space
             of
             four
             or
             five
             
             hours
             they
             treat
             and
             negotiate
             with
             Cardinals
             ,
             within
             their
             private
             Lodgings
             ,
             which
             time
             being
             past
             ,
             they
             ring
             a
             little
             bell
             ,
             whereupon
             every
             one
             is
             to
             go
             away
             ,
             excepting
             the
             Cardinals
             ,
             and
             the
             Deputies
             or
             Deputati
             of
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             two
             servants
             are
             allowed
             to
             every
             Cardinal
             ,
             who
             chooses
             whom
             he
             likes
             ,
             the
             old
             and
             weak
             ones
             are
             allowed
             three
             ;
             for
             publick
             use
             ,
             are
             one
             Sagrista
             ,
             and
             Oschaltarra
             ;
             and
             
               Solo
               Sagrista
            
             ,
             who
             take
             care
             of
             things
             relating
             to
             their
             Devotions
             ,
             and
             belonging
             to
             the
             Altar
             ;
             five
             Masters
             of
             Ceremonies
             ,
             the
             Secre●ary
             of
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             a
             Confessor
             ,
             two
             Physicians
             ,
             an
             Apothecary
             ,
             and
             two
             to
             help
             him
             ;
             a
             Surgeon
             ,
             two
             Barbers
             ,
             two
             Masons
             ,
             two
             Carpenters
             ,
             and
             sixteen
             Porters
             .
          
           
             Assoon
             as
             all
             others
             are
             gone
             ,
             and
             these
             are
             within
             ,
             the
             Conclave
             is
             walled
             in
             and
             out
             ,
             after
             which
             ,
             the
             Cardinals
             ,
             Dean
             ,
             and
             Chamberlain
             ,
             go
             about
             it
             to
             see
             whether
             it
             be
             well
             :
             it
             hath
             formerly
             been
             ordered
             by
             some
             Popes
             ,
             that
             after
             this
             ,
             no
             Cardinal
             should
             be
             admitted
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             not
             strictly
             observed
             ,
             if
             they
             come
             soon
             after
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             Election
             is
             like
             not
             to
             be
             ended
             so
             soon
             :
             Before
             they
             are
             shut
             up
             ,
             orders
             are
             
             issued
             by
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             peace
             and
             quiet
             Government
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             it
             being
             very
             necessary
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             upon
             such
             a
             conjuncture
             ,
             to
             prevent
             great
             and
             many
             mischiefs
             ;
             now
             all
             that
             time
             the
             City
             Officers
             have
             a
             great
             power
             ,
             so
             that
             if
             a
             Malefactor
             be
             taken
             ,
             he
             is
             soon
             made
             away
             .
             'T
             is
             not
             usual
             with
             the
             Cardinals
             to
             discharge
             the
             Officers
             entrusted
             by
             the
             late
             Pope
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             necessary
             they
             should
             be
             confirmed
             by
             them
             .
          
           
             Within
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             is
             kept
             an
             exact
             Guard
             ,
             under
             the
             Command
             of
             the
             High
             Marshal
             ;
             first
             at
             the
             Ruota
             ,
             seven
             in
             number
             ,
             which
             are
             some
             holes
             left
             unwalled
             ,
             to
             take
             in
             the
             Victuals
             which
             are
             brought
             in
             to
             every
             Cardinal
             ;
             These
             Ruota's
             are
             used
             at
             Rome
             ,
             in
             every
             Monastery
             and
             Nunnery
             ;
             the
             use
             whereof
             is
             to
             receive
             what
             things
             are
             brought
             from
             without
             ,
             and
             given
             from
             within
             :
             For
             at
             the
             inside
             of
             the
             Wall
             are
             some
             few
             boards
             joyned
             together
             ,
             of
             five
             or
             six
             foot
             high
             ,
             and
             three
             or
             thereabouts
             in
             breadth
             ,
             some
             more
             ,
             some
             less
             ;
             but
             being
             all
             of
             an
             equal
             bigness
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             so
             suspended
             ,
             that
             it
             turns
             about
             like
             a
             wheel
             ,
             which
             in
             Italian
             is
             called
             Ruota
             ;
             't
             is
             hollow
             within
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             is
             capacious
             
             of
             receiving
             great
             dishes
             ,
             baskets
             ,
             and
             some
             can
             hold
             a
             child
             of
             twelve
             yeares
             old
             ;
             Then
             upon
             the
             Staires
             in
             the
             Courts
             ,
             and
             at
             all
             passages
             ,
             Guards
             also
             are
             set
             with
             four
             great
             
               corps
               de
               guard
            
             in
             the
             great
             place
             before
             St.
             Peters
             Church
             ;
             every
             time
             dinner
             is
             sent
             in
             to
             a
             Cardinal
             ,
             't
             is
             attended
             by
             some
             of
             his
             servants
             ,
             and
             a
             Mace-bearer
             ,
             with
             a
             Silver
             Mace
             ,
             with
             the
             Cloth
             and
             other
             things
             used
             at
             Table
             ;
             this
             is
             done
             twice
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             besides
             the
             Soldiers
             ,
             four
             Prelates
             stand
             at
             every
             Ruota
             ,
             to
             search
             strictly
             every
             thing
             which
             is
             sent
             in
             ,
             the
             very
             bread
             is
             all
             cut
             in
             small
             pieces
             for
             fear
             their
             should
             be
             any
             bills
             in
             't
             ,
             and
             those
             four
             Prelates
             are
             changed
             every
             day
             by
             the
             Marshal
             ,
             to
             whom
             these
             bills
             shall
             be
             given
             ,
             in
             case
             any
             be
             intercepted
             ,
             which
             he
             will
             keep
             till
             the
             Election
             be
             over
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             searched
             ,
             not
             only
             without
             ,
             but
             also
             within
             ,
             by
             the
             Masters
             of
             Ceremonies
             ;
             who
             have
             taken
             an
             oath
             of
             fidelity
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             meat
             is
             in
             ,
             these
             
             ruota's
             are
             sealed
             with
             paper
             ,
             both
             at
             the
             in
             and
             out-sides
             :
             at
             every
             one
             of
             these
             holes
             ,
             twelve
             Soldiers
             are
             of
             Guard
             in
             the
             day
             ,
             and
             twenty
             five
             in
             the
             night
             time
             .
          
           
           
             Every
             Cadinal
             eats
             and
             drinks
             alone
             with
             his
             domesticks
             ,
             and
             all
             their
             victuals
             are
             dressed
             by
             order
             of
             the
             Martial
             ,
             but
             the
             Church
             pays
             for
             't
             ,
             and
             one
             buyeth
             as
             much
             as
             the
             other
             ;
             there
             is
             also
             an
             allowance
             for
             others
             ,
             who
             are
             shut
             up
             ,
             some
             more
             or
             less
             according
             to
             their
             quality
             ,
             but
             usually
             the
             Cardinals
             servants
             have
             the
             rest
             of
             their
             Masters
             ,
             and
             the
             Guards
             every
             where
             are
             mounted
             every
             day
             according
             to
             the
             Marshals
             order
             ,
             who
             also
             according
             to
             the
             Bulls
             doth
             lessen
             the
             victuals
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             when
             ten
             days
             are
             over
             ,
             since
             they
             ,
             being
             shut
             up
             ,
             in
             case
             the
             Election
             be
             not
             made
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             to
             force
             them
             to
             hasten
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             come
             to
             an
             agreement
             about
             it
             ;
             which
             to
             effect
             ,
             once
             a
             day
             they
             meet
             at
             the
             Chappel
             of
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             at
             last
             is
             chosen
             ,
             ought
             to
             have
             two
             parts
             of
             three
             of
             the
             Votes
             ,
             so
             that
             if
             of
             sixty
             he
             had
             but
             thirty
             nine
             ,
             it
             would
             not
             be
             a
             right
             Election
             .
             The
             Cardinal
             Dean
             ,
             hath
             the
             command
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             as
             the
             Camerlengo
             of
             others
             who
             are
             shut
             up
             ,
             and
             and
             at
             last
             they
             must
             agree
             about
             him
             who
             is
             to
             be
             chosen
             ,
             and
             all
             this
             while
             ,
             all
             within
             the
             Conclave
             are
             ignorant
             of
             what
             passes
             in
             the
             City
             .
          
           
           
             Assoon
             as
             't
             is
             known
             within
             the
             Conclave
             who
             is
             the
             Pope
             ,
             the
             Cardinal
             Decano
             desireth
             him
             to
             approve
             of
             the
             choice
             which
             the
             Colledge
             hath
             made
             of
             him
             ,
             which
             he
             consents
             to
             ,
             and
             takes
             what
             name
             he
             likes
             ,
             as
             
               Innocent
               ,
               Clement
               ,
               Alexander
            
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             :
             then
             standing
             between
             the
             two
             chief
             Cardinals
             ,
             he
             is
             led
             behind
             the
             Altar
             ,
             where
             they
             take
             off
             his
             Cardinals
             clothes
             ,
             and
             give
             him
             the
             habit
             of
             a
             Pope
             ;
             immediately
             after
             is
             sung
             the
             
               Te
               Deum
            
             :
             then
             all
             the
             Cardinals
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             falling
             upon
             their
             knees
             ,
             do
             (
             to
             use
             their
             words
             )
             adore
             him
             ,
             kissing
             his
             foot
             ,
             then
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             gives
             them
             
               osculum
               pacis
            
             ,
             upon
             both
             cheeks
             ,
             so
             they
             give
             him
             signs
             of
             submission
             ,
             which
             is
             meant
             by
             kissing
             of
             the
             feet
             ,
             they
             expect
             from
             him
             Protection
             ,
             in
             kissing
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             they
             receive
             from
             him
             a
             sign
             of
             affection
             ,
             being
             kissed
             on
             the
             lips
             or
             cheeks
             .
          
           
             These
             things
             being
             performed
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Masters
             of
             Ceremonies
             ,
             takes
             the
             Cross
             ,
             and
             carries
             it
             before
             him
             ,
             whilst
             the
             
               Ecce
               Sacerdos
               Magnus
            
             is
             sung
             ,
             and
             they
             go
             towards
             the
             Balcone
             which
             looks
             upon
             the
             great
             place
             before
             St.
             Peters
             Church
             ,
             called
             
               La
               loggia
               della
               benedictione
            
             ;
             
             and
             the
             Masons
             beat
             down
             the
             Wall
             of
             partition
             ,
             and
             there
             the
             Pope
             being
             between
             two
             Cardinals
             ,
             they
             shew
             him
             to
             the
             People
             ,
             who
             stand
             below
             in
             the
             great
             Place
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Cardinals
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             pronouncing
             these
             Latin
             words
             ,
             
               Annuntio
               vobis
               gaudium
               magnum
               ,
               habemus
               Papam
               Eminentissimum
               &
               reverendissimum
            
             N.
             N.
             
               qui
               sibi
               nomen
               imposuit
            
             ,
             N.
             N.
             Hereupon
             ,
             the
             People
             cries
             out
             ,
             
               God
               save
               the
               new
               Pope
               ,
               God
               bless
               the
               Family
               ,
            
             N.
             N.
             and
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             one
             can
             hear
             the
             Artillerie
             of
             the
             
               Castel
               San.
               Angela
            
             go
             off
             ,
             there
             being
             constantly
             some
             to
             observe
             the
             pulling
             down
             of
             the
             Wall
             ;
             then
             all
             the
             Soldiers
             give
             their
             Vollies
             ;
             the
             Drums
             beat
             ,
             the
             Trumpets
             sound
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Bells
             in
             town
             ring
             .
             Assoon
             as
             the
             people
             hear
             who
             is
             chosen
             ,
             they
             run
             to
             his
             Palace
             and
             Plunder
             it
             ,
             it
             being
             the
             custom
             so
             to
             do
             ;
             but
             those
             Cardinals
             who
             are
             likely
             to
             be
             chosen
             before
             they
             go
             to
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             have
             removed
             the
             best
             things
             they
             have
             .
          
           
             The
             Ceremony
             at
             the
             window
             of
             the
             Balcone
             being
             ended
             ,
             all
             the
             Cardinals
             wait
             upon
             the
             new
             Pope
             to
             his
             Palace
             in
             the
             Vatican
             ,
             whence
             every
             one
             goes
             home
             :
             
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             the
             Pope
             receives
             no
             publick
             visits
             ,
             only
             private
             ones
             from
             his
             relations
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             at
             Rome
             ,
             and
             those
             who
             have
             been
             his
             friends
             in
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             who
             come
             to
             receive
             the
             effects
             of
             the
             promises
             he
             made
             to
             them
             to
             get
             their
             assistance
             ,
             for
             usually
             they
             engage
             upon
             such
             conditions
             of
             interest
             and
             preferment
             :
             about
             a
             fortnight's
             time
             is
             allowed
             to
             prepare
             things
             ,
             in
             order
             of
             his
             being
             carried
             in
             a
             Chair
             on
             mens
             shoulders
             to
             St.
             Peters
             Church
             ,
             to
             take
             possession
             of
             the
             Popedom
             ,
             which
             is
             done
             with
             much
             pompe
             and
             magnificence
             ;
             and
             about
             a
             fortnight
             after
             he
             goes
             in
             a
             Cavalcata
             to
             do
             the
             same
             at
             the
             Church
             of
             St.
             John
             of
             Lateran
             :
             but
             from
             the
             first
             day
             of
             his
             Election
             ,
             he
             begins
             to
             give
             his
             Orders
             about
             the
             Goverment
             of
             all
             his
             Dominions
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             usual
             with
             every
             Pope
             to
             take
             an
             Oath
             before
             the
             Cardinals
             ,
             about
             several
             things
             ,
             the
             chief
             whereof
             are
             ,
             1.
             
             To
             labour
             to
             keep
             peace
             between
             all
             Christian
             Princes
             .
             2ly
             .
             They
             will
             promote
             to
             the
             dignity
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             none
             but
             those
             who
             are
             worthy
             of
             it
             .
             3ly
             .
             To
             call
             to
             an
             account
             all
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             State
             ,
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             when
             their
             time
             is
             expired
             .
             4ly
             .
             
             They
             will
             not
             make
             two
             Brothers
             Cardinals
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             Decree
             of
             Julius
             the
             
               Second
               .
               5ly
            
             .
             Not
             to
             alienate
             any
             thing
             belonging
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             which
             things
             all
             the
             World
             knows
             how
             well
             they
             are
             observed
             ,
             but
             if
             Popes
             may
             (
             as
             they
             think
             )
             dispence
             others
             from
             their
             oathes
             ,
             why
             not
             themselves
             too
             ?
             so
             that
             after
             this
             Principle
             of
             the
             Popes
             Infallibility
             ,
             men
             who
             believe
             it
             ,
             must
             not
             complain
             against
             him
             ,
             for
             if
             he
             be
             infallible
             ,
             he
             can
             do
             nothing
             amiss
             ;
             these
             were
             the
             words
             of
             the
             late
             Duke
             Cezarini
             to
             two
             Jesuits
             ,
             who
             complained
             to
             him
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Pope
               Alexander
            
             the
             7th
             .
             had
             perswaded
             Father
             Oliva
             their
             General
             ,
             to
             fell
             to
             him
             land
             for
             100000
             Crowns
             .
          
           
             I
             thought
             it
             would
             not
             be
             amiss
             to
             mention
             so
             much
             about
             the
             Election
             of
             a
             Pope
             ,
             it
             being
             seasonable
             now
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             a
             Conclave
             ,
             for
             those
             who
             have
             a
             mind
             to
             be
             informed
             of
             their
             wayes
             about
             it
             ,
             for
             as
             to
             many
             other
             practices
             of
             that
             Court
             ,
             I
             wholly
             wave
             it
             off
             ,
             as
             are
             their
             Formalities
             in
             visits
             ,
             their
             change
             of
             cloths
             ,
             creation
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             and
             things
             depending
             therefrom
             ;
             of
             their
             Jubilees
             ,
             Indulgences
             ,
             Blessing
             ofSwords
             ,
             
               Agnus
               Dei's
            
             ,
             
             and
             
               Roses
               ,
               Cavalcataes
            
             ,
             and
             Processions
             ,
             Washing
             of
             the
             Feet
             ,
             Beatification
             ,
             Canonization
             ,
             and
             so
             many
             other
             things
             which
             we
             account
             to
             be
             vain
             or
             Superstitious
             .
          
           
             I
             judge
             it
             unnecessary
             to
             mention
             the
             order
             setled
             in
             the
             Popes
             Court
             and
             Family
             ,
             but
             withal
             think
             it
             not
             amiss
             to
             say
             few
             words
             about
             their
             great
             Courts
             and
             Offices
             ,
             which
             I
             will
             only
             mention
             ,
             they
             being
             not
             material
             for
             any
             Protestant
             State
             who
             have
             nothing
             to
             do
             there
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Publick
             Ministers
             .
          
           
             All
             businesses
             there
             are
             managed
             by
             certain
             Councels
             or
             Commitees
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Congregationi
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             sixteen
             .
             The
             First
             ,
             is
             that
             
               Del
               Sant
               Officio
            
             ,
             or
             Inquisition
             ,
             which
             as
             all
             the
             rest
             hath
             a
             Secretary
             ,
             by
             whom
             are
             given
             all
             dispatches
             ,
             which
             he
             seals
             also
             with
             the
             seal
             of
             the
             Cardinal
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             President
             of
             it
             ;
             in
             it
             are
             treated
             Matters
             of
             Religion
             ,
             conducing
             to
             what
             they
             call
             Heresie
             ,
             Prophanation
             ,
             Blasphemy
             ,
             &c.
             
             This
             ever
             is
             Governed
             by
             the
             Dominicans
             ,
             and
             meets
             three
             times
             a
             week
             ,
             on
             Monday
             at
             the
             Palace
             
               del
               sant
               Officio
            
             ,
             on
             Wednesday
             ,
             at
             the
             
               Dominicans
               Church
            
             ,
             called
             ,
             
               La
               Minerva
            
             ;
             and
             the
             Thursday
             ,
             before
             the
             Pope
             .
          
           
           
             The
             2d
             .
             is
             that
             which
             takes
             cognizance
             of
             affaires
             concerning
             Bishops
             and
             Regular
             Priests
             ,
             or
             other
             of
             their
             Diocess's
             ,
             of
             this
             ,
             as
             of
             all
             the
             rest
             a
             Cardinal
             is
             the
             Head
             ;
             into
             it
             enter
             24
             Cardinals
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             greatest
             number
             of
             any
             ,
             yet
             never
             under
             six
             in
             any
             other
             ;
             whensoever
             Friars
             have
             any
             falling
             out
             with
             Bishops
             ,
             they
             presently
             threaten
             to
             bring
             them
             before
             this
             Congregation
             ,
             which
             meets
             every
             Friday
             in
             the
             House
             of
             the
             Cardinal
             ,
             President
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             3d.
             is
             
               del
               concilio
            
             ,
             the
             jurisdiction
             of
             which
             ,
             is
             to
             give
             interpretation
             to
             the
             Text
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Trent
             ,
             it
             meets
             every
             Sunday
             in
             the
             House
             of
             the
             Cardinal
             President
             of
             it
             ,
             or
             a
             Thursday
             if
             he
             hath
             a
             mind
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             4th
             .
             is
             
               della
               immunita
               Ecclesiastica
            
             ,
             instituted
             by
             Urban
             the
             8th
             .
             to
             judge
             of
             Ecclesiastical
             Priviledges
             ,
             which
             is
             kept
             every
             Thursday
             ,
             at
             one
             of
             the
             Popes
             Palaces
             ,
             a
             Cardinal
             being
             the
             Head
             of
             it
             ,
             for
             which
             the
             Camera
             allowes
             him
             1000
             Crowns
             a
             year
             .
          
           
             The
             5th
             .
             is
             
               di
               stato
            
             ,
             which
             handles
             matters
             of
             State
             ;
             all
             the
             Cardinals
             ,
             who
             have
             
             been
             Nuncios
             and
             Ambassadours
             ,
             come
             in
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             Secretary
             of
             State
             :
             there
             is
             no
             prefixed
             day
             ,
             but
             it
             depends
             upon
             the
             pleasure
             of
             the
             Pope
             ,
             or
             his
             Nephew
             Cardinal
             ,
             in
             whose
             presence
             it
             meets
             .
          
           
             The
             6th
             .
             is
             
               de
               propaganda
               fide
            
             instituted
             by
             Gregory
             the
             15th
             .
             it
             consults
             about
             all
             manner
             of
             wayes
             ,
             how
             to
             promote
             the
             Roman
             Faith
             throughout
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             World
             ;
             all
             their
             Emissaries
             depend
             upon
             this
             ,
             so
             that
             what
             Jesuits
             and
             Priests
             soever
             we
             have
             here
             ,
             have
             their
             mission
             from
             this
             Congregation
             ,
             whereof
             Cardinal
             
               Francesco
               Barberini
            
             is
             President
             ▪
             it
             meets
             usually
             once
             a
             moneth
             upon
             a
             Munday
             ,
             either
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Pope
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             Colledge
             called
             
               de
               propaganda
               fide
            
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             in
             
               Piazza
               d'
               Ispagna
            
             .
          
           
             The
             7th
             .
             is
             
               de'
               Riti
            
             which
             judges
             of
             all
             differences
             about
             Ceremonies
             ,
             Formalities
             ,
             Places
             ,
             Canonizations
             ,
             &c.
             it
             sits
             once
             a
             month
             ,
             and
             more
             if
             needs
             be
             ,
             in
             the
             House
             of
             the
             Cardinal
             President
             of
             it
             ;
             who
             is
             ever
             the
             Senior
             of
             the
             Deputies
             ,
             who
             is
             to
             summon
             it
             ,
             as
             do
             all
             other
             Cardinals
             ,
             Presidents
             of
             other
             Congregations
             .
          
           
             The
             8th
             .
             is
             
               del
               acqua
            
             wherein
             are
             
             treated
             Matters
             concerning
             Rivers
             ,
             Channels
             ,
             Bridges
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             there
             is
             no
             certain
             day
             to
             meet
             ,
             but
             when
             occasion
             requires
             it
             ,
             the
             Cardinal
             who
             is
             the
             Head
             of
             it
             ,
             sends
             out
             his
             summons
             about
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             9th
             .
             is
             ;
             
               delle
               Strade
            
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Camerlengo
             is
             the
             chief
             ,
             all
             things
             relating
             to
             the
             necessaries
             and
             ornament
             of
             Streets
             ,
             is
             treated
             of
             in
             't
             ,
             under
             its
             jurisdiction
             are
             matters
             of
             Aqueducts
             and
             Fountains
             ;
             the
             distribution
             ,
             whereof
             is
             made
             by
             this
             Congregation
             as
             they
             think
             fit
             and
             convenient
             :
             and
             meet
             only
             upon
             occasion
             .
          
           
             The
             10th
             .
             is
             
               della
               consulta
               per
               governo
               ,
               dello
               stato
               di
               S.
               chiesa
               ,
            
             is
             of
             a
             great
             concernment
             ,
             it
             takes
             cognizance
             of
             any
             thing
             relating
             to
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             whole
             State
             of
             the
             Church
             ;
             all
             Legats
             ,
             Governours
             of
             Cities
             and
             Provinces
             give
             an
             account
             of
             what
             things
             of
             concernment
             happens
             in
             their
             Government
             to
             this
             Congregation
             ,
             who
             orders
             them
             to
             act
             as
             they
             think
             fit
             :
             yet
             by
             especial
             priviledge
             ,
             the
             Legats
             of
             
               Avignon
               ,
               Ceneda
               ,
               Benevento
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Governor
             of
             Fermo
             ,
             and
             Spoleti
             are
             free
             from
             her
             jurisdiction
             .
             The
             Cardinal
             Padron
             ,
             for
             the
             time
             ,
             who
             is
             ever
             a
             
             nigh
             relation
             of
             the
             Pope
             ,
             and
             who
             rules
             all
             under
             him
             is
             the
             head
             of
             it
             ,
             at
             whose
             pleasure
             it
             usually
             meets
             in
             his
             Lodgings
             .
          
           
             The
             11th
             .
             is
             
               dell
               ,
               indice
            
             ,
             into
             it
             are
             brought
             Matters
             of
             Books
             ,
             Printed
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             Printed
             ,
             to
             be
             examined
             ,
             Corrected
             ,
             and
             Licensed
             ;
             it
             usually
             meets
             once
             a
             month
             or
             seldomer
             ,
             as
             the
             Cardinal
             President
             of
             it
             is
             pleased
             to
             order
             .
          
           
             The
             12th
             .
             is
             
               degli
               Syravii
            
             ,
             or
             grievances
             ,
             otherwise
             ,
             
               De
               buono
               Regimine
            
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             Court
             of
             redress
             and
             equity
             ,
             this
             ,
             particular
             subjects
             ,
             and
             whole
             Corporations
             apply
             themselves
             to
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             wronged
             ,
             or
             oppressed
             by
             their
             Governours
             ;
             this
             Cardinal
             Padron
             ,
             is
             the
             Head
             of
             ,
             who
             orders
             it
             to
             meet
             at
             his
             house
             when
             he
             hath
             a
             mind
             to
             't
             .
          
           
             The
             13th
             ,
             is
             
               Soprale
               Zecche
               ,
               about
               the
               mint
            
             ;
             sees
             all
             monies
             to
             be
             coyned
             ,
             and
             sets
             the
             price
             of
             forreign
             Coyns
             ,
             and
             all
             currrent
             moneys
             .
             This
             Congregation
             upon
             occasion
             ,
             meets
             at
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Cardinal
             ,
             head
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             14th
             .
             is
             
               Dell
               ,
               Essame
            
             .
             All
             they
             who
             are
             to
             be
             promoted
             to
             any
             Bishopricks
             in
             Italy
             ,
             and
             not
             one
             of
             it
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             
             examined
             by
             these
             ;
             it
             is
             usually
             done
             in
             the
             Popes
             presence
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             for
             the
             time
             ,
             he
             who
             is
             examined
             kneeling
             all
             the
             while
             upon
             a
             stool
             opposite
             to
             the
             Pope
             ;
             the
             Cardinals
             only
             are
             free
             from
             this
             examen
             .
          
           
             The
             15th
             .
             is
             
               de
               negotii
               consistoriali
            
             ,
             about
             consistorial
             affairs
             ;
             of
             which
             the
             Cardinal
             Docano
             ,
             Senior
             ,
             or
             Eldest
             as
             to
             Election
             ,
             is
             the
             head
             :
             at
             whose
             house
             't
             is
             kept
             but
             very
             seldome
             ,
             because
             it
             treats
             only
             about
             matters
             referred
             to
             it
             by
             the
             Pope
             ,
             as
             are
             resigning
             of
             Bishopricks
             ,
             Abbeys
             ,
             Ecclesiastical
             Taxes
             and
             Impositions
             .
          
           
             Having
             already
             mentioned
             Consistorial
             Affairs
             ;
             one
             is
             to
             know
             that
             the
             Consistory
             is
             the
             Assembly
             of
             all
             Cardinals
             then
             at
             Rome
             ,
             whereat
             the
             Pope
             is
             ever
             present
             :
             it
             being
             kept
             at
             
               Monte
               Cavallo
            
             on
             Mundays
             ,
             Wednesdays
             or
             Frydays
             ;
             where
             more
             general
             and
             serious
             Affairs
             are
             treated
             of
             :
             and
             what
             things
             the
             Pope
             is
             pleased
             to
             lay
             to
             their
             consideration
             ,
             upon
             a
             consistory
             day
             ,
             no
             Congregation
             is
             kept
             except
             it
             had
             been
             summoned
             before
             the
             Pope
             had
             intimated
             the
             Consistory
             ;
             and
             in
             such
             a
             case
             the
             Congregation
             is
             put
             off
             till
             the
             afternoon
             ;
             for
             Consistories
             are
             
             ever
             held
             betimes
             in
             the
             morning
             .
          
           
             Of
             Consistories
             ,
             some
             are
             publick
             ;
             when
             by
             example
             ,
             hats
             are
             bestowed
             upon
             Cardinals
             after
             a
             publick
             Cavalcata
             ,
             or
             when
             Audience
             is
             given
             to
             Ambassadors
             ,
             and
             forraign
             Ministers
             ;
             or
             else
             private
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Affairs
             they
             are
             to
             treat
             of
             ;
             and
             this
             last
             sort
             are
             kept
             more
             often
             than
             the
             former
             .
          
           
             That
             which
             they
             call
             Collegio
             ,
             is
             the
             whole
             body
             of
             Cardinals
             ;
             among
             whom
             ever
             is
             one
             Camerlengo
             of
             the
             
               Sacro
               Collegio
            
             ,
             to
             distinguish
             it
             from
             the
             Popes
             Chamberlain
             ,
             and
             is
             but
             for
             a
             year
             :
             there
             is
             also
             a
             Secretary
             ,
             a
             Clerk
             ,
             and
             Controller●
             the
             Secretary
             is
             ever
             an
             Italian
             ;
             but
             the
             Clerk
             is
             one
             year
             a
             German
             ,
             another
             a
             French
             man
             ,
             and
             then
             a
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             But
             there
             is
             the
             16th
             .
             and
             last
             Congregation
             ,
             
               Della
               visita
               Apostolica
            
             ,
             whose
             care
             it
             is
             to
             see
             all
             Churches
             ,
             Chappels
             ,
             and
             places
             of
             devotion
             in
             and
             about
             Rome
             ,
             that
             nothing
             be
             wanting
             in
             't
             ,
             tending
             to
             the
             necessaries
             ,
             ornaments
             and
             decorum
             thereof
             ;
             and
             to
             cause
             every
             thing
             to
             be
             duely
             and
             orderly
             performed
             in
             't
             .
          
           
             Besides
             all
             these
             Courts
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             considerable
             one
             called
             
               la
               Ruota
            
             ,
             composed
             of
             
             twelve
             Prelates
             ;
             whereof
             there
             is
             one
             German
             ,
             one
             French-man
             ,
             two
             Spaniards
             ;
             one
             of
             Bologna
             ,
             one
             of
             Ferrara
             ,
             one
             Venetian
             ,
             one
             Toscan
             ,
             one
             Milanese
             ,
             and
             three
             Romans
             .
             They
             judge
             of
             all
             causes
             about
             Benefices
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             in
             those
             Countries
             which
             own
             the
             Popes
             authority
             ,
             or
             else-where
             .
             About
             which
             they
             use
             to
             meet
             in
             the
             Apostolical
             Palace
             twice
             a
             week
             ,
             on
             Mondayes
             and
             Fridayes
             ;
             and
             although
             the
             place
             of
             
               Auditori
               di
               Ruota
            
             be
             not
             very
             beneficial
             in
             it self
             ,
             it
             being
             not
             worth
             much
             above
             one
             Thousand
             Crowns
             by
             the
             year
             ,
             yet
             the
             Pope
             ,
             bestowing
             upon
             them
             other
             Ecclesiastical
             preserments
             ,
             it
             makes
             it
             very
             considerable
             ,
             the
             more
             as
             to
             honour
             ,
             that
             sometimes
             some
             of
             the
             Auditory
             are
             made
             Cardinals
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             also
             the
             
               Camera
               Apostolica
            
             ,
             or
             Apostolick-Chamber
             ,
             consisting
             of
             the
             Cardinal-Chamberlain
             ,
             the
             Governor
             of
             Rome
             in
             quality
             of
             Vice-Chamberlain
             ,
             the
             Treasurer-general
             ,
             the
             Auditor
             and
             the
             President
             of
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             the
             Advocate
             of
             the
             poor
             ,
             the
             Solicitor-general
             ,
             and
             Attorney-general
             ,
             the
             Commissary
             &
             o
             twelve
             Chierici
             or
             Clerks
             ;
             whereof
             four
             ever
             are
             Over-seers
             or
             Prefetti
             ,
             the
             one
             dell
             
             Annona
             of
             all
             manner
             of
             Corn
             ,
             and
             price
             the
             other
             
               della
               grajua
            
             over
             the
             price
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Flesh
             and
             Fish
             ;
             the
             third
             over
             all
             the
             Prisons
             which
             he
             visits
             ,
             with
             others
             ,
             every
             Thursday
             ;
             and
             the
             fourth
             is
             to
             oversee
             the
             Streets
             .
             The
             Jurisdiction
             of
             this
             Court
             is
             extended
             upon
             every
             thing
             relating
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             in
             the
             way
             of
             Bonds
             ,
             Leases
             ,
             In-comes
             ,
             Expences
             ,
             matters
             of
             Rights
             ,
             Customes
             ,
             Impositions
             ,
             and
             all
             Rights
             ,
             Possessions
             and
             Priviledges
             ;
             in
             a
             word
             ,
             when
             Popes
             were
             not
             so
             absolute
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             now
             ,
             these
             Camera
             ,
             was
             as
             the
             Guardian
             of
             the
             State
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             to
             see
             that
             it
             should
             not
             be
             imbeciled
             ,
             wronged
             or
             a
             lienated
             ;
             so
             that
             't
             is
             indeed
             the
             true
             Treasury
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             all
             Tributes
             due
             to
             it
             being
             paid
             here
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             also
             another
             Office
             called
             Diataria
             ,
             which
             is
             administred
             usually
             by
             a
             Cardinal
             ,
             who
             hath
             one
             under
             him
             called
             
               Sotto
               Datario
            
             ,
             throughout
             whose
             hands
             pass
             the
             vacancies
             of
             all
             benefices
             ,
             which
             bring
             yearly
             very
             great
             In-comes
             to
             the
             Pope
             ,
             who
             allows
             2000
             Crowns
             to
             the
             Datario
             ,
             and
             1000
             to
             the
             
               Sotto
               Datario
            
             .
             This
             Office
             is
             not
             the
             same
             as
             that
             of
             the
             Secretary
             of
             the
             Pope
             ,
             as
             some
             do
             imagine
             ;
             
             for
             he
             who
             is
             properly
             the
             Secretary
             of
             State
             is
             the
             Popes
             Nephew
             ,
             or
             Nephews
             sometimes
             ,
             who
             hath
             several
             under
             him
             :
             to
             him
             all
             Ambassadors
             ,
             &
             publick
             Ministers
             make
             their
             addresses
             .
             This
             writes
             and
             subscribes
             by
             the
             Popes
             orders
             ,
             all
             Letters
             to
             Kings
             ,
             Princes
             ,
             Nuncioes
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             and
             signs
             the
             Patents
             of
             several
             Governours
             ,
             and
             other
             Officers
             of
             the
             State
             of
             the
             Church
             ;
             yet
             the
             Patents
             and
             Commissions
             of
             Legats
             ,
             Vice-Legats
             ,
             Governors
             of
             great
             Cities
             &c.
             are
             signed
             by
             the
             Pope
             himself
             ,
             and
             sealed
             
               sub
               annalo
               piscatoris
            
             .
          
           
             But
             there
             are
             other
             great
             Offices
             granted
             for
             life
             .
             First
             ,
             The
             Popes
             Vicar
             ,
             now
             Cardinal
             Gimetti
             above
             84
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             a
             coveteous
             man
             ,
             who
             hath
             many
             Kinsmen
             ,
             which
             two
             things
             have
             made
             him
             lose
             the
             hopes
             of
             ever
             being
             chosen
             Pope
             .
             His
             Jurisdiction
             is
             extended
             upon
             regular
             Priests
             &
             Nunneries
             :
             the
             Jews
             ,
             and
             deboist
             women
             which
             in
             Rome
             are
             publickly
             allowed
             ,
             for
             which
             toleration
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             common
             opinion
             ,
             they
             pay
             a
             Tribute
             ,
             and
             certainly
             there
             is
             more
             than
             opinion
             in
             't
             ,
             because
             every
             one
             who
             is
             a
             House-keeper
             ,
             &
             a
             known
             Whore
             must
             have
             her
             name
             registred
             at
             the
             Office
             
             of
             the
             Vice-Gerent
             ,
             who
             is
             one
             of
             the
             chief
             
               Officers
               of
               the
               Vicario
            
             ,
             who
             is
             also
             the
             Judge
             of
             them
             as
             such
             :
             so
             that
             all
             the
             year
             long
             they
             enjoy
             the
             liberty
             of
             their
             licentious
             life
             ,
             except
             at
             certain
             times
             which
             they
             call
             Uacanze
             ,
             as
             about
             Christmass
             and
             Easter
             ,
             for
             then
             the
             Sbirri
             or
             Bayliffs
             go
             to
             search
             their
             houses
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             find
             any
             there
             ,
             they
             may
             if
             they
             will
             carry
             them
             and
             her
             to
             prison
             ;
             Therefore
             to
             prevent
             this
             inconveniency
             ,
             these
             women
             send
             to
             the
             Office
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             means
             of
             some
             moneys
             ,
             obtain
             a
             defence
             to
             those
             Officers
             to
             come
             to
             their
             houses
             ,
             and
             to
             molest
             them
             .
             And
             in
             the
             dayes
             of
             Alexander
             the
             7th
             .
             there
             was
             a
             talk
             of
             suppressing
             these
             infamous
             houses
             ;
             a
             sign
             of
             the
             Popes
             protection
             ,
             which
             gave
             occasion
             to
             this
             impious
             
               pasquinata
               ,
               laudata
               Dominum
               pueri
            
             .
          
           
             Another
             great
             Office
             is
             that
             of
             the
             
               Sommo
               penitentiere
            
             ,
             at
             present
             Cardinal
             Ludovicio
             ,
             a
             person
             of
             mean
             parts
             ;
             his
             Jurisdiction
             is
             about
             Penances
             ,
             Absolutions
             ,
             and
             Confessions
             ;
             for
             he
             having
             many
             under
             him
             in
             great
             and
             weighty
             cases
             ,
             they
             acquaint
             him
             with
             the
             faults
             ,
             though
             not
             with
             the
             name
             of
             the
             party
             ,
             to
             know
             of
             the
             
             penance
             to
             be
             said
             upon
             .
          
           
             The
             Vice-Cancelliere
             ,
             or
             Vice-Chancellor
             so
             called
             ,
             because
             the
             Pope
             reserves
             to
             himself
             the
             Title
             of
             Chancell
             or
             of
             the
             Universal
             Church
             ,
             hath
             the
             whole
             ordering
             of
             the
             Chancery
             .
             The
             Camerlengo
             ,
             now
             Cardinal
             
               Antonio
               Barberini
            
             ,
             hath
             a
             very
             Honourable
             and
             beneficial
             place
             ,
             for
             the
             Chamberlain
             takes
             cognizance
             of
             every
             thing
             belonging
             to
             the
             Camera
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             time
             of
             
               Sede
               Vacante
            
             ,
             or
             when
             there
             is
             no
             Pope
             ,
             he
             takes
             the
             Popes
             Lodgings
             ,
             is
             attended
             with
             his
             Guard
             ,
             and
             causes
             money
             to
             be
             coyned
             in
             his
             Name
             :
             This
             place
             is
             worth
             15000
             Crowns
             by
             the
             year
             ;
             besides
             of
             three
             Keys
             of
             the
             Treasure
             of
             the
             Castle
             
               Saint
               Angelo
            
             ,
             he
             hath
             one
             ,
             the
             Pope
             having
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             the
             Cardinal
             Decano
             the
             third
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Prefetto
               della
               signatura
               di
               giustitia
            
             ,
             must
             see
             all
             Petitions
             about
             matters
             of
             Justice
             ,
             and
             answers
             them
             ,
             ordering
             what
             he
             thinks
             fit
             to
             be
             done
             about
             it
             .
             The
             like
             is
             done
             in
             matters
             of
             grace
             ,
             pardon
             ,
             &c.
             by
             the
             
               Prefetto
               della
               signatura
               di
               gratia
            
             .
             The
             
               Prefetto
               de
               brevi
            
             peruses
             and
             signs
             all
             the
             Apostolical
             Writs
             and
             Orders
             .
             The
             Bibliothecario
             is
             Over-seer
             of
             the
             Presses
             
             and
             of
             the
             Library
             in
             the
             Vatican
             ,
             and
             commands
             those
             who
             have
             any
             thing
             to
             do
             in
             it
             .
             These
             four
             last
             Offices
             I
             mentioned
             only
             because
             they
             are
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             Cardinals
             as
             well
             as
             the
             four
             former
             ,
             though
             lesse
             honorable
             and
             beneficial
             .
          
           
             So
             are
             the
             three
             following
             bestowed
             upon
             Cardinalls
             ,
             and
             all
             is
             for
             life
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             The
             three
             Arch-Priests
             ;
             of
             St
             John
             of
             Lateran
             ,
             now
             Cardinal
             Ghigi
             ;
             of
             St.
             Peter
             in
             Vatican
             ,
             at
             present
             Cardinal
             
               Francesco
               Barberini
            
             ;
             &
             of
             
               Santa
               Maria
               Maggiore
            
             ,
             now
             Cardinal
             Rospigliosi
             ,
             by
             the
             late
             resigning
             of
             it
             up
             by
             Cardinal
             
               Antonio
               Barberini
            
             ,
             who
             received
             some
             satisfaction
             for
             it
             .
             Now
             these
             three
             Arch-Priests
             have
             an
             absolute
             power
             over
             all
             the
             Canons
             ,
             Priests
             ,
             Curats
             ,
             and
             Beneficiaries
             of
             their
             Churches
             ;
             which
             Benefices
             they
             may
             bestow
             upon
             whom
             they
             please
             when
             they
             are
             vacant
             ;
             besides
             this
             ,
             he
             of
             Lateran
             hath
             the
             administration
             of
             Justice
             in
             civils
             and
             criminals
             over
             all
             persons
             within
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             his
             Church
             ,
          
           
             Having
             already
             insisted
             so
             long
             upon
             this
             Subject
             ,
             I
             must
             forbear
             speakingof
             othergreat
             charges
             ,
             whether
             they
             belong
             to
             the
             Court
             ,
             as
             the
             Master
             of
             Ceremonies
             ,
             
             Master
             of
             the
             S.
             Palace
             ,
             Secretaries
             ,
             Steward
             ,
             &c.
             
             Or
             be
             Military
             ,
             as
             General
             of
             the
             Galleys
             of
             the
             Popes
             Guards
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             who
             hath
             four
             under
             him
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             of
             
               Avignon
               &
               Ferrara
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Generals
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Artillery
             .
             This
             great
             place
             is
             ever
             given
             to
             a
             nigh
             relation
             of
             the
             Pope
             ;
             and
             he
             ,
             with
             him
             of
             the
             Galleys
             ,
             and
             the
             Governour
             of
             the
             Castle
             Saint
             Angelo
             ,
             are
             answerable
             of
             their
             actions
             to
             the
             Pope
             alone
             ;
             or
             whether
             they
             be
             Ecclesiastical
             ,
             as
             Almoners
             ,
             Chaplains
             ,
             &c.
             or
             at
             last
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             Civil
             ,
             as
             Governour
             of
             Rome
             ,
             divided
             into
             14
             Rioni
             or
             Quarters
             ;
             namely
             ,
             
               Monte
               ,
               Colonna
            
             ,
             St.
             
               Eustacio
               ,
               Ponte
               ,
               Regota
               ,
               Ripa
               ,
               Trastevere
               ,
               Trivio
               ,
               Campidelli
               Parione
               ,
               Pigna
               ,
               Campo
               Marzo
               ,
            
             St.
             
               Angelo
               ,
               Borgo
            
             ;
             but
             this
             last
             is
             actually
             depending
             upon
             the
             Governour
             of
             St
             Angelo
             ,
             and
             also
             Senator
             ,
             and
             Conservatours
             of
             Rome
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             
               King
               of
               Spain
            
             comes
             next
             to
             the
             Pope
             in
             Italy
             ;
             he
             hath
             Naples
             ,
             and
             the
             Islands
             of
             Sicily
             and
             Sardegna
             upon
             the
             Coasts
             ,
             with
             Milan
             in
             Lombardy
             ,
             and
             Finale
             the
             head
             of
             a
             Marquisate
             upon
             the
             Coasts
             of
             Genoa
             ,
             and
             nearer
             to
             Tuscany
             ,
             he
             hath
             Portolongone
             ,
             and
             Orbitello
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               State
               of
            
             Naples
             .
          
           
             NAples
             containes
             twelve
             Provinces
             which
             are
             a
             division
             of
             the
             three
             ancient
             ,
             their
             names
             are
             
               Terra
               di
               Lavora
               Principato
               citra
               ,
               Principato
               Ultra
               ,
               Basilicata
               ,
               Calabria
               citra
               ,
               Calabria
               ultra
               ,
               terra
               d'Otranta
               ,
               terra
               di
               Bari
               ,
               Capitanata
               ,
               Contato
               di
               Molisse
               ,
               Abruzzo
               citra
               ,
            
             and
             
               Abruzzo
               ultra
               .
            
             ;
             Most
             of
             these
             parts
             are
             inhabited
             by
             very
             dangerous
             people
             ,
             the
             more
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             Woods
             which
             do
             shelter
             those
             Rogues
             ,
             whom
             the
             Crimes
             they
             have
             committed
             have
             driven
             from
             the
             Cities
             ,
             whither
             they
             are
             not
             safe
             to
             return
             ;
             whence
             they
             have
             the
             name
             of
             Banditi
             ,
             and
             whom
             the
             protection
             of
             Great
             Men
             to
             make
             use
             of
             them
             one
             against
             another
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             their
             animosities
             ,
             keeps
             there
             :
             those
             of
             Calabria
             ,
             specially
             along
             the
             Coasts
             ,
             have
             the
             name
             of
             being
             the
             worst
             of
             all
             ,
             so
             ha
             t
             't
             is
             turned
             into
             a
             Proverb
             ,
             
               He
               is
               as
               wicked
               as
               a
               Calabrese
               .
            
             The
             best
             part
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             is
             ,
             
               Terra
               di
               Lavoro
            
             ,
             which
             is
             all
             the
             Countrey
             about
             Capua
             and
             Naples
             :
             There
             are
             but
             three
             good
             Havens
             
             able
             to
             receive
             at
             Fleet
             ,
             
               Brundisi
               ,
               Taranto
            
             ,
             and
             Trani
             ;
             for
             
               Gaeta
               ,
               Napoli
               ,
               Puzzuolo
               ,
               Bari
            
             and
             Otranto
             ,
             are
             neither
             safe
             nor
             great
             enough
             .
             'T
             is
             said
             ,
             that
             the
             Cities
             ,
             Lands
             ,
             or
             Castles
             in
             the
             King
             dome
             come
             to
             2573
             ,
             the
             least
             of
             which
             will
             make
             500
             Souls
             ,
             or
             there
             abouts
             :
             They
             have
             good
             Souldiers
             ,
             but
             proud
             ,
             treacherous
             and
             inconstant
             for
             the
             generality
             ;
             yet
             there
             are
             brave
             men
             amongst
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             I
             mean
             for
             Civility
             ,
             Courage
             and
             Valour
             .
             The
             chief
             strong
             Holds
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             have
             Garrisons
             of
             Natural
             Spaniards
             ,
             by
             whom
             they
             are
             strangely
             oppressed
             ,
             as
             by
             them
             they
             were
             conquered
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             Governed
             by
             a
             Spanish
             Vice-King
             ,
             to
             whom
             this
             people
             is
             given
             as
             a
             prey
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             make
             himself
             amends
             for
             the
             Expences
             he
             hath
             been
             at
             in
             some
             chargeable
             Embassage
             ,
             or
             a
             reward
             for
             some
             service
             he
             hath
             done
             to
             the
             Crown
             ;
             so
             that
             in
             three
             years
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             usual
             prefixed
             time
             for
             the
             exercise
             of
             that
             Authority
             (
             because
             the
             Court
             of
             Spain
             would
             not
             have
             Subjects
             to
             grow
             too
             potent
             in
             those
             parts
             )
             they
             squeeze
             and
             oppress
             that
             people
             with
             an
             
             infinite
             number
             of
             Taxes
             ,
             and
             other
             heavy
             burthens
             ;
             the
             Nation
             being
             look't
             upon
             by
             them
             as
             Factious
             ,
             Seditious
             ,
             reckoned
             and
             desirous
             of
             Novelties
             ;
             there
             being
             30
             notable
             Rebellions
             within
             the
             space
             of
             500
             years
             :
             So
             that
             the
             Vice-Kings
             rule
             with
             a
             Despotick
             Authority
             ;
             and
             let
             him
             do
             what
             he
             pleases
             in
             this
             kind
             ,
             people
             must
             never
             look
             for
             redress
             ,
             he
             not
             being
             accountable
             for
             things
             of
             this
             nature
             ;
             Besides
             that
             ,
             the
             City
             ,
             or
             any
             part
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             may
             not
             send
             upon
             any
             occasion
             an
             Agent
             or
             Deputy
             into
             Spain
             without
             a
             special
             License
             from
             the
             Vice-King
             ,
             which
             he
             grants
             very
             seldome
             :
             Neither
             are
             the
             Nobility
             free
             from
             oppressions
             ,
             being
             dragg'd
             into
             Prisons
             ,
             or
             driven
             into
             Exile
             upon
             the
             least
             suspicion
             that
             they
             grow
             too
             potent
             ,
             or
             are
             any
             ways
             disaffected
             .
             The
             insolencies
             of
             the
             Spanish
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             that
             Nation
             are
             not
             at
             all
             punished
             ;
             the
             very
             High-way-men
             ,
             and
             other
             Rogues
             ,
             who
             are
             as
             thorns
             in
             the
             sides
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             who
             vex
             ,
             disturb
             ,
             and
             plague
             them
             ,
             are
             winked
             at
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             upon
             a
             jealousie
             of
             State
             :
             So
             that
             ,
             that
             formerly
             flourishing
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             all
             manner
             of
             necessary
             
             and
             delightful
             things
             ,
             is
             at
             this
             day
             brought
             to
             an
             utmost
             misery
             ;
             that
             Nation
             not
             being
             allowed
             so
             much
             as
             liberty
             of
             trading
             with
             strangers
             ,
             on
             selling
             their
             Inland
             Commodities
             ,
             but
             upon
             certain
             Conditions
             ,
             and
             a
             Licence
             well
             paid
             for
             ▪
             and
             all
             the
             Gold
             which
             can
             be
             gathered
             there
             ,
             is
             sent
             into
             Spain
             ,
             which
             doth
             amount
             to
             vast
             sums
             .
             The
             Duke
             
               Medina
               delas
               torres
               los
               volez
            
             ,
             told
             one
             day
             the
             
               Cavaliero
               Damenico
               Zane
            
             ,
             then
             Embassadour
             at
             the
             Spanish
             Court
             from
             Venice
             ,
             that
             in
             six
             years
             of
             his
             Government
             of
             that
             Kingdome
             ,
             he
             raised
             44
             Millions
             of
             Crowns
             to
             supply
             the
             occasions
             of
             the
             Dukedome
             of
             Milan
             ,
             and
             of
             Flanders
             ,
             Moneys
             are
             drawn
             from
             thence
             ,
             with
             a
             number
             of
             Souldiers
             to
             serve
             in
             the
             wars
             that
             are
             made
             in
             the
             forenamed
             Countteys
             :
             These
             and
             many
             other
             intollerable
             oppressions
             caused
             the
             great
             and
             many
             insurrections
             that
             have
             been
             there
             ,
             which
             cost
             so
             much
             blood
             ,
             not
             only
             in
             the
             times
             of
             troubles
             ,
             but
             long
             after
             ,
             it
             being
             the
             custome
             of
             Spaniards
             to
             punish
             to
             the
             Tenth
             Generation
             those
             faults
             which
             have
             been
             committed
             against
             the
             State.
             For
             all
             this
             ,
             the
             Nobility
             of
             that
             Kingdom
             
             triumphing
             over
             their
             miseries
             ,
             and
             boasting
             of
             their
             slavery
             ,
             are
             high
             and
             proud
             ,
             and
             yet
             gentle
             and
             courteous
             in
             their
             carriage
             ,
             though
             they
             insult
             over
             the
             common
             people
             ,
             they
             spend
             beyond
             their
             estates
             ,
             are
             splendid
             in
             an
             outward
             shew
             ,
             but
             frugal
             at
             home
             ,
             loyal
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             Enemies
             to
             the
             people
             ,
             slaves
             of
             Royal
             Ministers
             ,
             and
             very
             hard
             to
             their
             Vassals
             ,
             whom
             they
             pinch
             to
             the
             very
             bones
             :
             with
             all
             this
             they
             hate
             the
             Spanish
             Nation
             .
          
           
             Out
             of
             this
             ,
             one
             may
             judge
             of
             that
             enmity
             which
             is
             between
             the
             Napolitans
             ,
             specially
             the
             people
             and
             the
             Spaniards
             ;
             there
             is
             never
             a
             year
             but
             hundreds
             of
             these
             last
             are
             killed
             by
             others
             ,
             either
             at
             night
             in
             the
             streets
             of
             Naples
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             fields
             ,
             when
             Fruits
             and
             Grapes
             grow
             ripe
             ;
             this
             people
             ,
             and
             so
             those
             of
             Milan
             ,
             are
             grieved
             to
             see
             how
             those
             same
             Spaniards
             who
             come
             to
             them
             in
             a
             low
             and
             poor
             condition
             ,
             and
             with
             
               Capatos
               de
               Cuerda
            
             ,
             within
             a
             year
             or
             two
             do
             live
             very
             high
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             blood
             and
             substance
             of
             the
             Countrey
             .
             So
             that
             the
             Spaniards
             being
             so
             hard
             Masters
             ,
             they
             keep
             what
             they
             have
             in
             this
             Kingdom
             only
             ,
             by
             the
             means
             of
             
             the
             division
             which
             is
             in
             it
             ;
             so
             they
             keep
             all
             what
             they
             have
             in
             Italy
             ,
             only
             because
             the
             Italians
             suffer
             them
             to
             enjoy
             it
             for
             fear
             of
             falling
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             worse
             Masters
             ,
             not
             that
             they
             can
             have
             worse
             ,
             but
             because
             they
             are
             not
             so
             sensible
             at
             injuries
             received
             from
             Spaniards
             ,
             as
             those
             which
             they
             have
             suffered
             from
             some
             other
             Nations
             ,
             not
             as
             to
             the
             things
             ,
             but
             as
             to
             the
             manner
             of
             doing
             them
             ;
             the
             Spaniard
             layes
             heavy
             burthens
             and
             impoverishes
             them
             ,
             and
             upon
             suspicions
             and
             jealousies
             of
             State
             takes
             away
             mens
             lives
             ;
             nay
             ,
             he
             attempts
             upon
             the
             Honor
             of
             families
             ,
             but
             he
             carries
             it
             with
             more
             secresie
             and
             circumspection
             than
             other
             lighter
             Nations
             ,
             whose
             manner
             of
             proceeding
             seems
             more
             insolent
             ;
             besides
             that
             ,
             the
             Spanish
             haughtiness
             and
             gravity
             is
             more
             sutable
             to
             the
             Italian
             temper
             .
             Further
             ,
             Spain
             and
             other
             Dominions
             belonging
             to
             it
             ,
             being
             remote
             from
             Italy
             ;
             the
             Italians
             do
             not
             account
             them
             altogether
             so
             dangerous
             ,
             as
             other
             Martial
             Nations
             who
             are
             at
             hand
             .
             However
             ,
             if
             the
             late
             Duke
             of
             Guise
             had
             play'd
             his
             game
             well
             in
             
             Massanillo's
             time
             ,
             and
             well
             used
             that
             conjuncture
             ,
             he
             could
             have
             given
             them
             a
             great
             check
             in
             that
             Kingdom
             ,
             but
             unadvisedly
             
             he
             left
             the
             City
             ,
             which
             was
             at
             his
             Devotion
             ,
             and
             he
             kept
             a
             number
             of
             insolent
             persons
             about
             him
             ,
             which
             ever
             undid
             the
             French
             affairs
             in
             Italy
             .
          
           
             There
             goes
             a
             story
             of
             this
             Duke
             ,
             that
             several
             persons
             of
             Quality
             and
             Interest
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             2000
             ,
             appointed
             a
             Marquess
             to
             go
             in
             their
             name
             ,
             and
             tell
             him
             ,
             they
             were
             unanimously
             resolved
             to
             stand
             by
             him
             ,
             and
             settle
             the
             Crown
             upon
             his
             head
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             come
             to
             them
             ;
             but
             he
             was
             fast
             asleep
             when
             that
             Person
             came
             to
             his
             Palace
             ;
             Who
             said
             ,
             he
             had
             matters
             of
             great
             concernment
             to
             impart
             to
             him
             ;
             but
             his
             people
             being
             loath
             to
             awaken
             him
             ,
             he
             was
             forced
             to
             stay
             a
             long
             while
             ;
             at
             last
             being
             awaken'd
             ,
             the
             other
             was
             called
             in
             ,
             but
             before
             he
             was
             come
             to
             the
             Chamber
             ,
             the
             Duke
             had
             began
             to
             Dance
             a
             Courante
             ▪
             and
             would
             not
             speak
             with
             him
             till
             he
             had
             Danced
             ;
             which
             the
             other
             being
             arnazed
             at
             and
             offended
             ,
             said
             to
             him
             afterwards
             in
             few
             words
             ,
             I
             was
             come
             to
             you
             upon
             such
             an
             Errand
             ;
             But
             said
             he
             ,
             by
             my
             so
             long
             waiting
             here
             ,
             the
             time
             and
             opportunity
             are
             lost
             ,
             therefore
             know
             that
             ,
             
               Co'l
               balare
               non
               se
               quadagnano
               li
               Regni
               ,
            
             Kingdoms
             are
             not
             gotten
             by
             Dancing
             :
             So
             he
             went
             to
             
             those
             who
             sent
             him
             ,
             and
             told
             them
             what
             he
             had
             seen
             ;
             so
             that
             every
             one
             went
             home
             ,
             and
             this
             person
             soon
             after
             forsook
             the
             Kingdom
             to
             avoid
             the
             punishment
             which
             the
             Spaniard
             would
             have
             inflicted
             upon
             him
             :
             If
             this
             be
             true
             ,
             how
             did
             he
             strangely
             miscarry
             in
             't
             ,
             for
             so
             he
             lost
             all
             the
             Nobility
             ,
             who
             afterwards
             closed
             with
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             The
             City
             of
             Naples
             is
             great
             and
             populous
             ,
             they
             reckon
             ,
             that
             with
             the
             late
             Plague
             200000
             died
             in
             it
             .
             Churches
             there
             are
             a
             Sanctuary
             to
             Malefactors
             ,
             which
             hath
             been
             often
             an
             occasion
             of
             falling
             out
             between
             the
             Vice-Kings
             and
             Card.
             Filomarini
             late
             Arch-Bishop
             ,
             for
             some
             of
             those
             having
             upon
             occasion
             caused
             these
             Malefactors
             to
             be
             taken
             by
             force
             out
             of
             ;
             these
             Churches
             ;
             he
             threatned
             ,
             and
             did
             actually
             excommunicate
             some
             for
             breaking
             ,
             as
             he
             pretended
             ,
             the
             priviledges
             of
             those
             Churches
             ,
             as
             if
             the
             House
             of
             God
             (
             if
             such
             a
             name
             may
             be
             given
             to
             such
             places
             )
             was
             to
             be
             a
             Sanctuary
             to
             ,
             and
             a
             den
             of
             Thieves
             .
             There
             are
             three
             Castles
             in
             this
             City
             ,
             one
             is
             St.
             Elme
             upon
             a
             Mountain
             ,
             built
             by
             King
             Robert
             the
             first
             ;
             the
             other
             is
             
               Castel
               Novo
            
             ,
             in
             the
             Port
             which
             keeps
             
             communication
             with
             the
             Palace
             of
             the
             Vice-Kings
             nigh
             to
             it
             ,
             this
             was
             built
             by
             Charles
             ,
             brother
             to
             Lewis
             the
             9th
             .
             of
             France
             ;
             the
             third
             is
             ,
             Dell-Ovo
             ,
             which
             is
             upon
             a
             Rock
             in
             the
             Sea
             ,
             William
             the
             third
             of
             Normandy
             built
             it
             .
             There
             are
             also
             several
             fair
             Churches
             embelished
             with
             rare
             Pictures
             ,
             and
             other
             ornaments
             ,
             so
             ther
             are
             two
             Cabinets
             worth
             seeing
             .
             At
             the
             end
             of
             one
             of
             the
             Suburbs
             ,
             in
             the
             way
             to
             Puzzuola
             ,
             is
             ,
             
               la
               Grotta
               di
               Lucullo
            
             ;
             a
             way
             made
             through
             the
             Rock
             of
             almost
             a
             mile
             in
             lenth
             ,
             and
             broad
             enough
             for
             three
             Coaches
             when
             they
             are
             gotten
             in
             't
             :
             I
             shall
             not
             mention
             all
             the
             relicks
             of
             Antiquity
             which
             are
             seen
             in
             the
             way
             to
             Puzzuola
             ,
             when
             one
             is
             at
             it
             ,
             and
             at
             Baya
             ,
             as
             the
             Elysian
             fields
             ,
             and
             those
             other
             things
             so
             often
             mentioned
             in
             the
             Poets
             ;
             nor
             the
             mount
             Vesuvius
             ,
             now
             
               la
               Montagne
               di
               Somma
            
             ,
             these
             things
             are
             out
             of
             my
             purpose
             .
             I
             return
             to
             Naples
             ,
             and
             say
             ,
             that
             the
             Virtuosi
             there
             are
             called
             some
             Ardenni
             ,
             others
             Intronati
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             that
             when
             these
             Societies
             take
             a
             name
             ,
             't
             is
             either
             a
             Title
             of
             imperfection
             ,
             which
             betokens
             a
             privation
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             moral
             Virtue
             ,
             or
             of
             some
             habit
             of
             the
             Intellect
             ,
             
             and
             all
             this
             to
             shew
             that
             they
             esteem
             and
             study
             the
             perfection
             ,
             contrary
             to
             the
             defect
             signified
             by
             the
             name
             .
          
           
             Their
             great
             Offices
             of
             the
             Kingdome
             are
             either
             given
             or
             sold
             according
             to
             the
             Kings
             pleasure
             ,
             but
             the
             last
             rather
             than
             the
             first
             ;
             and
             this
             for
             life
             :
             They
             are
             the
             High-Constable
             now
             a
             
               Rom
               an
            
             Prince
             ,
             of
             the
             Family
             Colonna
             ,
             the
             high
             Judge
             ,
             high
             Admiral
             ,
             high-Chamberlain
             ,
             
               Gran
               Pronotario
            
             ,
             a
             kind
             of
             a
             Principal
             Secretary
             ,
             
               Gran
               Sinisculco
            
             ,
             or
             high-Steward
             ,
             and
             high-Chancellour
             ,
             all
             which
             are
             given
             some
             to
             Italians
             ,
             some
             to
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             High-Courts
             do
             sit
             in
             the
             City
             of
             Naples
             ,
             for
             there
             are
             the
             Seggi
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             Assemblies
             of
             the
             Nobility
             of
             the
             whole
             Kingdom
             ,
             divided
             into
             five
             Classes
             :
             The
             first
             is
             
               Seggio
               Capoano
            
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             
               Di
               Nido
            
             ;
             the
             third
             ,
             
               Di
               Montagna
            
             ;
             The
             fourth
             ,
             
               Di
               Porta
            
             :
             and
             the
             fifth
             ,
             
               Di
               Porta
               nuova
            
             ,
             so
             that
             except
             one
             be
             admitted
             into
             one
             of
             those
             Seats
             ,
             he
             cannot
             pass
             for
             a
             Nobleman
             or
             Gentleman
             ;
             the
             Nobility
             and
             Gentry
             there
             differing
             only
             in
             Degree
             ,
             and
             not
             in
             Order
             ;
             now
             some
             enter
             into
             several
             Seggi
             ,
             so
             that
             to
             be
             admited
             in
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             past
             20
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             
             and
             have
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             the
             Votes
             of
             all
             the
             Nobles
             of
             the
             Seggio
             .
          
           
             Out
             of
             these
             3
             Seggi
             are
             chosen
             3
             Gentlemen
             ,
             who
             with
             one
             chosen
             by
             the
             people
             ,
             make
             up
             the
             Body
             ,
             called
             the
             Magistrate
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             through
             whose
             hands
             do
             pass
             all
             manner
             of
             Taxes
             and
             Impositions
             which
             the
             Vice-Roy
             hath
             a
             mind
             to
             lay
             upon
             City
             and
             whole
             Kingdom
             :
             they
             also
             finde
             out
             means
             how
             to
             bring
             it
             about
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             also
             in
             Naples
             that
             Tribunal
             so
             much
             talked
             of
             ,
             called
             ,
             
               La
               Vicaria
            
             ,
             which
             matters
             of
             the
             greatest
             importance
             are
             brought
             unto
             ,
             and
             receive
             ;
             appeals
             from
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             .
             The
             greatest
             of
             all
             is
             also
             kept
             there
             ,
             called
             it
             Collaterale
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Consigliere
             ,
             or
             Counsellors
             have
             the
             Title
             of
             Regenti
             ,
             and
             for
             distinction-sake
             ,
             they
             wear
             a
             long
             gown
             ,
             this
             under
             the
             King
             is
             the
             Supreme
             Court
             of
             Justice
             ,
             treating
             of
             several
             important
             matters
             ;
             these
             Regenti
             are
             chosen
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             part
             Napolitans
             ,
             and
             part
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             for
             life
             .
          
           
             It
             also
             hath
             a
             Councel
             of
             State
             ,
             which
             judges
             of
             things
             concerning
             War
             composed
             ,
             of
             six
             persons
             ,
             whereof
             three
             are
             
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             three
             Italians
             ,
             half
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             half
             gown-men
             ,
             chosen
             by
             the
             King
             ;
             over
             this
             as
             all
             the
             rest
             is
             the
             Vice-King
             ,
             whose
             authority
             is
             very
             great
             ,
             and
             the
             profit
             arbitrary
             .
          
           
             I
             am
             loath
             to
             omit
             speaking
             of
             a
             custome
             of
             the
             Napolitans
             ,
             for
             all
             their
             reserved
             temper
             once
             a
             year
             ,
             at
             Vintage-time
             ,
             they
             allow
             themselves
             a
             very
             great
             liberty
             of
             jesting
             one
             with
             another
             ;
             the
             meanest
             person
             is
             then
             allowed
             to
             jear
             the
             Noblest
             man
             of
             the
             Land
             ,
             who
             use
             to
             begin
             with
             them
             :
             they
             give
             one
             another
             all
             the
             bad
             names
             which
             their
             Language
             doth
             afford
             ,
             whereof
             the
             least
             at
             another
             time
             would
             cause
             murthers
             and
             stabbings
             .
             This
             calls
             to
             my
             mind
             a
             singular
             custome
             they
             have
             at
             Rome
             ,
             when
             there
             is
             fallen
             some
             snow
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             the
             most
             reserved
             and
             vertuous
             men
             and
             women
             throw
             Balls
             one
             at
             another
             ;
             the
             Princes
             and
             their
             Wives
             practise
             it
             one
             with
             another
             within
             their
             Palaces
             :
             Neighbours
             throw
             it
             through
             the
             windows
             into
             the
             Chambers
             one
             of
             another
             ;
             if
             one
             hath
             any
             kindness
             for
             another
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             fashion
             to
             go
             under
             the
             window
             ,
             and
             throw
             in
             some
             ,
             as
             they
             receive
             some
             ,
             if
             they
             go
             by
             the
             
             door
             of
             any
             of
             their
             acquaintances
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             amongst
             them
             a
             token
             of
             civility
             and
             favour
             ,
             and
             so
             much
             observed
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             Gentleman
             or
             friend
             of
             mine
             comes
             to
             me
             ,
             the
             most
             vertuous
             woman
             that
             happens
             to
             be
             my
             Neighbour
             ,
             can
             shew
             me
             no
             greater
             respect
             nor
             kindness
             ,
             than
             to
             throw
             at
             him
             snow
             balls
             .
          
           
             Before
             I
             speak
             of
             the
             secrets
             of
             State
             ,
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             have
             in
             relation
             to
             this
             Kingdom
             ,
             't
             will
             not
             be
             amiss
             to
             speak
             few
             words
             of
             some
             Maximes
             they
             have
             in
             general
             ;
             relating
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             their
             State-Dominions
             in
             Italy
             .
             At
             Madrid
             for
             the
             affairs
             of
             Italy
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             particular
             Council
             consisting
             of
             six
             Counsellours
             ,
             whereof
             two
             are
             Napolitans
             ,
             two
             Sicilians
             ,
             and
             two
             of
             Milan
             ,
             besides
             the
             President
             ,
             who
             ever
             is
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             and
             now
             the
             Marquess
             of
             Vellada
             by
             name
             ;
             This
             Council
             was
             instituted
             by
             Philip
             the
             Second
             ,
             no
             other
             affairs
             but
             those
             of
             Italy
             are
             treated
             of
             in
             it
             ,
             which
             formerly
             belonged
             to
             the
             congnizance
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Aragon
             .
             When
             first
             of
             all
             the
             Spaniards
             came
             to
             Italy
             ,
             and
             had
             gotten
             footing
             in
             it
             ,
             they
             went
             about
             by
             fair
             means
             to
             insinuate
             themselves
             into
             the
             affection
             
             of
             the
             Nation
             ,
             to
             turn
             it
             upon
             occasion
             to
             their
             own
             advantage
             ;
             but
             the
             Italians
             ,
             who
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             of
             themselves
             ,
             
               Dormono
               Co'll
               Occhio
               aperto
            
             ,
             who
             are
             constantly
             awake
             ,
             stood
             upon
             their
             guards
             ,
             and
             observed
             the
             Spanish
             motion
             ,
             which
             being
             taken
             notice
             of
             by
             the
             House
             of
             
               Austria
               ,
               Charls
            
             the
             5th
             ,
             &
             then
             the
             Council
             I
             spake
             of
             just
             now
             under
             his
             Son
             Philip
             the
             second
             ,
             took
             another
             course
             ,
             and
             went
             about
             to
             terrifie
             them
             with
             their
             Arms
             ,
             to
             draw
             some
             to
             them
             with
             fair
             promises
             ,
             to
             threaten
             others
             ,
             to
             sow
             divisions
             amongst
             them
             ,
             but
             above
             all
             they
             lookt
             upon
             the
             Republick
             of
             Venice
             as
             a
             great
             let
             to
             their
             designs
             ,
             having
             ever
             appeared
             to
             be
             the
             Champion
             of
             the
             Liberties
             of
             Italy
             ;
             the
             troubles
             which
             this
             raised
             in
             those
             parts
             sometimes
             against
             Mantoa
             ,
             other
             times
             ,
             against
             
               Savoy
               ,
               &c.
            
             are
             well
             known
             ;
             but
             now
             a
             constant
             maxime
             they
             hold
             ,
             is
             ,
             to
             get
             at
             Rome
             as
             many
             Cardinals
             as
             they
             can
             to
             be
             their
             friends
             ,
             that
             if
             possible
             they
             may
             every
             time
             have
             a
             friend
             of
             theirs
             chosen
             Pope
             ,
             the
             truth
             is
             ,
             they
             are
             potent
             in
             the
             Conclave
             ,
             because
             of
             several
             Napolitans
             ,
             and
             Milaneses
             who
             are
             in
             it
             ,
             the
             several
             means
             they
             have
             to
             gratifie
             
             Church-men
             ,
             by
             conferring
             Benefices
             on
             them
             within
             their
             Dominions
             in
             Italy
             ,
             and
             by
             selling
             Lands
             and
             States
             to
             others
             within
             the
             same
             ,
             besides
             the
             many
             pensions
             which
             they
             allow
             to
             several
             of
             them
             :
             so
             that
             whilst
             the
             French
             hath
             but
             eight
             or
             ten
             of
             his
             side
             ,
             namely
             ,
             
               D'
               Este
               ,
               Ursini
               ,
               Antonio
               ,
               Grimaldi
               ,
               Mancini
               ,
               Maldachini
               ,
               de
               Rets
               ,
               Bouillon
               ,
            
             the
             greater
             number
             of
             them
             are
             for
             the
             Spaniard
             ;
             't
             is
             true
             ,
             't
             is
             very
             chargeable
             for
             them
             to
             keep
             this
             party
             ,
             and
             a
             Spanish
             States-Man
             had
             reason
             to
             say
             ,
             
               It
               were
               better
               for
               his
               King
               to
               buy
               Popes
               ready
               made
               ,
               than
               to
               make
               them
               .
            
          
           
             But
             now
             in
             few
             words
             ,
             Spaniards
             do
             govern
             Naples
             with
             these
             few
             rules
             ;
             the
             first
             is
             ,
             to
             hold
             good
             correspondencie
             with
             the
             Pope
             ,
             not
             only
             because
             they
             do
             him
             homage
             for
             it
             ,
             but
             because
             he
             is
             a
             next
             neighbour
             ,
             much
             able
             to
             trouble
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             foment
             and
             assist
             Insurrections
             in
             it
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             to
             foment
             Divisions
             between
             the
             Nobility
             and
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             between
             the
             Nobility
             themselves
             who
             being
             all
             together
             united
             ,
             could
             for
             certain
             drive
             them
             out
             ;
             and
             though
             the
             Napolitans
             Horse's
             back
             be
             much
             
             gall'd
             ,
             if
             he
             could
             gather
             his
             strength
             together
             ,
             he
             would
             be
             able
             to
             shake
             off
             the
             Rider
             .
             The
             third
             Maxime
             is
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             they
             can
             doe
             to
             make
             great
             States
             fall
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             women
             ,
             whom
             they
             marry
             afterwards
             to
             Spanish
             Noble-Men
             .
          
           
             The
             Chief
             Families
             of
             that
             Kingdom
             are
             at
             present
             Caraccioli
             ,
             where
             of
             the
             Duke
             of
             Auelina
             is
             the
             Head
             ;
             Caraffa
             ,
             of
             which
             Family
             is
             the
             Duke
             
               Matalone
               ;
               Pignatelle
            
             ,
             who
             had
             the
             title
             of
             Duke
             of
             
               Monteleone
               ,
               Monaldesqui
               ,
               Aquaviva
               ,
               Brancaccio
               ,
            
             and
             several
             others
             who
             have
             the
             name
             of
             Princes
             ,
             as
             ,
             
               Marana
               ,
               &c.
            
             
             The
             antient
             family
             of
             the
             Princes
             of
             Salerno
             is
             extinct
             as
             to
             the
             name
             ,
             and
             their
             Palace
             at
             Naples
             ;
             which
             was
             very
             stately
             ,
             hath
             these
             several
             years
             been
             possessed
             by
             the
             Jesuites
             .
          
           
             I
             shall
             not
             say
             much
             of
             Sicily
             ,
             't
             is
             governed
             by
             a
             Vice-King
             at
             present
             ;
             the
             Duke
             of
             Albuquerque
             ,
             as
             
               Don
               Pedro
               d'
               Arragon
            
             is
             he
             of
             Naples
             :
             This
             Island
             is
             known
             to
             be
             plentiful
             ;
             and
             as
             formerly
             it
             was
             the
             Granary
             of
             Italy
             ,
             so
             't
             is
             still
             of
             part
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             specially
             of
             Maltha
             ,
             for
             the
             Gallies
             of
             the
             Order
             come
             almost
             every
             
             week
             to
             transport
             Corn
             cut
             of
             it
             .
             Messina
             drives
             a
             great
             Trade
             of
             Silks
             ;
             the
             Inhabitants
             have
             still
             their
             
               est
               &
               non
               est
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             when
             any
             thing
             is
             proposed
             by
             the
             Vice-King
             or
             his
             Order
             ,
             after
             a
             debate
             had
             thereupon
             to
             satisfie
             the
             people
             ,
             they
             cry
             out
             
               non
               est
            
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             not
             contrary
             to
             their
             Priviledges
             ;
             if
             it
             be
             ,
             they
             say
             ,
             est
             ,
             then
             every
             one
             gets
             to
             his
             Arms.
             This
             City
             hath
             several
             priviledges
             ,
             but
             cannot
             get
             them
             confirmed
             at
             Madrid
             ;
             neither
             do
             the
             Vice-Kings
             dare
             to
             trust
             themselves
             amongst
             them
             ;
             therefore
             they
             reside
             at
             Palermo
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             landing
             place
             of
             
               Don
               Pedro
               d'
               Arragon
            
             ,
             when
             the
             moneys
             he
             had
             received
             from
             Lewis
             the
             9th
             of
             France
             ,
             to
             make
             war
             against
             the
             Infidels
             in
             Affrica
             ,
             he
             went
             to
             drive
             
               Charles
               d'
               Anjou
            
             ,
             Lewis's
             Brother
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             Kingdome
             whereof
             he
             was
             lawful
             Sovereign
             .
             The
             peoople
             of
             this
             Island
             speak
             a
             very
             corrupt
             Italian
             Language
             ,
             mixed
             with
             some
             words
             of
             corrupt
             Greek
             ;
             &
             as
             their
             Luanguage
             is
             ,
             so
             are
             their
             manners
             ,
             and
             nature
             ,
             which
             how
             treacherous
             it
             is
             let
             the
             
               Sicilian
               Vesspers
            
             bear
             witness
             ;
             by
             which
             action
             they
             are
             become
             not
             only
             odious
             ,
             but
             also
             a
             proverb
             to
             Italy
             ,
             having
             thereby
             been
             the
             
             author
             of
             all
             the
             disturbances
             where-with
             the
             Spanish
             Nation
             have
             since
             afflicted
             those
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             it
             had
             been
             something
             in
             withdrawing
             from
             the
             subjection
             of
             one
             (
             who
             though
             he
             was
             their
             lawful
             Prince
             ,
             yet
             he
             was
             of
             a
             Forein
             Nation
             )
             they
             had
             gotten
             their
             liberty
             ;
             yet
             Princes
             may
             see
             of
             how
             dangerous
             a
             consequence
             is
             this
             president
             :
             but
             to
             leave
             the
             bad
             for
             the
             worse
             ,
             't
             is
             to
             find
             a
             pain
             ,
             wherein
             they
             look't
             for
             a
             pleasure
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             be
             no
             more
             reasonable
             than
             were
             the
             Frogs
             ,
             who
             rejected
             the
             Reed
             ,
             to
             have
             the
             Stork
             to
             rule
             over
             them
             ;
             they
             should
             have
             learned
             of
             the
             Fish
             ,
             how
             it
             is
             better
             to
             keep
             in
             the
             Pan
             ,
             though
             amidst
             boyling
             water
             ,
             than
             to
             leap
             out
             and
             fall
             into
             the
             burning
             flames
             and
             fire
             .
          
           
             
               Mount
               Aetna
            
             ,
             now
             Gibello
             ,
             with
             some
             of
             his
             flames
             ,
             is
             still
             to
             be
             seen
             ;
             its
             horrid
             late
             casting
             up
             stones
             ,
             flames
             ,
             cinders
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             Catania
             ,
             and
             the
             running
             of
             Rivers
             as
             it
             were
             of
             fire
             and
             brimstone
             ,
             are
             known
             to
             all
             Europe
             ;
             Such
             as
             we
             cannot
             read
             ever
             there
             was
             the
             like
             .
             Syracusa
             is
             not
             very
             far
             from
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             much
             decay'd
             ,
             they
             shew
             some
             old
             standing
             ruines
             of
             a
             
             Castle
             ,
             as
             they
             say
             of
             Dyonisius
             ;
             they
             affirm
             't
             was
             in
             the
             shape
             of
             a
             shell
             ;
             in
             the
             Centre
             of
             which
             was
             the
             Tyrants
             Closet
             ,
             whence
             by
             the
             means
             of
             some
             pipes
             ,
             which
             conveyed
             the
             voice
             ,
             he
             heard
             (
             if
             we
             believe
             the
             Tradition
             )
             every
             word
             spoken
             by
             the
             prisoners
             ;
             't
             is
             probable
             that
             such
             a
             thing
             may
             be
             ,
             there
             being
             things
             of
             that
             nature
             in
             several
             parts
             ;
             though
             these
             prisoners
             were
             at
             a
             great
             distance
             from
             the
             Closet
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             govern
             this
             Land
             almost
             by
             the
             same
             Maximes
             which
             they
             use
             in
             Naples
             ,
             only
             they
             let
             them
             have
             some
             few
             Priviledges
             ,
             in
             consideration
             of
             their
             withdrawing
             from
             the
             French
             ,
             and
             giving
             themselves
             up
             to
             them
             ;
             nevertheless
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             are
             much
             odious
             to
             them
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             great
             and
             many
             oppressions
             they
             suffer
             from
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             which
             no
             body
             pities
             them
             ,
             since
             they
             brought
             it
             upon
             themselves
             ;
             however
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             division
             of
             the
             two
             Chief
             Cities
             Messina
             and
             Palermo
             about
             precedencie
             and
             other
             things
             ,
             which
             upholds
             the
             Spaniards
             authority
             in
             the
             Island
             ;
             for
             when
             one
             of
             these
             Cities
             stands
             up
             ,
             the
             
             other
             stoops
             ,
             and
             they
             do
             every
             thing
             in
             opposition
             one
             to
             another
             ;
             the
             Spaniard
             therefore
             knoweth
             how
             much
             it
             imports
             to
             his
             interest
             to
             see
             these
             differences
             continue
             ,
             he
             foments
             it
             with
             the
             best
             of
             his
             skill
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             utmost
             of
             his
             power
             .
          
           
             It
             were
             in
             vain
             to
             speak
             of
             Sardegna
             ,
             seeing
             the
             people
             in
             it
             are
             become
             Spaniards
             in
             every
             thing
             .
             There
             hapned
             in
             it
             not
             long
             since
             a
             great
             division
             caused
             by
             falling
             out
             between
             two
             of
             the
             Chief
             persons
             of
             the
             Island
             ,
             but
             having
             been
             both
             transported
             into
             Spain
             ,
             the
             Factions
             were
             dispersed
             ,
             and
             gave
             way
             to
             a
             general
             tranquility
             .
             This
             is
             a
             Kingdome
             ,
             and
             therefore
             is
             Governed
             by
             a
             Vice-King
             ,
             who
             was
             lately
             Prince
             Ludovisio
             .
             Of
             late
             they
             have
             stirred
             very
             much
             ,
             having
             killed
             a
             Vice-Roy
             ;
             for
             which
             act
             some
             have
             been
             executed
             ,
             which
             their
             Friends
             and
             Relations
             highly
             rescenting
             ,
             are
             causing
             new
             Disturbances
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             present
             Vice-King
             not
             thinking
             himself
             strong
             enough
             ,
             hath
             desired
             more
             Forces
             out
             of
             Spain
             ,
             specially
             his
             Enemies
             being
             potent
             in
             Cagliari
             ,
             hereby
             are
             laid
             the
             foundations
             of
             an
             eternal
             hatred
             ,
             for
             their
             Children
             inherit
             of
             the
             quarrels
             ,
             and
             desire
             of
             vengeance
             ,
             
             as
             of
             the
             states
             of
             their
             parents
             ,
             this
             had
             been
             a
             fair
             occasion
             for
             any
             forrein
             Enemy
             of
             the
             Spaniard
             .
             This
             Island
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             Sicily
             and
             Naples
             ,
             maintain
             a
             number
             of
             Gallies
             ,
             which
             of
             late
             is
             much
             diminished
             ,
             for
             put
             them
             altogether
             with
             the
             squadron
             of
             the
             Duke
             of
             Tursi
             ,
             they
             do
             not
             come
             to
             above
             twenty
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               state
               of
            
             Milan
             .
          
           
             VVEsterly
             it
             borders
             with
             Piemont
             and
             
               Monferrat
               ,
               Sur
            
             Southerly
             with
             the
             Republick
             of
             Genoa
             ,
             Westerly
             with
             the
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             ,
             with
             the
             Republick
             of
             Venice
             and
             the
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             and
             Northerly
             with
             the
             Valtoline
             .
             The
             Dukedome
             of
             Milan
             is
             as
             good
             and
             as
             plentiful
             a
             Countrey
             as
             any
             in
             Italy
             ,
             full
             300
             miles
             about
             ,
             plain
             and
             even
             ground
             ;
             in
             it
             are
             many
             Lakes
             full
             of
             Fish
             ,
             and
             is
             watered
             by
             considerable
             Rivers
             ,
             which
             make
             it
             pleasant
             ,
             plentiful
             and
             strong
             ;
             Po
             runs
             by
             Cremona
             ,
             the
             Tanaro
             by
             Alessandria
             ,
             and
             the
             Bormia
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             little
             one
             not
             far
             off
             .
             Adda
             ,
             nigh
             to
             Lodi
             and
             Ticcino
             by
             the
             walls
             
             of
             Pavia
             ,
             by
             Milan
             run
             two
             Channels
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             is
             of
             great
             use
             (
             and
             this
             goes
             through
             it
             )
             and
             both
             for
             watering
             of
             grounds
             ,
             whence
             it
             is
             that
             they
             have
             so
             good
             pastures
             ;
             hence
             it
             is
             that
             this
             Dukedom
             doth
             furnish
             with
             Cheese
             all
             Italy
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ;
             the
             best
             sort
             of
             that
             which
             goes
             under
             the
             name
             of
             Parmesan
             is
             made
             at
             Lodi
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Cities
             of
             the
             Dukedome
             ,
             and
             its
             Territory
             .
             This
             Countrey
             doth
             also
             produce
             abundance
             of
             all
             manner
             of
             Corn
             ,
             good
             Fruits
             ,
             and
             good
             Wines
             ;
             this
             goodness
             of
             the
             Soyle
             ,
             joyned
             to
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             makes
             it
             very
             rich
             ;
             it
             contains
             many
             Cities
             ,
             as
             
               Milano
               ,
               Pavia
               ,
               Tortona
               ,
               Alessandria
               ,
               Della
               Paglia
               ,
               Novarra
               ,
               Mortara
               ,
               Vigevana
               Cremona
               ,
               Lodi
               ,
               Como
            
             and
             Lomellina
             ,
             every
             one
             strong
             ,
             and
             except
             Mortara
             ,
             the
             head
             of
             a
             Territory
             ,
             which
             borrows
             its
             name
             from
             the
             Town
             .
             This
             Dukedome
             is
             Governed
             by
             one
             sent
             from
             Spain
             ,
             and
             hath
             the
             name
             of
             Governour
             ,
             who
             was
             
               Don
               Lewis
               de
               Gusman
               ponce
               de
               Leon
               :
            
             And
             now
             the
             Marquess
             
               de
               Los
               Balbases
            
             :
             These
             Governours
             improve
             well
             their
             time
             ,
             which
             ,
             as
             I
             said
             in
             the
             case
             of
             Naples
             ,
             is
             for
             three
             years
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             
             except
             they
             be
             confirmed
             ;
             and
             this
             makes
             part
             of
             the
             misery
             of
             that
             people
             ,
             that
             every
             three
             years
             they
             have
             new
             and
             greedy
             Ministers
             ,
             who
             make
             haste
             to
             be
             rich
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             begin
             to
             be
             full
             ,
             they
             are
             gone
             to
             give
             place
             to
             one
             who
             is
             as
             hungry
             as
             they
             were
             .
             The
             King
             of
             Spain
             raises
             here
             one
             Millions
             ofCrowns
             a
             year
             ,
             but
             it
             goes
             all
             for
             the
             necessities
             of
             the
             State.
             In
             time
             of
             peace
             there
             are
             kept
             5000
             men
             ;
             there
             was
             a
             strong
             hold
             ,
             called
             the
             Fort
             Sandoval
             ,
             which
             commanded
             the
             way
             into
             one
             of
             the
             Gates
             of
             Vercelli
             ,
             which
             is
             but
             a
             Cannon-shot
             off
             ,
             and
             't
             was
             raised
             to
             bridle
             that
             place
             ;
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             after
             the
             taking
             of
             Vercelli
             demolished
             it
             not
             long
             since
             as
             a
             thing
             chargeable
             ,
             and
             nor
             necessary
             ;
             but
             by
             the
             late
             Treaty
             of
             Peace
             with
             France
             ,
             they
             restored
             Vercelli
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             .
          
           
             The
             City
             of
             Milan
             is
             called
             the
             great
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             of
             a
             large
             circumference
             ,
             full
             of
             people
             ,
             to
             the
             number
             of
             about
             300000
             ,
             and
             of
             handy-craft-men
             ,
             almost
             of
             all
             fort
             ,
             in
             so
             good
             repute
             amongst
             the
             Italians
             ,
             that
             when
             any
             sumptuous
             clothes
             or
             furnitures
             are
             to
             be
             bought
             ,
             or
             any
             considerable
             equipage
             is
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             to
             the
             
             very
             Liveries
             ,
             they
             send
             thither
             to
             have
             it
             done
             :
             They
             work
             much
             in
             Silks
             ,
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             thread
             ,
             and
             make
             admirable
             good
             Gun-barils
             ;
             all
             this
             maintains
             abundance
             of
             weak
             and
             poor
             people
             .
             In
             this
             place
             is
             a
             Castle
             ,
             esteemed
             one
             of
             the
             strongest
             in
             Europe
             ,
             well
             provided
             with
             Ammunition
             and
             Artillery
             ;
             there
             is
             a
             particular
             Governour
             of
             it
             ,
             who
             doth
             not
             depend
             upon
             the
             Governor
             of
             the
             Dukedome
             ,
             but
             hath
             his
             Orders
             immediately
             from
             Spain
             .
             In
             this
             City
             is
             a
             very
             great
             number
             of
             stately
             Churches
             ,
             specially
             the
             Domo
             ,
             all
             built
             with
             white
             Marble
             ;
             they
             say
             ,
             about
             it
             are
             600
             Statues
             ,
             which
             cost
             1000
             Crowns
             a
             piece
             :
             if
             this
             Church
             be
             once
             finished
             according
             to
             the
             design
             ;
             none
             but
             St.
             Peter
             in
             Rome
             will
             be
             able
             to
             compare
             to
             it
             ;
             till
             then
             ,
             this
             last
             will
             be
             the
             fairest
             in
             Europe
             ,
             and
             I
             believe
             ,
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             for
             all
             the
             great
             commendations
             given
             to
             that
             of
             
               Santa
               Sophia
            
             in
             Constantinople
             .
             I
             returnto
             Milan
             ,
             and
             say
             ,
             not
             only
             there
             are
             in
             't
             fair
             Churches
             ,
             but
             also
             sumptuous
             Cloysters
             ,
             Hospitals
             ,
             Palaces
             ,
             and
             other
             Noble
             Buildings
             :
             A
             Church-man
             there
             hath
             a
             fine
             Cabinet
             full
             of
             Rarities
             ,
             most
             of
             his
             own
             invention
             and
             
             making
             .
             Virtuosi
             in
             Milan
             have
             the
             name
             of
             Nascosti
             ;
             but
             I
             must
             not
             omit
             to
             say
             that
             the
             house
             which
             the
             Cartusians
             have
             fifteen
             miles
             from
             Milan
             ,
             and
             five
             from
             Pavia
             ,
             is
             the
             best
             of
             their
             Order
             .
          
           
             Notwithstanding
             the
             Proverb
             tha●
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             governs
             Sicily
             in
             meekness
             ,
             or
             
               Dolcezza
               Naples
            
             by
             fraud
             ,
             or
             
               con
               Inganno
            
             ,
             and
             Milan
             by
             Authority
             ,
             
               con
               Authorita
            
             (
             which
             may
             be
             understood
             in
             relation
             to
             the
             strong
             holds
             he
             hath
             in
             it
             :
             )
             'T
             is
             his
             maxime
             of
             State
             ,
             to
             Rule
             this
             Dukedome
             with
             more
             gentleness
             ,
             than
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Dominions
             in
             Italy
             ;
             This
             practice
             is
             inforced
             by
             the
             temper
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             are
             nor
             so
             willing
             nor
             so
             apt
             as
             others
             to
             suffer
             abuses
             ,
             burthens
             exceedingly
             heavy
             ,
             nor
             other
             great
             opresfions
             ,
             their
             spirits
             can
             hardly
             bear
             it
             ;
             they
             are
             of
             an
             humour
             free
             ,
             open
             ,
             plain
             ,
             and
             as
             they
             call
             it
             ,
             Rozzo
             ,
             being
             usually
             called
             the
             
               Lombarad's
               temper
            
             :
             That
             which
             makes
             further
             the
             Spaniards
             more
             circumspect
             in
             this
             ,
             is
             that
             many
             Neighbour
             Princes
             would
             willingly
             receive
             and
             assist
             them
             ,
             if
             they
             came
             to
             have
             a
             pull
             for
             their
             liberty
             ,
             for
             they
             joyn
             with
             the
             Duke
             ,
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             with
             Parma
             ,
             
             
               Genoa
               ,
               Piemont
            
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             Grisons
             ,
             by
             the
             Ualteline
             ;
             therefore
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             who
             knew
             the
             importance
             of
             that
             passage
             to
             them
             ,
             struggled
             so
             hard
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             set
             all
             Europe
             in
             an
             uproar
             about
             it
             :
             yet
             for
             all
             this
             gentleness
             of
             theirs
             used
             to
             the
             Milenesi
             ,
             that
             people
             is
             not
             free
             from
             grievances
             and
             oppressions
             .
             That
             Countrey
             which
             for
             a
             long
             while
             together
             hath
             been
             the
             seat
             of
             War
             ,
             hath
             been
             obliged
             to
             maintain
             in
             a
             good
             measure
             the
             
               Spanish
               ,
               Germans
               ,
               French
               ,
               Savoy
               ,
               Modena
               ,
            
             and
             Mantoan
             Forces
             ,
             the
             perpetual
             lodging
             ,
             quartering
             ,
             and
             contributing
             ,
             for
             the
             Souldiers
             hath
             wasted
             them
             ;
             and
             all
             this
             hath
             been
             a
             pretence
             for
             the
             Spanish
             Ministers
             to
             oppress
             them
             :
             The
             Italian
             Proverb
             saith
             ,
             that
             the
             Spanish
             Ministers
             in
             
               Sicily
               Rodono
            
             they
             Gnaw
             ,
             in
             
               Naples
               Mangiano
            
             they
             eat
             ,
             but
             in
             
               Milan
               Divorano
            
             they
             devour
             :
             but
             they
             bear
             it
             ,
             seeing
             that
             excepting
             the
             Republicks
             ,
             the
             Subjects
             of
             other
             Princes
             are
             used
             no
             better
             than
             they
             .
          
           
             At
             first
             the
             Sforzi
             got
             this
             Countrey
             from
             the
             Visconti
             ,
             and
             the
             House
             of
             Austria
             
             hath
             gotten
             it
             from
             these
             ,
             yet
             the
             Venetians
             have
             of
             it
             
               Brescia
               ,
               Bergamo
            
             ,
             and
             Crema
             :
             I
             will
             not
             shew
             whose
             right
             it
             is
             to
             have
             it
             ,
             if
             the
             Heirs
             of
             Valentina
             have
             it
             not
             .
             The
             Chief
             Families
             of
             it
             are
             now
             
               Borromeo
               ,
               Trivultio
               ,
               Stampa
               ,
               Trotti
               ,
               Sforza
               ,
               Homodei
               ,
               Litta
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             Finale
             is
             a
             Town
             well
             fortisied
             ,
             of
             great
             concernment
             to
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             the
             only
             door
             they
             have
             to
             get
             into
             Milan
             from
             
               Spain
               ,
               Naples
               ,
               Sicily
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             It
             is
             also
             a
             bridle
             to
             the
             
               Genoesi
               .
               Portolongone
            
             and
             Orbitelle
             are
             also
             upon
             the
             Coasts
             ,
             the
             one
             on
             the
             Continent
             ,
             the
             other
             close
             by
             upon
             a
             Rock
             in
             the
             Sea
             ,
             of
             great
             importance
             to
             bridle
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             ,
             Viareggio
             belonging
             to
             Luea
             and
             the
             Genaesi
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               state
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
            
             Savoy
             .
          
           
             THe
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             is
             the
             most
             considerable
             Prince
             of
             Italy
             ,
             after
             the
             Crowned
             Heads
             ;
             He
             comes
             from
             Humbert
             ,
             a
             younger
             Brother
             of
             Saxony
             ,
             and
             a
             man
             of
             fortune
             :
             Amede
             the
             great
             ,
             or
             ,
             
               le
               Comte
               Verd
            
             ,
             or
             
               Green
               Earl
            
             ,
             so
             called
             ,
             because
             usually
             his
             Clothes
             were
             of
             that
             colour
             ,
             as
             were
             those
             of
             his
             Followers
             ;
             by
             his
             merits
             and
             good
             fortune
             raised
             himself
             to
             a
             great
             credit
             ;
             he
             did
             great
             Services
             against
             Infidels
             ,
             specially
             at
             the
             taking
             of
             Rhodes
             from
             the
             Infidels
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             took
             the
             Motto
             about
             the
             Coat
             of
             Arms
             which
             to
             this
             day
             that
             Family
             retains
             ;
             
               F.
               E.
               R.
               T.
            
             signifying
             ,
             
               Fortitudo
               ,
               Ejus
               ,
               Rhodum
               Tenuit
               .
            
             His
             History
             is
             in
             Fresco
             at
             the
             pleasure-house
             of
             the
             Dukes
             at
             Rivoli
             .
             This
             Family
             was
             first
             Earls
             of
             Moriene
             ,
             then
             by
             Marriage
             and
             favour
             of
             some
             Emperour
             ,
             Princes
             of
             Piemont
             ,
             and
             Dukes
             of
             Savoy
             ;
             and
             of
             late
             from
             the
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             they
             have
             gotten
             Trin
             and
             Alba
             in
             
               Monferr
               at
            
             by
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Chierasco
             ,
             so
             that
             besides
             Piemont
             
             with
             its
             Vallies
             ,
             and
             Savoy
             ,
             the
             Duke
             hath
             upon
             the
             Sea-coasts
             ,
             
               Villa
               Franca
               ,
               Oneglia
            
             ,
             and
             
               Nizza
               di
               provinza
            
             ,
             with
             as
             strong
             a
             Castle
             as
             any
             in
             Europe
             ,
             his
             Dominions
             indeed
             are
             large
             ,
             though
             to
             speak
             the
             truth
             ,
             Savoy
             is
             a
             barren
             and
             a
             mountainous
             Countrey
             ,
             which
             defect
             is
             somewhat
             made
             up
             by
             the
             indefatigable
             laboriousness
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             populousness
             and
             plenty
             of
             Piemont
             .
          
           
             His
             Court
             is
             for
             certain
             the
             Ornament
             of
             Italy
             ,
             not
             composed
             of
             a
             vast
             number
             of
             persons
             ,
             nor
             solitary
             neither
             ;
             there
             is
             in
             it
             a
             variety
             without
             confusion
             ,
             well
             compacted
             ,
             consisting
             of
             choice
             persons
             ,
             well
             qualified
             for
             a
             Court
             in
             a
             handsome
             and
             orderly
             way
             ;
             In
             it
             the
             French
             and
             Italian
             languages
             are
             commonly
             spoken
             ,
             and
             the
             free
             French
             manner
             of
             life
             is
             practised
             in
             it
             .
             These
             Princes
             have
             been
             ,
             and
             are
             still
             very
             Honourable
             in
             Europe
             ;
             for
             this
             long
             while
             Emperors
             and
             Kings
             have
             given
             them
             the
             Title
             of
             Serenissime
             ,
             when
             some
             other
             Princes
             of
             Italy
             did
             not
             so
             much
             as
             pretend
             to
             it
             :
             but
             it
             happened
             in
             the
             days
             of
             
               Pope
               Urban
            
             the
             8th
             ,
             that
             he
             (
             it
             may
             be
             to
             please
             his
             Nephews
             )
             
             gave
             a
             higher
             title
             to
             Cardinals
             than
             they
             had
             before
             ,
             the
             title
             of
             Illustrissime
             was
             changed
             into
             that
             of
             Eminentissime
             ;
             this
             obliged
             some
             Princes
             to
             take
             the
             title
             Serenissime
             and
             of
             Highness
             ;
             upon
             which
             account
             still
             to
             keep
             a
             distinction
             between
             them
             and
             other
             Princes
             ,
             the
             Dukes
             of
             Savoy
             added
             Reale
             to
             Altezza
             to
             make
             up
             
               Royal
               Highness
            
             ,
             which
             they
             pretend
             to
             ,
             as
             being
             Titular
             Kings
             of
             Cyprus
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             vertue
             of
             a
             match
             with
             France
             ,
             the
             French
             did
             not
             oppose
             it
             ;
             and
             this
             Duke
             is
             now
             in
             hopes
             that
             the
             King
             or
             Prince
             Regent
             of
             Portugal
             (
             being
             now
             himself
             own'd
             to
             be
             a
             Crowned
             Head
             )
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             late
             Marriage
             ,
             or
             that
             which
             is
             to
             be
             made
             with
             that
             Prince
             Regent
             ,
             and
             the
             Dutchesse's
             Sister
             ,
             will
             approve
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             upon
             what
             grounds
             I
             dispute
             not
             .
          
           
             This
             Duke
             is
             Vicar
             of
             the
             Empire
             in
             Italy
             ,
             he
             could
             not
             yet
             obtain
             from
             the
             Emperour
             the
             Investiture
             of
             what
             he
             hath
             in
             Montferrat
             ;
             however
             of
             late
             the
             Electoral
             Colledge
             at
             the
             Sollicitation
             of
             the
             House
             of
             Bavaria
             ,
             whose
             present
             Elector
             married
             his
             Sister
             ,
             did
             something
             on
             his
             behalf
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             made
             a
             Decree
             ,
             
             that
             his
             not
             being
             invested
             by
             the
             Emperour
             shall
             be
             no
             prejudice
             to
             his
             Right
             ,
             seeing
             he
             had
             used
             his
             diligence
             to
             obtain
             it
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             thing
             which
             raises
             much
             the
             Glory
             of
             this
             Prince
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             several
             of
             his
             Subjects
             descended
             from
             Emperours
             of
             East
             and
             West
             Kings
             ,
             other
             Sovereign
             Princes
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Chief
             Families
             of
             Italy
             ;
             in
             Piemont
             alone
             are
             above
             fifty
             Earles
             ,
             fifteen
             Marquesses
             at
             least
             ;
             this
             makes
             him
             the
             more
             Considerable
             ,
             and
             adds
             something
             to
             his
             strength
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             other
             side
             doth
             consist
             in
             the
             largeness
             of
             his
             Dominions
             ,
             the
             Number
             ,
             Affection
             ,
             and
             Fidelity
             of
             his
             Subjects
             ;
             and
             in
             his
             strong
             places
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             Castle
             of
             Montmelian
             ,
             though
             taken
             by
             the
             French
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             the
             chief
             in
             Savoy
             ;
             they
             use
             to
             say
             ,
             that
             their
             Prince
             hath
             a
             City
             which
             is
             300
             miles
             about
             ,
             to
             shew
             how
             thick
             Towns
             are
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             how
             populous
             it
             is
             ;
             in
             Piemont
             alone
             are
             8
             Episcopal
             Cities
             ,
             and
             130
             very
             populous
             places
             .
             Another
             thing
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Duke
             is
             as
             absolute
             as
             any
             Prince
             in
             Europe
             .
             'T
             is
             said
             of
             
               Charles
               Emanuel
            
             ,
             this
             Dukes
             Grand-Father
             ,
             that
             one
             day
             discoursing
             with
             Henry
             the
             fourth
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             having
             
             asked
             which
             of
             the
             two
             Pistols
             (
             pieces
             of
             Gold
             )
             the
             French
             or
             Spanish
             he
             accounted
             the
             heaviest
             ;
             his
             answer
             was
             ,
             That
             which
             I
             shall
             give
             my
             grain
             to
             ,
             meaning
             that
             of
             the
             two
             Kings
             ,
             he
             whom
             he
             would
             assist
             should
             be
             the
             strongest
             .
          
           
             His
             Riches
             I
             will
             not
             mention
             ,
             his
             yearly
             income
             is
             said
             to
             amount
             to
             one
             Million
             ,
             and
             Eight
             Hundred
             Thousand
             Crowns
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             Savoy
             and
             the
             Vallies
             yeild
             him
             but
             Four
             Hundred
             Thousand
             ,
             all
             which
             is
             Nobly
             spent
             .
             I
             must
             say
             however
             ,
             that
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             are
             scarce
             in
             his
             Dominions
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             other
             side
             afford
             him
             a
             great
             plenty
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             whereby
             all
             manner
             of
             provisions
             are
             at
             a
             low
             rate
             .
             Upon
             consideration
             of
             this
             ,
             two
             several
             proposals
             were
             made
             to
             the
             present
             Duke
             by
             a
             judicious
             person
             ;
             the
             first
             and
             less
             important
             ,
             was
             to
             settle
             a
             fixed
             and
             a
             constant
             Office
             for
             the
             conveniencie
             of
             Travellers
             ,
             so
             that
             giving
             so
             much
             ,
             they
             should
             be
             defrayed
             for
             their
             Diet
             ,
             and
             should
             be
             provided
             with
             Horses
             ;
             to
             this
             effect
             a
             Correspondencie
             was
             to
             be
             setled
             at
             Lyon
             ,
             as
             this
             had
             been
             convenient
             for
             strangers
             and
             safe
             ,
             so
             it
             had
             made
             the
             moneys
             of
             all
             those
             who
             enter
             
             Italy
             that
             ways
             to
             pass
             through
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Dukes
             Officers
             ;
             and
             these
             sums
             had
             been
             very
             considerable
             ,
             seeing
             all
             those
             ,
             who
             go
             by
             land
             into
             Italy
             out
             of
             Spain
             ,
             in
             time
             of
             peace
             out
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             pats
             of
             Germany
             ,
             come
             by
             the
             way
             of
             Lyon
             ,
             this
             would
             have
             encouraged
             many
             to
             go
             that
             way
             who
             do
             not
             ,
             helpt
             the
             sale
             of
             provisions
             ,
             and
             brought
             Moneys
             into
             the
             Countrey
             :
             but
             this
             Proposal
             ,
             though
             approved
             ,
             yet
             wanting
             a
             further
             encouragement
             came
             to
             nothing
             .
             The
             second
             is
             to
             make
             Nizza
             ,
             or
             
               Villa
               Franca
            
             a
             Free
             port
             ,
             any
             of
             these
             lies
             convenient
             for
             ships
             ,
             this
             would
             bring
             in
             Trade
             ,
             and
             consequently
             Moneys
             ,
             and
             would
             help
             the
             sale
             of
             the
             Lands
             Commodities
             :
             but
             I
             omit
             the
             reasons
             which
             are
             given
             to
             inforce
             this
             proposal
             ,
             for
             I
             must
             come
             to
             other
             things
             .
          
           
             Turin
             is
             the
             Metropolis
             of
             Piemont
             ,
             and
             the
             ordinary
             place
             of
             the
             Dukes
             Residence
             ,
             when
             he
             is
             not
             at
             his
             houses
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             hath
             as
             great
             a
             number
             of
             fine
             and
             convenient
             ones
             ,
             as
             any
             other
             Prince
             :
             This
             City
             is
             well
             seated
             in
             a
             plain
             ,
             the
             Rivers
             Po
             and
             Doire
             running
             not
             far
             from
             it
             ;
             in
             the
             Court
             is
             an
             Office
             of
             
             the
             Admiralty
             ,
             as
             they
             call
             it
             of
             the
             Po
             ,
             which
             is
             more
             for
             formality-sake
             ,
             than
             for
             any
             benefit
             .
             In
             Turin
             are
             to
             be
             seen
             the
             Old
             and
             New
             Palaces
             ,
             with
             the
             Garden
             ,
             from
             the
             place
             to
             the
             New
             Palace
             to
             that
             of
             St.
             Garloe
             ,
             is
             on
             both
             sides
             a
             row
             of
             fine
             Houses
             all
             uniform
             .
             I
             shall
             say
             nothing
             of
             Churches
             there
             ,
             nor
             of
             the
             Countrey-houses
             ,
             as
             
               Rivoli
               ,
               Moncallier
               ,
               le
               Valentin
               ,
               Millefleur
               ,
            
             and
             
               la
               Venerea
            
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             present
             Dukes
             delight
             :
             but
             I
             must
             take
             notice
             that
             there
             is
             as
             good
             a
             Citadel
             as
             any
             in
             Europe
             ,
             in
             which
             there
             is
             a
             Well
             ,
             into
             which
             one
             may
             go
             down
             to
             water
             a
             Horse
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             one
             can
             come
             up
             thence
             and
             not
             see
             one
             another
             .
             There
             are
             also
             Armes
             for
             40000
             men
             .
          
           
             Many
             things
             I
             omit
             here
             to
             tell
             ,
             that
             
               Carlo
               Emanuele
            
             ,
             the
             present
             Duke
             ,
             is
             a
             Prince
             well
             made
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             of
             a
             middle
             stature
             ,
             full
             face
             ,
             with
             that
             natural
             red
             ,
             which
             only
             doth
             embelish
             it
             ;
             his
             sight
             is
             none
             of
             the
             best
             ,
             as
             may
             be
             observed
             when
             he
             eats
             or
             reads
             ;
             he
             loves
             hunting
             with
             some
             kinde
             of
             excess
             ,
             the
             scorching
             heat
             ,
             nor
             the
             foulness
             of
             weather
             ,
             being
             not
             able
             to
             divert
             him
             from
             
             it
             :
             and
             by
             this
             constant
             course
             he
             hath
             brought
             himself
             into
             a
             capacity
             to
             endure
             any
             hardship
             ;
             yet
             this
             passion
             doth
             not
             take
             him
             off
             his
             important
             businesses
             ,
             which
             he
             is
             vigorous
             in
             ,
             and
             follows
             it
             very
             close
             :
             He
             hath
             set
             days
             to
             give
             Publick
             Audience
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             the
             least
             of
             his
             Subjects
             may
             speak
             to
             him
             without
             any
             disturbance
             at
             all
             ,
             and
             he
             hears
             them
             very
             patiently
             ,
             as
             he
             is
             an
             active
             man
             ,
             so
             he
             takes
             cognizance
             of
             every
             thing
             ,
             and
             imparts
             all
             to
             his
             Lady
             ,
             who
             being
             a
             judicious
             Princess
             ,
             and
             exceedingly
             complying
             with
             his
             Highness
             ,
             she
             ever
             hath
             a
             place
             in
             his
             Closet
             ,
             as
             in
             his
             Bed.
             
          
           
             He
             is
             a
             Prince
             very
             civil
             to
             Strangers
             ,
             and
             now
             frugal
             at
             home
             ,
             for
             he
             finds
             his
             Ancestors
             have
             been
             too
             free
             so
             he
             hath
             been
             himself
             ,
             but
             now
             says
             for
             a
             reason
             of
             his
             alteration
             ,
             that
             as
             to
             Frugality
             he
             cannot
             imitate
             a
             greater
             Monarch
             than
             the
             ,
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             with
             whom
             he
             hath
             a
             conformity
             of
             temper
             ,
             joyned
             to
             a
             natural
             affection
             .
             His
             inclination
             to
             Women
             hath
             been
             discovered
             by
             his
             actings
             with
             the
             Marchioness
             of
             Cahours
             ,
             and
             is
             daily
             observed
             by
             those
             who
             follow
             his
             Court.
             His
             first
             Minister
             of
             State
             is
             the
             Marquess
             
             of
             Pianezza
             ,
             of
             the
             Family
             
               d'
               Allie
            
             ,
             and
             Brother
             to
             
               Count
               Philip
            
             ;
             a
             great
             Polititian
             he
             is
             ,
             and
             a
             greater
             Enemy
             to
             the
             Protestants
             of
             the
             Vallies
             of
             Piemont
             :
             His
             Son
             the
             Marquess
             of
             Livorno
             ,
             kept
             the
             place
             when
             he
             was
             lately
             retired
             for
             some
             distasts
             ,
             though
             under
             pretence
             of
             Devotion
             .
             The
             Marquess
             
               San
               Germano
            
             Governour
             of
             Turin
             ,
             is
             of
             the
             same
             Family
             ;
             The
             Marquess
             Palavesin
             (
             Successor
             to
             the
             Marquess
             
               de
               Fleury
            
             ,
             who
             was
             turned
             out
             for
             his
             privacies
             with
             the
             Marchioness
             
               de
               Cabours
            
             )
             Captain
             of
             the
             Guards
             ,
             is
             also
             much
             in
             favour
             ;
             so
             is
             the
             Old
             Marquess
             of
             Voghera
             ,
             whose
             Lady
             hath
             the
             oversight
             of
             the
             Maids
             of
             Honour
             ,
             but
             none
             can
             boast
             of
             being
             his
             special
             Favourite
             .
             The
             Princes
             of
             the
             Blood
             are
             few
             ,
             the
             Young
             Prince
             of
             Piemont
             ,
             Son
             to
             the
             Duke
             by
             this
             Wife
             ,
             and
             Prince
             Philibert
             ,
             with
             the
             Earl
             of
             Soissons
             ,
             Sons
             to
             the
             late
             Prince
             Thomas
             .
             There
             is
             at
             Court
             a
             Princess
             ,
             the
             Dukes
             Sister
             unmarried
             :
             there
             is
             a
             Natural
             Uncle
             of
             the
             Dukes
             ,
             
               Don
               Antonio
            
             ,
             Governour
             of
             
               Villa
               Franca
            
             ,
             and
             a
             Natural
             Son
             of
             the
             late
             
               Victor
               Amedeo
            
             ,
             who
             lives
             privately
             in
             France
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Princes
             Countrey
             is
             much
             exposed
             to
             the
             French
             power
             ,
             whereby
             they
             have
             been
             stript
             twice
             ,
             and
             therefore
             his
             interest
             is
             to
             agree
             with
             France
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             bringing
             himself
             into
             the
             sad
             condition
             which
             the
             Duke
             of
             Lorrain
             is
             in
             ,
             for
             the
             18
             or
             20000
             men
             ,
             which
             without
             any
             great
             inconveniencie
             he
             can
             keep
             on
             foot
             ,
             could
             hardly
             save
             him
             ;
             he
             is
             withal
             as
             handsomely
             as
             he
             can
             to
             prevent
             the
             French
             from
             setling
             in
             Milan
             ,
             for
             then
             he
             would
             be
             shut
             up
             by
             them
             every
             way
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
            
             Grand
             Duke
             .
          
           
             THe
             Family
             of
             Medici
             ,
             of
             which
             are
             the
             Grand
             Dukes
             of
             Toscany
             ,
             hath
             not
             been
             very
             long
             possessed
             of
             that
             Dignity
             ,
             neither
             is
             it
             so
             antient
             as
             are
             many
             others
             in
             Italy
             ;
             when
             Florence
             was
             a
             Republick
             ,
             't
             was
             one
             of
             the
             Chief
             ,
             but
             no
             more
             than
             the
             
               Strozzi
               ,
               Pitty
            
             ,
             and
             some
             others
             were
             .
             Alexander
             began
             the
             work
             ,
             but
             was
             quickly
             dispatched
             by
             his
             Cousin
             Lorenzo
             :
             then
             came
             Cosmo
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             first
             named
             &
             Crowned
             Grand
             Duke
             by
             Pope
             
             
               Pio
               Quinto
            
             of
             his
             Family
             ,
             Ferdinand
             who
             left
             off
             the
             Cardinals
             Cap
             after
             the
             death
             of
             his
             Elder
             Brother
             ,
             
               Cosmo
               2d
            
             .
             and
             
               Ferdinand
               2d
            
             .
             who
             is
             the
             present
             Grand
             Duke
             ,
             who
             married
             
               Donna
               Vittoria
               della
               Rovere
            
             ,
             last
             heir
             of
             the
             late
             Duke
             of
             Urbino
             .
             Some
             say
             a
             Physician
             was
             the
             first
             who
             raised
             that
             Family
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             token
             of
             it
             ,
             they
             took
             the
             Pile
             (
             but
             't
             is
             the
             Balls
             or
             Globes
             )
             for
             their
             Armes
             ;
             they
             were
             raised
             by
             Charles
             the
             5th
             .
             the
             Emperor
             ,
             who
             gave
             Margarita
             his
             Natural
             Daughter
             to
             Alessandro
             ,
             and
             so
             forced
             the
             Florentines
             to
             submit
             to
             him
             .
          
           
             The
             Grand
             Dukes
             are
             Creatures
             of
             Clement
             the
             7th
             .
             and
             of
             Charles
             the
             5th
             .
             Emperour
             ,
             with
             whose
             arms
             and
             countenancing
             ,
             they
             became
             Masters
             of
             Florence
             ;
             at
             present
             they
             are
             in
             possession
             of
             three
             formerly
             potent
             Republicks
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             
               Florence
               ,
               Pisa
            
             ,
             and
             Siena
             ;
             they
             have
             all
             antient
             Toscany
             ,
             except
             Luca
             and
             Sarzana
             ;
             hence
             is
             the
             Proverb
             ,
             which
             saith
             ,
             If
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             had
             Luca
             ,
             and
             
               Sarzana
               ,
               Sarebbe
               ,
               Re
               di
               Toscana
               ,
            
             for
             he
             hath
             also
             the
             Cities
             of
             
               Pistoias
               Volterra
               ,
               Cortona
               ,
               Arezzo
               ,
               Montepulciano
               ,
            
             and
             several
             other
             lands
             and
             Castles
             of
             a
             
             lesser
             importance
             ,
             besides
             part
             of
             the
             Island
             Alba
             ,
             where
             is
             Cosmopoli
             ,
             and
             
               Porto
               Ferrario
            
             .
             When
             the
             Dukes
             came
             to
             the
             Government
             ,
             the
             Florentines
             had
             subdued
             Pisa
             ,
             wherefore
             the
             condition
             of
             that
             City
             is
             the
             worst
             of
             the
             three
             ,
             for
             being
             a
             conquer'd
             Countrey
             they
             are
             under
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             Florence
             ;
             but
             Siena
             is
             Governed
             in
             the
             same
             way
             ,
             as
             when
             it
             was
             a
             Republick
             ,
             owning
             none
             but
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             ,
             or
             the
             Governour
             sent
             by
             him
             ;
             thus
             they
             have
             nothing
             to
             do
             at
             Florence
             ,
             even
             they
             are
             used
             better
             than
             the
             Florentines
             ,
             who
             being
             look't
             upon
             at
             sactiout
             men
             ,
             and
             desirous
             of
             liberty
             ,
             are
             not
             only
             disarmed
             ,
             as
             all
             other
             Subjects
             are
             ,
             but
             are
             more
             bridled
             too
             :
             A
             further
             reason
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Duke
             doth
             homage
             for
             it
             to
             the
             Crown
             of
             Spain
             (
             as
             he
             doth
             for
             Radicofany
             to
             the
             Pope
             )
             therefore
             he
             dares
             not
             take
             altogether
             the
             same
             liberty
             there
             ,
             which
             he
             uses
             in
             other
             places
             .
             Pisa
             is
             void
             of
             inhabitants
             ,
             but
             well
             seated
             ,
             and
             hath
             in
             it
             several
             things
             worthy
             to
             be
             seen
             ;
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             delights
             to
             be
             in
             't
             ,
             therefore
             he
             comes
             to
             it
             ,
             having
             the
             conveniencie
             of
             a
             Forrest
             ,
             which
             lies
             not
             far
             from
             it
             .
             Siena
             is
             a
             fineCity
             ,
             in
             a
             good
             Air
             ,
             with
             good
             store
             of
             people
             in
             it
             ,
             the
             Italian
             
             tongue
             is
             well
             spoken
             ,
             the
             Virtuosi
             that
             are
             there
             ,
             are
             called
             Intronati
             .
          
           
             Florence
             ,
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Courts
             ordinary
             residence
             ,
             is
             a
             stately
             City
             ,
             and
             very
             populous
             ,
             there
             being
             accounted
             to
             be
             100000
             souls
             in
             it
             ;
             the
             Gentry
             in
             it
             doth
             not
             think
             it
             below
             themselves
             to
             follow
             trade
             ,
             which
             is
             specially
             of
             Silks
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             may
             pass
             for
             a
             rich
             town
             ;
             there
             are
             in
             it
             10
             or
             12
             Families
             ,
             accounted
             to
             be
             worth
             one
             Million
             of
             Crowns
             .
             There
             are
             three
             Castles
             ,
             fine
             Churches
             ,
             specially
             the
             Domo
             ,
             which
             on
             the
             outside
             is
             all
             of
             white
             and
             black
             Marble
             ,
             and
             that
             incomparable
             Chapel
             of
             
               San
               Lorenzo
            
             ,
             for
             the
             which
             Marble
             is
             not
             rich
             enough
             to
             enter
             ,
             as
             one
             of
             the
             Materials
             ,
             but
             
               Jasper
               ,
               Agatha
               ,
               Porphiry
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             There
             are
             further
             rare
             Palaces
             ,
             and
             the
             Dukes
             Galleries
             exceedingly
             rich
             ,
             the
             River
             Arno
             runs
             through
             it
             ,
             there
             is
             that
             learned
             Society
             ,
             called
             
               la
               Crusca
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Grand
             Duke
             trading
             much
             underhand
             ,
             as
             its
             thought
             ,
             and
             being
             very
             frugal
             ,
             must
             be
             very
             rich
             ;
             not
             to
             mention
             those
             rich
             Galleries
             of
             his
             esteemed
             worth
             above
             three
             Millions
             ,
             but
             he
             draws
             to
             himself
             the
             best
             of
             his
             Dominion
             ,
             there
             being
             
             hardly
             in
             the
             World
             a
             Countrey
             more
             oppressed
             with
             Customes
             and
             Taxes
             than
             this
             is
             ;
             hence
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             except
             Florence
             ,
             where
             trade
             doth
             flourish
             ,
             and
             Siena
             ,
             where
             is
             still
             some
             rest
             of
             liberty
             the
             whole
             Country
             is
             the
             Grand
             Dukes
             ,
             very
             little
             inhabited
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             poverty
             ,
             and
             this
             for
             fear
             those
             Toscan
             active
             wits
             should
             cause
             some
             disturbance
             ;
             therefore
             he
             hath
             several
             strong
             holds
             ,
             with
             a
             1000
             horse
             commanded
             by
             strangers
             ,
             and
             about
             4000
             foot
             ,
             besides
             the
             Militia's
             ,
             which
             upon
             occasion
             ought
             to
             be
             ready
             .
             'T
             is
             a
             priviledge
             of
             the
             Horse-men
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             not
             be
             arrested
             for
             any
             debt
             whatsoever
             ;
             so
             that
             any
             one
             that
             's
             affraid
             and
             in
             danger
             of
             it
             ,
             uses
             all
             possible
             means
             to
             get
             in
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             This
             Prince
             for
             his
             person
             is
             a
             judicious
             man
             ,
             and
             upon
             all
             occasions
             carries
             himself
             very
             politickly
             ,
             besides
             the
             general
             genius
             of
             the
             Nation
             ,
             the
             particular
             one
             of
             the
             Florentines
             ,
             which
             goes
             beyond
             others
             ,
             and
             his
             own
             natural
             parts
             ;
             Having
             ruled
             these
             many
             years
             ,
             he
             hath
             gotten
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             experience
             ;
             therefore
             he
             knows
             admirably
             well
             how
             to
             
               far
               fatti
               Suoi
            
             ,
             to
             mind
             and
             do
             his
             businesses
             ,
             
             whereat
             he
             is
             as
             a
             
               Cervellone
               ,
               Italiians
            
             call
             it
             .
             He
             carries
             his
             whole
             Council
             along
             with
             him
             ,
             for
             he
             hath
             no
             constant
             nor
             fixed
             Councellours
             ,
             but
             upon
             occasson
             he
             sends
             for
             whom
             he
             pleases
             to
             have
             their
             advice
             ,
             but
             all
             resolutions
             do
             absolutely
             depend
             upon
             him
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             whole
             manner
             of
             his
             Government
             is
             to
             be
             attributed
             to
             him
             alone
             .
             He
             is
             extraordinary
             civil
             to
             strangers
             ,
             specially
             if
             they
             be
             persons
             of
             Quality
             ,
             and
             after
             they
             have
             had
             the
             Honour
             of
             waiting
             on
             him
             ,
             he
             sends
             them
             a
             Regale
             ,
             or
             a
             present
             of
             Fruits
             ,
             Wines
             ,
             &c.
             
             But
             of
             all
             Nations
             ,
             Germans
             are
             those
             who
             have
             the
             greatest
             priviledges
             about
             his
             person
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             Dominions
             ,
             strangers
             of
             other
             Nations
             having
             any
             thing
             to
             do
             with
             his
             Searchers
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             Officers
             ,
             do
             free
             themselves
             of
             toyl
             and
             trouble
             ,
             by
             saying
             they
             are
             Germans
             ;
             and
             at
             present
             ,
             amongst
             those
             many
             of
             that
             Nation
             who
             are
             at
             his
             service
             ,
             there
             is
             one
             who
             is
             much
             in
             favour
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             He
             is
             very
             careful
             to
             know
             the
             affairs
             of
             other
             States
             ,
             to
             be
             able
             the
             better
             to
             rule
             his
             own
             ,
             to
             that
             end
             he
             spares
             no
             charges
             that
             he
             may
             be
             well
             informed
             of
             it
             ,
             
             knowing
             it
             is
             the
             deepest
             policie
             of
             Princes
             to
             dive
             into
             the
             affairs
             of
             others
             :
             so
             every
             year
             he
             spends
             great
             sums
             of
             moneys
             to
             maintain
             the
             Spies
             he
             keeps
             abroad
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             Court
             ,
             and
             hardly
             any
             considerable
             City
             ,
             but
             he
             hath
             some
             to
             give
             him
             intelligences
             of
             what
             passes
             in
             't
             .
          
           
             He
             will
             have
             an
             exact
             knowledge
             of
             the
             state
             of
             every
             thing
             within
             his
             dominions
             ,
             therefore
             in
             1645
             ,
             having
             a
             mind
             to
             know
             the
             yearly
             Income
             of
             his
             Clergy
             ,
             he
             caused
             an
             account
             to
             be
             made
             of
             it
             ;
             't
             was
             found
             to
             amount
             to
             765000
             Crowns
             ,
             whence
             one
             may
             guess
             he
             doth
             not
             neglect
             to
             know
             his
             own
             ,
             which
             is
             thought
             to
             be
             of
             half
             a
             Million
             of
             English
             pounds
             ,
             besides
             Casualities
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             hardly
             spends
             the
             half
             ;
             so
             that
             he
             must
             needs
             have
             many
             a
             Million
             in
             his
             Coffer
             ;
             Indeed
             Legorn
             alone
             is
             worth
             a
             treasure
             to
             him
             ,
             it
             being
             the
             most
             noted
             Store-house
             of
             all
             the
             Mediterranean
             ,
             there
             being
             at
             it
             an
             extraordinary
             concourse
             of
             Ships
             from
             all
             parts
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             a
             place
             well
             fortified
             ;
             there
             is
             in
             it
             the
             Statue
             of
             Ferdinand
             the
             first
             ,
             with
             four
             slaves
             in
             Brass
             ,
             then
             the
             which
             nothing
             better
             can
             be
             seen
             in
             that
             
             kind
             .
             But
             to
             return
             to
             the
             Grand
             Dukes
             riches
             ,
             he
             daily
             improves
             them
             with
             his
             frugality
             ,
             for
             to
             save
             charges
             he
             hath
             lessened
             the
             number
             of
             his
             Gallies
             ,
             having
             now
             but
             four
             ,
             two
             of
             which
             are
             unfit
             for
             service
             ;
             and
             to
             get
             monies
             he
             hires
             the
             others
             to
             Merchants
             to
             transport
             their
             Wares
             ;
             formerly
             his
             Gallies
             lay
             along
             the
             Coasts
             to
             secure
             them
             from
             Pyrates
             ;
             now
             they
             have
             Towers
             along
             the
             Sea
             shore
             ,
             where
             they
             use
             tolight
             fires
             when
             any
             Enemies
             or
             Pyrates
             appear
             ,
             which
             gives
             a
             warning
             where
             the
             danger
             is
             .
             This
             Prince
             gathers
             monies
             on
             all
             hands
             ,
             for
             at
             
               Florenee
               ,
               Legorn
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             he
             receives
             Contribution
             from
             the
             Cortegiane
             ,
             or
             prostitute
             women
             ,
             for
             the
             tolleration
             and
             protection
             he
             gives
             them
             ;
             so
             that
             an
             injury
             done
             to
             any
             of
             those
             Infamous
             persons
             shall
             be
             punished
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             had
             been
             done
             to
             the
             most
             virtuous
             in
             the
             world
             .
             But
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             is
             not
             satisfied
             to
             be
             frugal
             himself
             ,
             he
             hath
             often
             exhorted
             the
             Grand
             Prince
             his
             Son
             to
             the
             practice
             of
             it
             ;
             Son
             ,
             saith
             he
             ,
             
               Non
               spender
               '
               quell
               '
               che
               tu
               hai
               perche
               ,
               chi
               non
               ha
               none
            
             ;
             Do
             not
             spend
             what
             thou
             hast
             ,
             for
             he
             who
             hath
             nothing
             ,
             is
             nothing
             .
          
           
           
             Another
             way
             of
             this
             Grand
             Duke
             to
             get
             monies
             ,
             and
             wherein
             lies
             his
             great
             maxime
             of
             policy
             at
             home
             ,
             is
             to
             keep
             his
             Subjects
             low
             ;
             no
             people
             in
             the
             world
             lye
             under
             heavier
             Taxes
             and
             burthens
             than
             this
             doth
             ;
             every
             house
             that
             is
             Let
             out
             ,
             payes
             him
             the
             tenth
             part
             of
             the
             rent
             ;
             every
             Contract
             of
             Marriage
             ,
             Eight
             by
             the
             hundred
             of
             the
             portion
             ;
             and
             every
             one
             who
             will
             goe
             to
             Law
             ,
             afore
             he
             begins
             must
             pay
             two
             for
             the
             hundred
             ,
             out
             of
             this
             one
             may
             judge
             of
             the
             rest
             ;
             this
             usage
             makes
             that
             Prince
             to
             mistrust
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             who
             are
             active
             ,
             stirring
             ,
             and
             men
             of
             pregnant
             parts
             ,
             exceedingly
             desirous
             of
             ,
             and
             breathing
             after
             liberty
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             very
             hard
             for
             a
             people
             who
             lived
             a
             long
             while
             in
             a
             way
             of
             Republick
             ,
             to
             bring
             themselves
             to
             live
             under
             a
             Monarch
             ,
             so
             absolute
             and
             so
             hard
             as
             this
             is
             ;
             so
             that
             upon
             this
             account
             the
             Grand
             Dukes
             strong
             places
             are
             all
             well
             furnished
             with
             Armes
             ,
             Ammunition
             ,
             and
             Provision
             ,
             not
             only
             to
             resist
             a
             forreign
             Enemy
             upon
             occasion
             ,
             but
             to
             bridle
             his
             own
             Subjects
             ;
             which
             is
             indeed
             a
             sad
             case
             ,
             when
             a
             Prince
             hath
             as
             many
             Enemies
             as
             he
             hath
             Subjects
             ;
             how
             can
             he
             think
             himself
             sure
             with
             those
             who
             hate
             and
             fear
             
             fear
             him
             ,
             seeing
             any
             one
             who
             out
             of
             despair
             caresnot
             for
             his
             life
             ,
             is
             ever
             the
             Master
             of
             anothers
             ,
             specially
             in
             those
             parts
             where
             't
             is
             so
             much
             used
             ,
             and
             where
             men
             are
             so
             skill'd
             at
             it
             ;
             and
             the
             Devil
             who
             is
             a
             murtherer
             from
             the
             beginning
             ,
             omits
             no
             occasion
             to
             infuse
             bloody
             motions
             into
             his
             Hirelings
             .
             Happy
             is
             that
             Prince
             whose
             strongest
             fortress
             consists
             in
             the
             love
             of
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             who
             hath
             not
             only
             their
             hands
             but
             their
             hearts
             along
             with
             him
             ;
             't
             is
             certain
             that
             of
             all
             Enemies
             the
             Domestick
             is
             the
             most
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             to
             be
             feared
             .
             
               Oderint
               dum
               metuant
            
             ,
             was
             a
             fit
             expression
             for
             such
             a
             man
             as
             Tyberius
             .
             Yet
             though
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             keeps
             his
             people
             so
             low
             ,
             he
             hath
             left
             them
             a
             shaddow
             of
             liberty
             ,
             whereat
             they
             be
             somewhat
             satisfied
             ,
             it
             consists
             in
             the
             use
             of
             those
             common
             Laws
             of
             Justice
             which
             they
             had
             in
             the
             time
             of
             the
             republick
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             the
             maximes
             of
             State
             of
             this
             Prince
             in
             Relation
             to
             his
             Neighbours
             ,
             the
             first
             is
             apparently
             to
             be
             united
             with
             Spain
             ,
             yet
             in
             private
             to
             keep
             friendship
             and
             correspondency
             with
             France
             ,
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             often
             times
             have
             been
             much
             displeased
             at
             ,
             and
             had
             some
             thoughts
             to
             resent
             it
             ,
             but
             
             fearing
             least
             the
             remedy
             might
             prove
             worse
             than
             the
             disease
             ,
             they
             have
             chosen
             to
             sit
             still
             .
             What
             he
             doth
             in
             France
             ,
             the
             same
             he
             practises
             with
             the
             Republick
             of
             Venice
             :
             but
             that
             which
             he
             minds
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             is
             to
             have
             a
             good
             number
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             and
             other
             useful
             persons
             of
             Quality
             his
             pentioners
             at
             Rome
             ,
             to
             have
             none
             but
             those
             who
             be
             his
             friends
             chosen
             Popes
             ,
             for
             the
             great'st
             stormes
             he
             is
             afraid
             of
             are
             from
             thence
             ,
             for
             knowing
             how
             matter
             is
             combustible
             at
             home
             ,
             he
             fears
             least
             Popes
             would
             encourage
             and
             assist
             his
             people
             to
             recover
             that
             liberty
             which
             they
             are
             so
             much
             longing
             after
             ;
             and
             there
             hath
             been
             some
             Popes
             who
             were
             born
             his
             Subjects
             ,
             as
             one
             of
             the
             Clements
             ,
             and
             lately
             Urban
             the
             8th
             .
             who
             have
             given
             him
             or
             his
             Ancestours
             trouble
             enough
             .
          
           
             Of
             his
             Family
             ,
             Prince
             Matthias
             his
             Brother
             died
             lately
             ,
             Governour
             of
             Siena
             ,
             and
             now
             Prince
             Leopold
             is
             created
             Cardinal
             ,
             his
             Son
             the
             
               Grand
               Prince
            
             his
             Heir
             Apparent
             is
             called
             Cosmo
             ,
             who
             hath
             married
             the
             Princess
             of
             Voalis
             ,
             of
             the
             French
             Royal
             blood
             :
             for
             a
             long
             while
             there
             hath
             been
             an
             unhappy
             falling
             
             out
             between
             them
             ,
             but
             now
             all
             differences
             are
             composed
             ;
             by
             some
             the
             fault
             was
             laid
             upon
             one
             ,
             and
             by
             others
             upon
             the
             other
             ;
             't
             is
             not
             fit
             for
             men
             to
             search
             into
             the
             causes
             of
             falling
             out
             between
             Husband
             and
             Wife
             ,
             specially
             when
             they
             are
             Princes
             ;
             some
             particular
             ones
             I
             heard
             ,
             which
             I
             doe
             not
             minde
             ,
             onely
             one
             may
             say
             that
             the
             retired
             manner
             of
             life
             practised
             in
             Florence
             differs
             very
             much
             from
             that
             which
             is
             lead
             at
             Paris
             ,
             so
             that
             an
             Italian
             may
             happen
             to
             require
             a
             thing
             which
             a
             French
             Woman
             will
             have
             no
             mind
             to
             grant
             :
             I
             know
             in
             Toscany
             there
             are
             still
             some
             Noble
             and
             Ancient
             Families
             ,
             but
             as
             the
             
               Grand
               Dukes
            
             have
             been
             very
             jealous
             of
             their
             Aurhority
             ,
             they
             have
             either
             rooted
             out
             ,
             or
             brought
             very
             low
             the
             Chief
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             whom
             they
             were
             the
             most
             jealous
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               state
               of
            
             Mantoa
             .
          
           
             THe
             Family
             Gonzaga
             hath
             possessed
             the
             State
             of
             Mantoa
             since
             the
             year
             1328.
             at
             which
             time
             
               Roberto
               Gonzaga
            
             having
             expelled
             some
             petty
             Usurpers
             ,
             he
             made
             himself
             Master
             of
             it
             ;
             they
             enjoyed
             it
             without
             any
             Title
             till
             the
             year
             1432.
             when
             the
             Emperour
             Sigismond
             Created
             
               Giovanni
               Francesco
            
             Marquesse
             ,
             and
             Charles
             the
             5th
             .
             in
             the
             year
             1530.
             made
             Federico
             Duke
             of
             it
             ;
             this
             Married
             
               Margarita
               Paleologa
            
             Heir
             to
             the
             Marquesate
             of
             Monferrat
             .
             The
             Titles
             of
             this
             Prince
             are
             these
             ,
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             Marquess
             of
             Monferrat
             ,
             Prince
             ,
             and
             perpetual
             Vicar
             of
             the
             Empire
             in
             Italy
             ,
             Marquess
             of
             
               Gonzaga
               ,
               Viadane
               ,
               Gozzolo
               ,
               Dozzolo
               ,
            
             Earle
             of
             Rodiga
             ,
             and
             Lord
             of
             Luzara
             .
          
           
             These
             Dukes
             could
             formerly
             live
             in
             as
             great
             a
             splendour
             as
             any
             Prince
             in
             Italy
             ,
             their
             equal
             ,
             specially
             since
             Monferrat
             was
             united
             to
             their
             State
             ,
             but
             since
             the
             late
             Warre
             made
             against
             the
             
               Duke
               Charles
            
             the
             first
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1630.
             by
             the
             House
             of
             Austria
             ,
             under
             pretence
             
             that
             he
             had
             not
             done
             homage
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             nor
             acknowledged
             him
             for
             his
             Soveraign
             ,
             though
             the
             true
             reason
             was
             ,
             because
             being
             born
             in
             France
             ,
             he
             was
             by
             them
             suspected
             to
             be
             wholly
             inclined
             that
             way
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             ,
             who
             would
             have
             stript
             him
             of
             Monferrat
             ,
             which
             is
             joyning
             to
             Piemont
             :
             their
             Strength
             is
             so
             weakned
             ,
             and
             their
             Revenue
             ,
             and
             yearly
             Income
             so
             lessened
             ,
             that
             without
             the
             help
             of
             other
             Princes
             they
             cannot
             maintain
             their
             Garisons
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             in
             the
             case
             of
             Cazal
             that
             strong
             place
             ,
             so
             that
             from
             above
             300000
             Crowns
             they
             had
             a
             year
             ,
             they
             are
             brought
             to
             80000.
             which
             yet
             are
             not
             clear
             .
             Mantoa
             ,
             formerly
             a
             most
             flourishing
             and
             very
             populous
             City
             ,
             hath
             at
             present
             but
             few
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             is
             full
             of
             misery
             ,
             not
             caused
             by
             their
             Princes
             who
             have
             been
             the
             meekest
             of
             all
             Italy
             ,
             but
             they
             could
             not
             rise
             up
             again
             since
             they
             were
             taken
             and
             plundered
             by
             the
             Imperial
             Army
             .
             The
             best
             Ornament
             of
             that
             City
             was
             ,
             and
             is
             ,
             still
             the
             
               Dukes
               Palace
            
             ,
             where
             they
             reckon
             at
             least
             550.
             
             Chambers
             very
             richly
             furnished
             with
             hangings
             and
             bedding
             ,
             there
             are
             1000.
             
             Beds
             ,
             and
             many
             rich
             Statues
             ;
             but
             before
             
             the
             taking
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             't
             was
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             more
             stately
             and
             rich
             ,
             then
             the
             Mills
             only
             of
             the
             City
             were
             worth
             10000.
             
             Sterling
             a
             year
             .
             Upon
             occasion
             this
             Duke
             can
             raise
             10000.
             
             Foot
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             keep
             them
             very
             long
             ,
             and
             800.
             
             Horse
             :
             now
             the
             Mantoan
             Horse
             is
             esteemed
             the
             best
             of
             Italy
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             more
             Sovereign
             Princes
             of
             this
             Family
             ,
             than
             of
             any
             other
             in
             Italy
             ,
             because
             Duke
             Alfonso
             having
             many
             Sons
             ,
             would
             make
             every
             one
             of
             them
             a
             Sovereign
             ;
             therefore
             by
             the
             Emperours
             consent
             ,
             some
             Lands
             he
             separated
             from
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             and
             others
             he
             bought
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             Eldest
             Sonne
             was
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             another
             Prince
             of
             Bozzolo
             ,
             a
             third
             Prince
             of
             Sabionetta
             ,
             another
             Duke
             
               di
               Guastalda
            
             ,
             a
             fifth
             Duke
             
               of
               Novellara
            
             ,
             and
             a
             sixth
             Marquesse
             of
             
               Castiglione
               della
               Stivere
            
             :
             but
             now
             Sabionetta
             as
             a
             Doury
             hath
             been
             alienated
             by
             a
             Marriage
             to
             the
             House
             Caraffa
             in
             Naples
             ,
             and
             since
             ,
             the
             Princess
             of
             Stigliano
             of
             this
             last
             Family
             being
             married
             to
             the
             Duke
             
               Medina
               de
               las
               torres
               los
               Velez
               ,
            
             brought
             this
             State
             into
             his
             Family
             .
          
           
           
             The
             late
             Duke
             Charles
             the
             2d
             .
             to
             unite
             himself
             the
             more
             to
             the
             House
             of
             Austria
             ,
             (
             for
             the
             late
             Emperour
             had
             already
             married
             a
             Princess
             of
             his
             Family
             )
             took
             one
             of
             the
             Princesses
             of
             Insprack
             to
             his
             Wife
             ,
             but
             for
             all
             this
             he
             neither
             was
             much
             trusted
             to
             ,
             or
             rewarded
             ;
             the
             truth
             is
             ,
             he
             was
             affected
             to
             France
             ,
             whose
             interests
             he
             would
             not
             have
             separated
             from
             ,
             if
             he
             had
             not
             thought
             himselfe
             slighted
             at
             Paris
             ,
             and
             less
             respected
             then
             was
             the
             Duke
             Francis
             of
             Modena
             .
             This
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             died
             not
             long
             since
             in
             the
             flower
             of
             his
             Age
             ,
             leaving
             only
             a
             Son
             of
             12
             ,
             or
             13.
             years
             old
             ,
             who
             hath
             succeeded
             him
             .
             He
             was
             generally
             inclined
             to
             Women
             ,
             but
             in
             particular
             to
             the
             Countess
             
               Margarita
               di
               Cazale
            
             :
             He
             was
             a
             great
             Gamester
             ,
             and
             lost
             much
             money
             at
             Venice
             :
             Upon
             all
             occasions
             he
             was
             supplyed
             by
             a
             Jew
             of
             Mantua
             ,
             who
             almost
             ruled
             the
             Dukes
             Affairs
             to
             his
             own
             advantage
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             
             Princ's
             loss
             .
             Jews
             are
             tollerated
             in
             Mantoa
             to
             the
             number
             of
             above
             5000.
             for
             which
             they
             pay
             20000.
             crowns
             ,
             or
             5000.
             
             Sterling
             a
             year
             ,
             the
             more
             willingly
             because
             they
             are
             obliged
             to
             no
             marks
             of
             distinction
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             in
             
             all
             other
             places
             .
             The
             City
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             as
             all
             others
             that
             are
             consideralile
             in
             Italy
             hath
             some
             Virtuosi
             called
             Invaghiti
             ,
          
           
             It
             hath
             been
             a
             maxime
             of
             State
             of
             these
             Princes
             to
             be
             united
             to
             France
             ,
             where
             they
             had
             the
             Dukedoms
             of
             
               Nevers
               ,
               Rethel
            
             ,
             and
             Mayene
             which
             Cardinal
             Mazarine
             bought
             ,
             the
             last
             for
             himself
             ,
             the
             other
             two
             for
             one
             of
             his
             Nepews
             ,
             and
             also
             to
             be
             united
             to
             the
             Venetians
             ;
             to
             the
             first
             ,
             because
             that
             King
             could
             fall
             heavy
             upon
             the
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             ,
             the
             perpetual
             and
             unreconcileable
             Enemy
             of
             his
             Family
             ;
             to
             the
             last
             ,
             because
             being
             his
             next
             Neighbours
             ,
             they
             could
             assist
             him
             upon
             any
             occasion
             .
             The
             Friendship
             which
             seems
             to
             be
             between
             this
             Duke
             and
             those
             of
             Parma
             and
             Modena
             is
             not
             real
             ,
             by
             reason
             some
             State-differences
             which
             happened
             formerly
             between
             them
             :
             With
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             he
             hath
             had
             fallings
             out
             about
             the
             Precedency
             of
             their
             Ministers
             :
             though
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             hath
             larger
             dominions
             ,
             the
             others
             Family
             hath
             been
             more
             Noble
             ,
             and
             is
             more
             Antient
             ;
             besides
             the
             other
             reason
             of
             the
             enmity
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             hath
             several
             Goods
             of
             his
             for
             the
             portion
             of
             the
             Princess
             
               Catharina
               di
            
             
             Medici
             ,
             married
             to
             
               Duke
               Ferdinando
            
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             greatest
             Enmity
             of
             this
             House
             ,
             is
             ,
             against
             that
             of
             Savoy
             about
             Monferrat
             ,
             and
             other
             things
             ;
             their
             differences
             are
             so
             great
             ,
             that
             no
             means
             can
             be
             found
             out
             to
             compose
             them
             :
             and
             here
             I
             must
             not
             omit
             to
             speak
             of
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Chierasco
             in
             reference
             to
             these
             differences
             :
             thereby
             the
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             is
             put
             in
             possession
             of
             two
             good
             Cities
             of
             Monferrat
             ,
             but
             some
             satisfaction
             is
             to
             be
             given
             for
             them
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             therefore
             the
             French
             doth
             oblige
             himself
             to
             pay
             the
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             494000.
             
             Crowns
             of
             Gold
             pretended
             by
             that
             House
             from
             Savoy
             for
             portions
             ;
             but
             for
             the
             forenamed
             Summe
             ,
             the
             French
             is
             put
             in
             possession
             of
             Pinarolo
             ,
             and
             yet
             the
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             never
             asked
             those
             Monies
             ,
             protesting
             against
             that
             Treaty
             ;
             so
             that
             upon
             occasion
             this
             may
             happen
             to
             be
             a
             ground
             of
             troubles
             in
             Italy
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
            
             Parma
             .
          
           
             THe
             Dukedoms
             of
             Parma
             and
             Piacenze
             ,
             two
             of
             the
             best
             Cities
             of
             Italy
             ,
             have
             been
             possessed
             by
             the
             Family
             Farneze
             above
             these
             122.
             years
             ,
             after
             several
             revolutions
             they
             fell
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             were
             at
             last
             by
             
               Pope
               Paolo
               tertio
            
             ,
             given
             to
             
               Pietro
               Luigi
               Farneze
            
             his
             Son
             born
             afore
             he
             was
             a
             Church-man
             .
             Charles
             the
             5th
             Emperour
             opposed
             it
             at
             first
             ,
             but
             after
             the
             marriage
             of
             
               Ottavio
               2d
               Duke
            
             with
             his
             Natural
             Daughter
             he
             approved
             of
             it
             ;
             besides
             the
             Dukedoms
             of
             Parma
             and
             Piacenza
             in
             Lombardy
             ,
             he
             hath
             the
             Dukedome
             of
             Castro
             ,
             and
             County
             of
             Roncigliont
             within
             the
             Sate
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             which
             the
             first
             was
             pawned
             to
             ,
             and
             for
             want
             of
             paying
             the
             monies
             in
             the
             prefixed
             time
             ,
             it
             was
             united
             and
             entailed
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             worst
             that
             a
             Turk
             or
             a
             Jew
             can
             do
             a
             Christian
             :
             yet
             notwithstanding
             the
             sufficient
             reasons
             to
             the
             contrary
             given
             by
             
             the
             Duke
             ,
             that
             pretended
             Father
             of
             Christians
             played
             this
             unmerciful
             trick
             ;
             and
             though
             of
             late
             by
             the
             means
             of
             the
             French
             King
             ,
             this
             Entail
             was
             cut
             off
             ,
             as
             yet
             they
             could
             not
             bring
             the
             Pope
             to
             part
             with
             it
             ,
             as
             he
             is
             obliged
             by
             the
             Treaty
             of
             Pisa
             ;
             so
             well
             these
             Popes
             agree
             ,
             the
             one
             to
             get
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             to
             keep
             .
             Besides
             this
             the
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             hath
             some
             Lands
             in
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Naples
             for
             the
             Doury
             of
             Margarita
             of
             Austria
             married
             to
             Prince
             Ottavio
             .
          
           
             This
             Prince
             is
             perpetual
             Standard
             bearer
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             to
             which
             his
             State
             is
             to
             fall
             incase
             he
             should
             die
             without
             Male
             Issue
             .
             Although
             he
             doth
             homage
             to
             the
             Church
             for
             the
             whole
             ,
             he
             is
             nevertheless
             absolute
             for
             that
             ;
             after
             the
             homage
             received
             ,
             Popes
             having
             nothing
             to
             do
             in
             his
             dominions
             .
             Urban
             the
             8th
             was
             a
             great
             enemy
             to
             this
             Family
             ;
             he
             took
             Castro
             ,
             and
             had
             it
             demolished
             ;
             he
             would
             have
             ruinated
             Odoardo
             then
             Duke
             ,
             and
             Father
             to
             this
             present
             ,
             who
             was
             a
             wise
             and
             a
             valiant
             Prince
             ;
             but
             Italian
             Princes
             expressing
             to
             be
             dissatisfied
             at
             it
             ,
             he
             was
             obliged
             to
             be
             quiet
             ,
             having
             raised
             upon
             the
             Frontires
             of
             Parma
             ,
             that
             strong
             place
             called
             
             
               la
               Fortezza
               Urbana
            
             .
             This
             Family
             hath
             given
             the
             world
             some
             men
             of
             great
             repute
             ,
             specially
             him
             who
             was
             Governour
             of
             the
             Low-Countries
             ;
             the
             loss
             of
             Castro
             hath
             been
             a
             great
             prejudice
             to
             the
             Duke
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             still
             a
             matter
             of
             400000.
             
             Crowns
             a
             year
             :
             the
             Apennini
             are
             as
             a
             Wall
             to
             his
             State
             ,
             which
             joyned
             to
             many
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             some
             strong
             Holds
             ,
             makes
             his
             Countrey
             considerable
             ;
             he
             keeps
             nigh
             upon
             5000.
             men
             ,
             but
             in
             case
             of
             necessity
             he
             could
             bring
             into
             the
             field
             20000.
             
             Foot
             ,
             and
             1000.
             
             Horse
             ,
             the
             half
             he
             can
             bring
             forth
             without
             inconveniency
             ;
             he
             hath
             much
             Nobility
             in
             his
             dominions
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             very
             jealous
             of
             them
             ,
             specially
             of
             those
             of
             Piacenza
             ,
             because
             the
             first
             Duke
             was
             kill'd
             there
             .
          
           
             What
             manner
             of
             Cities
             are
             Parma
             and
             Piacenza
             I
             will
             not
             describe
             ,
             nor
             the
             curiosities
             to
             be
             seen
             in
             them
             ;
             I
             name
             nothing
             ,
             only
             let
             this
             general
             rule
             be
             taken
             ;
             in
             every
             good
             City
             of
             Italy
             ,
             one
             is
             to
             see
             the
             Churches
             wherein
             consists
             their
             Glory
             ,
             their
             Palaces
             ,
             Gardens
             .
             Houses
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             Cabinets
             ,
             &c.
             all
             which
             are
             embelished
             with
             Statues
             ,
             Pictures
             in
             Oleo
             ,
             in
             Fresco
             ,
             and
             Mosaick
             works
             ,
             wherein
             
             Porphiry
             ,
             Marble
             ,
             and
             such
             rich
             materials
             are
             often
             used
             ;
             this
             I
             say
             to
             free
             my self
             from
             making
             descriptions
             which
             might
             make
             up
             a
             great
             Volume
             ,
             I
             only
             take
             notice
             that
             in
             Parma
             are
             some
             Academists
             ,
             called
             Innominati
             .
          
           
             The
             present
             
               Duke
               Ranuccio
            
             ,
             a
             man
             of
             a
             fat
             complexion
             ,
             as
             yet
             hath
             no
             children
             ,
             his
             first
             Wife
             being-dead
             ,
             he
             is
             again
             married
             to
             the
             Sister
             of
             the
             late
             Duke
             of
             Modena
             ,
             he
             hath
             Prince
             
               Alessandro
               Farnese
            
             his
             Brother
             ,
             who
             hath
             been
             in
             the
             service
             of
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             and
             came
             off
             with
             some
             discontent
             ;
             at
             present
             he
             serves
             in
             Spain
             .
             There
             is
             now
             at
             Rome
             Cardinal
             Farneze
             ,
             but
             he
             is
             not
             very
             nigh
             Kinsman
             ,
             I
             am
             sure
             he
             did
             not
             act
             the
             part
             of
             a
             good
             Kinsman
             ,
             when
             he
             found
             out
             some
             ways
             to
             sell
             his
             Principality
             of
             Farneze
             to
             the
             Pope
             for
             
               Don
               Mario
            
             for
             80000
             Crowns
             ,
             and
             a
             Cardinals
             Cap
             ,
             excluding
             thereby
             the
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             from
             that
             Succession
             ,
             in
             case
             the
             Branch
             should
             fail
             ;
             but
             an
             Entail
             having
             afterwards
             been
             found
             out
             ,
             the
             Pope
             called
             for
             his
             monies
             ,
             and
             restored
             the
             Principality
             ,
             however
             he
             is
             Cardinal
             by
             the
             bargain
             ;
             the
             best
             Palace
             in
             Rome
             is
             Farneze
             ,
             built
             after
             the
             direction
             of
             
             
               Michel
               Angelo
               Buonarotta
            
             ;
             and
             one
             of
             the
             best
             Countrey-pleasure-houses
             of
             Italy
             ,
             is
             Caprarola
             in
             the
             County
             of
             Ronciglione
             ,
             belonging
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             .
          
           
             Till
             of
             late
             ,
             since
             the
             dayes
             of
             Charles
             the
             5th
             ,
             't
             was
             a
             constant
             maxime
             of
             State
             of
             these
             Princes
             to
             keep
             close
             to
             the
             House
             of
             Austria
             ;
             but
             Odoardo
             the
             late
             Duke
             being
             unsatisfied
             with
             the
             Earl
             and
             Duke
             of
             Olivares
             ,
             he
             left
             that
             Union
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             since
             sided
             with
             France
             ,
             as
             the
             fittest
             power
             to
             uphold
             them
             in
             their
             Quarrels
             against
             the
             Pope
             ,
             which
             will
             be
             a
             continual
             ground
             of
             troubles
             in
             Italy
             ,
             and
             an
             occasion
             of
             bringing
             the
             French
             into
             it
             .
             One
             thing
             more
             is
             ,
             that
             these
             Dukes
             do
             more
             willingly
             make
             use
             of
             Strangers
             to
             be
             their
             Ministers
             when
             they
             find
             them
             qualified
             for
             it
             ,
             than
             of
             their
             own
             Subjects
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               state
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
            
             Modena
             .
          
           
             THe
             Family
             D'Este
             ,
             though
             we
             put
             it
             here
             last
             ,
             is
             much
             more
             Antient
             and
             Richer
             than
             the
             two
             former
             ,
             yet
             according
             to
             that
             period
             which
             is
             set
             to
             Families
             of
             Princes
             ,
             and
             their
             Dominions
             ,
             this
             hath
             lost
             something
             of
             its
             Antient
             Greatness
             .
             They
             derive
             their
             Pedigree
             from
             Atto
             Marquess
             of
             Este
             ,
             who
             took
             the
             Surname
             ,
             which
             now
             his
             Family
             keeps
             ,
             from
             the
             City
             Este
             ,
             which
             doth
             still
             belong
             to
             it
             :
             This
             Married
             Alda
             ,
             Daughter
             to
             the
             Emperour
             Othon
             the
             First
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             1000.
             and
             had
             with
             her
             ,
             Modena
             and
             
               Reggio
               .
               Theobaldo
               d'
               Este
            
             Othon's
             Grand-Child
             ,
             had
             in
             the
             year
             1055.
             
             Ferrara
             from
             
               Pope
               John
            
             the
             12th
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             the
             Year
             ,
             1598.
             taken
             from
             them
             by
             Clement
             the
             8th
             ,
             after
             the
             death
             of
             Alfonso
             the
             2d
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             Lawful
             Heirs
             Males
             :
             yet
             there
             was
             
               Cesare
               d'
               Este
            
             whom
             Alfonso
             had
             from
             
               Laura
               Ferrarese
            
             who
             would
             have
             proved
             that
             his
             Father
             had
             Married
             his
             Mother
             ,
             and
             so
             that
             he
             was
             a
             Lawful
             Heir
             ,
             but
             the
             proofs
             of
             the
             Pope
             
             who
             had
             already
             taken
             possession
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             were
             the
             strongest
             :
             Yet
             that
             Family
             still
             pretends
             to
             it
             ,
             affirming
             they
             come
             from
             a
             Lawful
             Heir
             ,
             though
             Popes
             will
             have
             him
             to
             have
             been
             a
             Natural
             Son
             ;
             and
             this
             as
             to
             precedency
             wrongs
             that
             Family
             ,
             for
             other
             Princes
             will
             not
             grant
             them
             as
             Dukes
             of
             Modena
             only
             ,
             what
             they
             had
             as
             Dukes
             of
             Ferrara
             ,
             although
             their
             standing
             Dukes
             of
             Modena
             be
             from
             
               Barso
               d'
               Este
            
             ,
             who
             had
             the
             title
             given
             him
             by
             Frederick
             the
             3d
             Emperour
             in
             the
             year
             1460.
             
             The
             City
             hath
             been
             a
             great
             looser
             by
             this
             change
             ,
             for
             instead
             of
             the
             Seat
             of
             a
             Court
             ,
             't
             is
             now
             made
             a
             City
             of
             War
             ,
             and
             of
             80000.
             soules
             that
             were
             in
             it
             under
             the
             Dukes
             ,
             there
             's
             now
             hardly
             20000.
             
          
           
             However
             this
             Duke
             is
             still
             in
             possession
             of
             the
             Dukedomes
             of
             Modena
             and
             Reggio
             ,
             the
             Principalities
             of
             Carpi
             and
             Correggio
             ,
             the
             Earldome
             of
             Roli
             ,
             and
             the
             Lordships
             of
             
               Sassevil
               ,
               Garfagna
            
             and
             Frignano
             ,
             by
             the
             late
             Treaty
             of
             Pisa
             ;
             his
             dispute
             with
             the
             Pope
             about
             the
             Vallies
             of
             Gommachio
             was
             decided
             ,
             being
             to
             receive
             as
             he
             did
             400000.
             
             Crowns
             for
             them
             ,
             40000.
             more
             of
             damages
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             advantagious
             ,
             
             conditions
             :
             all
             these
             lands
             with
             others
             which
             he
             hath
             still
             in
             the
             Dukedom
             of
             Ferrara
             ,
             yield
             him
             every
             year
             full
             500000.
             
             Crowns
             ;
             all
             his
             Dominions
             joyning
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             makes
             him
             the
             more
             considerable
             ;
             his
             strength
             therefore
             consists
             in
             the
             number
             of
             his
             people
             ;
             the
             only
             Province
             Carfagnana
             is
             said
             to
             contain
             80.
             places
             walled
             about
             ;
             he
             hath
             also
             several
             strong
             Holds
             ;
             upon
             extraordinary
             Occasions
             he
             is
             able
             to
             bring
             into
             the
             field
             20000.
             
             Foot
             ,
             and
             1000.
             
             Horse
             ,
             and
             he
             can
             without
             inconveniency
             keep
             the
             halfe
             of
             the
             number
             ,
             however
             his
             Country
             lies
             somewhat
             open
             to
             several
             neighbouring
             Princes
             ,
             not
             for
             want
             of
             good
             places
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             hath
             many
             ,
             seated
             at
             a
             proportionable
             and
             convenient
             distance
             one
             from
             another
             ,
             but
             because
             that
             Country
             lies
             upon
             an
             even
             ground
             ;
             in
             his
             Citadel
             of
             Modena
             ,
             are
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             Armes
             for
             40000.
             men
             ;
             this
             City
             is
             not
             in
             repute
             with
             other
             Italians
             ,
             who
             call
             it
             
               Modena
               la
               pazza
            
             .
          
           
             These
             Princes
             observe
             the
             general
             maximes
             of
             their
             Neighbours
             ,
             to
             have
             a
             good
             correspondency
             with
             Venice
             ,
             
             which
             was
             ever
             lookt
             upon
             as
             the
             Protectour
             of
             the
             liberties
             of
             Italy
             :
             Since
             the
             loss
             of
             Ferrara
             they
             kept
             close
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             but
             of
             late
             their
             Interest
             made
             them
             change
             their
             affections
             ,
             for
             Duke
             Francis
             was
             in
             the
             late
             Italian
             War
             ,
             made
             General
             of
             the
             French
             ,
             and
             
             Mazarine's
             Neece
             married
             to
             Prince
             Almerigo
             his
             Son
             ,
             who
             hath
             left
             a
             young
             Prince
             to
             succeed
             him
             .
             At
             present
             all
             things
             are
             done
             after
             the
             advice
             of
             Cardinal
             D'Este
             ,
             Protector
             of
             the
             French
             Interest
             at
             Rome
             ,
             and
             the
             promoter
             of
             the
             late
             Union
             of
             his
             Family
             to
             France
             ;
             He
             is
             a
             Prince
             very
             active
             and
             stirring
             ,
             who
             lives
             at
             Rome
             ,
             when
             he
             comes
             there
             ,
             with
             greater
             pomp
             ,
             and
             more
             splendour
             then
             any
             other
             Cardinal
             whatsoever
             ;
             he
             is
             zealous
             for
             the
             French
             ,
             by
             whose
             Friendship
             his
             family
             is
             much
             better
             with
             monies
             ,
             being
             enriched
             with
             the
             late
             Generalship
             :
             So
             is
             the
             Country
             ,
             for
             in
             winter
             the
             Head
             Quarters
             were
             in
             Modena
             ,
             whereto
             resorted
             all
             the
             great
             Officers
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             inferiour
             ones
             ;
             this
             somwhat
             helped
             the
             poor
             people
             to
             pay
             those
             Taxes
             that
             are
             laid
             so
             heavy
             upon
             them
             ;
             at
             present
             there
             is
             one
             of
             their
             name
             ,
             and
             kinsman
             afar
             of
             ,
             Don
             
             
               Carlo
               D'Este
            
             ,
             if
             I
             mistake
             not
             ,
             a
             Subject
             born
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             ,
             who
             is
             a
             Knight
             of
             the
             Order
             of
             the
             Fleece
             ,
             whom
             I
             have
             seen
             attending
             on
             the
             Empress
             at
             
               Alexandria
               ,
               Pavio
               ,
               &c.
            
             
          
           
             The
             Duke
             of
             Modena
             hath
             this
             advantage
             above
             most
             Princes
             in
             Italy
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             some
             of
             his
             Subjects
             who
             have
             
               Feudi
               Fiefs
            
             of
             the
             Empire
             ;
             we
             find
             many
             great
             Families
             in
             his
             Dominions
             ,
             as
             the
             rich
             Earls
             ,
             
               di
               San
               Paolo
            
             ,
             the
             
               Bentivogli-Ragoni
               ,
               Buoncompagni
            
             ,
             the
             Marquesses
             
               Spilimbergo
               ,
               Peppoli
               ;
               Gualengo
               ,
               di
               Vignola
            
             and
             Gualteri
             .
             The
             Earls
             
               Caprari
               ,
               San
               Martino
               ,
               di
               Molsa
               ,
               di
               Maluisia
               ,
               Montecuculi
               ,
               Tassoni
               Ferrarese
               di
               Conoscia
               ,
            
             and
             few
             others
             ;
             the
             present
             Duke
             being
             very
             young
             ,
             we
             have
             nothing
             to
             say
             as
             to
             his
             person
             ;
             and
             though
             he
             were
             older
             ,
             we
             could
             say
             of
             him
             that
             which
             must
             be
             spoken
             of
             some
             others
             ,
             they
             are
             reserved
             ,
             and
             live
             retiredly
             ;
             so
             that
             strangers
             ,
             for
             any
             long
             while
             have
             not
             free
             excess
             to
             their
             Courts
             and
             Persons
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               The
               state
               of
            
             Venice
             .
          
           
             NOw
             to
             go
             on
             ,
             I
             must
             say
             something
             of
             the
             Republicks
             .
             I
             do
             confess
             I
             am
             much
             at
             a
             stand
             when
             I
             see
             my self
             obliged
             to
             speak
             of
             Venice
             ;
             the
             abundance
             of
             matter
             is
             often
             to
             a
             man
             a
             greater
             hindrance
             then
             help
             ,
             when
             he
             must
             pick
             out
             that
             which
             is
             onely
             fit
             for
             his
             purpose
             ;
             to
             speak
             well
             of
             a
             Republick
             esteemed
             a
             miracle
             of
             Nature
             ,
             and
             a
             Prodigy
             of
             Art
             ,
             the
             tongue
             of
             an
             Angel
             is
             necessary
             :
             'T
             were
             too
             trivial
             to
             say
             ,
             that
             this
             Republick
             was
             founded
             above
             1246
             years
             ago
             ,
             by
             those
             who
             from
             
               Aqueleia
               ,
               Padoa
               ,
               &c.
            
             fled
             from
             the
             cruelty
             of
             Attila
             :
             they
             were
             governed
             by
             Tribunes
             till
             the
             year
             ,
             697.
             at
             which
             time
             they
             made
             a
             Head
             called
             Doge
             ,
             and
             they
             chose
             
               San
               Marco
            
             to
             be
             their
             Protectour
             ;
             wherefore
             a
             Lyon
             holding
             a
             Book
             ,
             is
             their
             Arms
             ,
             with
             this
             Motto
             ,
             
               Pax
               tibi
               Marce
               Evangelista
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Government
             was
             part
             Aristocracy
             ,
             and
             part
             Democracy
             ,
             but
             at
             the
             time
             when
             
               Pietro
               Gradenigo
            
             was
             Doge
             in
             the
             
             year
             ,
             1280.
             
             It
             was
             resolved
             in
             the
             Senate
             ,
             that
             the
             Government
             should
             hereafter
             belong
             to
             the
             Nobility
             alone
             ;
             and
             to
             avoid
             oppositions
             ,
             all
             the
             Families
             that
             were
             in
             some
             esteem
             amongst
             the
             people
             ,
             were
             declared
             Nobles
             ,
             as
             it
             hath
             been
             practised
             afterwards
             upon
             urging
             occasions
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Wars
             against
             Genoa
             ,
             and
             lately
             in
             the
             Wars
             against
             the
             Turk
             ,
             100000.
             
             Crowns
             being
             paid
             by
             every
             one
             who
             is
             made
             such
             ,
             besides
             that
             he
             must
             be
             otherwise
             qualified
             for
             it
             .
             In
             the
             Majesty
             and
             perpetuity
             of
             the
             Duke
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             shadow
             of
             Monarchy
             ,
             but
             the
             strength
             and
             the
             Authority
             resides
             in
             the
             Senate
             ;
             their
             Dominion
             is
             of
             a
             great
             extent
             .
             In
             
               terra
               ferma
            
             they
             have
             Dogado
             ,
             La
             
               Marca
               Trevigiana
               ,
               Padoano
               ,
               Vicentino
               ,
               Veronese
               ,
               Feltrino
               ,
               Bellunese
               ,
               Bresciano
               ,
               Beragamasco
               ,
               Cremasco
               ,
            
             &c.
             there
             is
             further
             
               il
               Fruili
            
             ,
             with
             many
             considerable
             Cities
             in
             it
             ,
             as
             
               Udine
               ,
               Palma
            
             ,
             and
             that
             strong
             hold
             
               Palma
               Nova
               .
               Istria
            
             with
             four
             good
             Cities
             ,
             and
             many
             Lands
             and
             places
             .
             Out
             of
             Italy
             they
             have
             Dalmatia
             ,
             with
             the
             Islands
             thereto
             belonging
             ,
             and
             the
             chief
             Cities
             of
             
               Zara
               ,
               Clissa
               :
               Cataro
            
             ,
             and
             few
             other
             places
             in
             Albania
             ;
             
             in
             the
             
               Levante
               ,
               Corfu
               ,
               Cefalonia
               ,
               Cerigo
               ,
               Zante
               ,
            
             and
             some
             other
             Islands
             in
             the
             Arcipelago
             ;
             and
             the
             Sovereignty
             of
             all
             the
             Golfo
             from
             Venice
             to
             Otranto
             ,
             and
             to
             
               la
               Vallona
            
             ,
             which
             is
             seven
             hundred
             miles
             in
             length
             ;
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Candia
             ,
             they
             have
             nothing
             but
             the
             City
             .
          
           
             It
             would
             require
             whole
             Volumes
             ,
             if
             one
             would
             insist
             upon
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             Government
             in
             general
             ,
             seeing
             they
             have
             been
             curious
             to
             gather
             the
             quintessence
             of
             all
             the
             good
             Laws
             and
             Statutes
             which
             antient
             and
             modern
             Republicks
             had
             ,
             which
             they
             make
             use
             of
             upon
             occasion
             :
             they
             have
             above
             60.
             
             Courts
             of
             Judicature
             ,
             such
             a
             diversity
             being
             necessary
             for
             them
             to
             employ
             so
             many
             Noblemen
             they
             have
             .
             I
             will
             hardly
             mention
             the
             
               Gran
               '
               Consiglio
            
             ,
             wherein
             are
             usually
             1500.
             
             Votes
             ,
             besides
             other
             500.
             
             Nobles
             who
             are
             in
             Offices
             else-where
             ,
             either
             by
             Land
             or
             Sea
             ;
             nor
             the
             Pregadi
             composed
             of
             '
             200.
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             or
             the
             Collegio
             ,
             or
             the
             
               Consiglio
               di
               Dieci
            
             ,
             nor
             what
             manner
             of
             bus●inesses
             they
             treat
             of
             :
             Why
             should
             I
             tell
             who
             are
             the
             
               Procuratori
               di
               San
               Marco
               ,
               Sesteri
               ,
               tre
               capi
               di
               Quaranta
               Savi
               di
               Mare
               ,
               Savi
               di
               terra
               ,
               Savi
               grandi
               ,
            
             
             and
             so
             many
             Officers
             ;
             this
             with
             an
             exact
             description
             of
             that
             Republick
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             her
             dependencies
             I
             could
             undertake
             ,
             if
             I
             saw
             occasion
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             a
             thing
             that
             deserves
             to
             be
             by
             it self
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             account
             of
             the
             Forces
             ,
             and
             Riches
             of
             the
             Republick
             ,
             and
             wherein
             they
             consist
             ;
             I
             shall
             not
             speak
             of
             the
             City
             which
             is
             full
             of
             wonders
             with
             antient
             and
             modern
             curiosities
             ,
             only
             I
             shall
             name
             the
             Arsenal
             ,
             which
             is
             certainly
             the
             best
             in
             Europe
             ,
             and
             the
             Treasure
             hath
             many
             rich
             and
             precious
             stones
             ,
             however
             I
             will
             not
             omit
             to
             say
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             City
             are
             two
             sorts
             of
             Virtuosi
             ,
             one
             is
             called
             Discordanti
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Gussoni
             .
          
           
             I
             must
             come
             to
             something
             of
             the
             political
             part
             of
             that
             Government
             ,
             but
             before
             ,
             I
             must
             name
             some
             of
             the
             Chief
             Families
             of
             that
             Republick
             .
             I
             believe
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Nobles
             exceeds
             that
             of
             3500.
             though
             40.
             or
             50.
             
             Families
             with
             their
             friends
             and
             relations
             ,
             whose
             leaders
             they
             are
             do
             govern
             the
             whole
             ,
             the
             most
             considerable
             of
             these
             are
             Contarini
             ,
             now
             
               Doge
               ,
               Sagredo
               ,
               Corraro
               ,
               Capello
               ,
               Moccenigo
               Morosini
               ,
               Cornaro
               ,
               Gradenigo
               ,
               Grimani
               ,
               Querini
               ,
               Loredano
               ,
               Marcello
               ,
               Pesaro
               ,
            
             
             
               Giustiniano
               ,
               Foscari
               ,
               Bembo
               ,
               Delfini
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             Now
             I
             proceed
             ,
             the
             Venetians
             take
             a
             great
             care
             to
             have
             their
             young
             men
             instructed
             in
             those
             things
             which
             concern
             their
             Republick
             ;
             in
             part
             to
             this
             effect
             they
             have
             found
             out
             such
             a
             variety
             of
             employments
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             applying
             themselves
             to
             these
             ,
             they
             may
             in
             time
             be
             fitter
             to
             administer
             those
             of
             a
             higher
             nature
             ,
             so
             that
             there
             is
             hardly
             any
             one
             without
             some
             employment
             suitable
             to
             his
             Genius
             and
             Capacity
             ;
             they
             also
             have
             an
             usual
             way
             to
             speak
             familiarly
             of
             policy
             ,
             so
             that
             after
             a
             long
             use
             ,
             and
             earnest
             application
             ,
             and
             an
             often
             hearing
             of
             those
             who
             understand
             things
             well
             ,
             they
             must
             needs
             make
             improvement
             in
             it
             .
             The
             Venetians
             also
             most
             of
             any
             Italians
             do
             travel
             abroad
             ,
             and
             hardly
             an
             Ambassadour
             ever
             goes
             to
             any
             place
             ,
             but
             he
             is
             attended
             by
             some
             of
             the
             young
             Nobles
             ,
             who
             go
             to
             learn
             the
             politick
             part
             of
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             Countrey
             which
             the
             Ambassadour
             is
             sent
             to
             ;
             and
             that
             which
             is
             the
             chief
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             the
             Senate
             may
             be
             instructed
             of
             the
             present
             state
             of
             affairs
             of
             any
             Court
             ,
             we
             may
             observe
             that
             almost
             everywhere
             they
             have
             Ambassadours
             (
             not
             
             mattering
             what
             charges
             they
             come
             to
             )
             who
             all
             the
             time
             of
             their
             residence
             ,
             by
             a
             constant
             Intelligence
             do
             acquaint
             the
             council
             with
             every
             particular
             thing
             that
             falls
             out
             in
             the
             Court
             they
             live
             at
             ;
             who
             not
             only
             leave
             instructions
             to
             those
             who
             succeed
             them
             in
             the
             place
             ,
             but
             who
             also
             when
             they
             come
             home
             ,
             are
             obliged
             to
             make
             in
             Pregadi
             ,
             a
             full
             relation
             of
             the
             state
             wherein
             stands
             the
             Court
             whence
             they
             come
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             above
             all
             ,
             which
             I
             find
             extraordinary
             ,
             is
             that
             secresie
             so
             inviolably
             observed
             amongst
             them
             ,
             that
             amongst
             so
             many
             heads
             there
             should
             be
             no
             tongue
             ,
             nay
             there
             have
             been
             those
             who
             were
             present
             at
             the
             Council
             ,
             when
             violent
             resolutions
             were
             taken
             against
             some
             friend
             or
             relation
             of
             theirs
             ;
             they
             have
             conversed
             with
             them
             after
             that
             ,
             and
             yet
             never
             discovered
             any
             thing
             .
             Publick
             Ministers
             of
             Princes
             who
             reside
             there
             ,
             do
             confess
             it
             is
             more
             difficult
             to
             penetrate
             into
             those
             results
             made
             sometimes
             by
             above
             1500.
             men
             ,
             than
             into
             those
             which
             are
             made
             by
             three
             or
             four
             :
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             this
             is
             look't
             upon
             as
             a
             part
             of
             their
             wisdome
             ,
             that
             publick
             affairs
             are
             
             communicated
             to
             all
             ,
             for
             then
             when
             the
             resolutions
             they
             have
             taken
             ,
             require
             secresie
             ,
             they
             think
             themselves
             obliged
             to
             observe
             it
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             only
             upon
             this
             account
             that
             they
             are
             true
             and
             faithful
             to
             themselves
             .
             Thus
             their
             general
             aime
             is
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             their
             Laws
             tend
             to
             maintain
             peace
             ,
             union
             ,
             and
             liberty
             .
             We
             must
             not
             wonder
             therefore
             if
             this
             Republick
             is
             come
             to
             such
             a
             height
             ,
             and
             maintains
             herself
             in
             it
             ,
             with
             the
             excellency
             of
             her
             Counsil
             ,
             the
             observation
             of
             the
             Laws
             ,
             the
             gravity
             of
             manners
             and
             customes
             ,
             and
             the
             common
             desire
             of
             maintaining
             liberty
             with
             a
             severe
             punishment
             of
             all
             innovations
             which
             could
             disturb
             the
             publick
             peace
             .
          
           
             Laws
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             Despotick
             or
             Arbitrary
             ,
             nor
             after
             the
             suggestions
             of
             sycophants
             ,
             and
             the
             byassed
             parasites
             ,
             but
             inconformity
             to
             those
             of
             the
             great
             Law
             giver
             (
             who
             though
             he
             have
             an
             absolute
             and
             unlimitable
             right
             and
             power
             over
             all
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             often
             times
             graciously
             pleased
             to
             give
             reasons
             of
             what
             he
             doth
             )
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             grounded
             upon
             Justice
             ,
             Reason
             ,
             and
             Equity
             ,
             and
             to
             tend
             to
             the
             publick
             good
             ,
             which
             should
             be
             the
             
             end
             of
             all
             civil
             and
             municipal
             laws
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             turned
             into
             private
             Channels
             ,
             to
             run
             to
             particular
             ends
             ,
             which
             hapning
             ,
             
               let
               him
               look
               to
               't
               who
               bears
               not
               the
               Sword
               without
               cause
               ,
            
             for
             all
             private
             ends
             ought
             to
             be
             subservient
             to
             the
             publick
             interest
             :
             to
             this
             effect
             ,
             when
             first
             all
             men
             contracted
             Societies
             ,
             and
             united
             themselves
             in
             Corporations
             ,
             they
             knew
             well
             they
             could
             not
             subsist
             without
             order
             ,
             which
             can
             never
             be
             observed
             without
             Laws
             ,
             tending
             to
             protect
             the
             good
             in
             the
             enjoyment
             of
             that
             peace
             and
             quietness
             they
             desire
             ,
             &
             to
             terrifie
             the
             evil
             with
             those
             punishments
             threatned
             them
             ,
             in
             case
             the
             ,
             go
             about
             to
             disturb
             it
             .
             And
             the
             truth
             is
             ,
             that
             such
             Laws
             being
             enacted
             ,
             they
             look
             to
             future
             ages
             more
             than
             to
             that
             time
             wherein
             they
             are
             made
             ,
             because
             those
             who
             made
             them
             being
             free
             agents
             ,
             and
             entring
             willingly
             ;
             and
             with
             their
             own
             accord
             into
             such
             Societies
             as
             every
             one
             of
             them
             had
             a
             hand
             in
             the
             passing
             of
             the
             Laws
             ,
             if
             not
             in
             the
             framing
             ,
             at
             least
             in
             the
             approving
             and
             confirming
             of
             the
             same
             ;
             for
             that
             which
             is
             to
             be
             above
             all
             ,
             as
             Laws
             are
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             made
             by
             the
             consent
             of
             all
             ;
             So
             't
             is
             to
             be
             supposed
             they
             would
             
             not
             break
             the
             Lawes
             which
             they
             made
             themselves
             ,
             upon
             grounds
             of
             Reason
             and
             Justice
             ;
             Hence
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             as
             they
             have
             made
             use
             of
             the
             Legislative
             Power
             they
             had
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             have
             bound
             themselves
             to
             the
             execution
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             being
             once
             done
             ,
             the
             bond
             cannot
             be
             loose
             or
             untied
             but
             by
             the
             general
             consent
             ,
             and
             in
             such
             a
             case
             it
             may
             be
             done
             according
             to
             the
             maxime
             ,
             that
             he
             who
             makes
             the
             Law
             ,
             can
             disanul
             it
             ;
             (
             but
             it
             must
             be
             the
             whole
             Legislative
             Power
             )
             for
             as
             grounds
             and
             reasons
             sometimes
             do
             alter
             ,
             so
             may
             the
             Laws
             accordingly
             ,
             because
             as
             a
             Law
             doth
             not
             sute
             in
             all
             places
             ,
             so
             neither
             at
             all
             times
             ,
             neither
             may
             they
             be
             allowed
             ,
             but
             as
             much
             as
             they
             conduce
             to
             the
             publick
             good
             ,
             which
             as
             I
             said
             ,
             before
             is
             the
             end
             for
             the
             which
             they
             were
             roade
             ;
             but
             if
             they
             turn
             to
             be
             destructive
             to
             these
             ends
             for
             the
             which
             they
             were
             made
             ,
             they
             ought
             certainly
             to
             be
             abrogated
             and
             made
             void
             ;
             and
             this
             shews
             that
             every
             Law
             is
             not
             of
             the
             nature
             of
             those
             of
             the
             Persisians
             and
             Medians
             ,
             which
             might
             not
             be
             altered
             ;
             but
             because
             the
             life
             of
             the
             Law
             doth
             not
             so
             much
             consist
             in
             the
             Legislative
             Act
             ,
             but
             specially
             in
             the
             executive
             part
             ,
             
             not
             only
             in
             wisdome
             ,
             but
             also
             in
             powers
             therefore
             they
             who
             made
             the
             Lawe
             do
             appoint
             those
             who
             are
             to
             see
             them
             executed
             ;
             and
             because
             at
             first
             Law-givers
             could
             not
             foresee
             all
             cases
             and
             accidents
             which
             might
             fall
             out
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             certain
             power
             reserved
             to
             interpret
             ,
             to
             explain
             and
             to
             amplifie
             those
             Laws
             ,
             yet
             upon
             this
             condition
             that
             sense
             shall
             be
             given
             to
             the
             words
             of
             the
             Law
             which
             is
             most
             conducing
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Law
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             the
             publick
             good
             :
             For
             those
             rules
             that
             are
             imposed
             by
             Conquerours
             as
             such
             ,
             and
             do
             deserve
             the
             name
             of
             Laws
             ,
             but
             are
             only
             despotick
             orders
             and
             commands
             ;
             the
             Conquerour
             after
             his
             Victory
             imposes
             what
             he
             pleaseth
             upon
             the
             Conquered
             ;
             sometimes
             nothing
             but
             Martial
             and
             Arbitrary
             Laws
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             this
             day
             practised
             in
             the
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             for
             as
             he
             hath
             gotten
             it
             ,
             so
             he
             must
             keep
             it
             either
             by
             force
             or
             fraud
             ;
             this
             is
             by
             virtue
             of
             a
             right
             used
             between
             wild
             beasts
             ,
             who
             will
             tear
             or
             spare
             those
             that
             are
             weaker
             than
             themselves
             .
          
           
             The
             Laws
             of
             Venice
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             occasion
             of
             this
             discourse
             ,
             abhor
             these
             last
             ,
             and
             are
             of
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             former
             ,
             the
             happiness
             which
             they
             have
             enjoyn'd
             under
             them
             ,
             
             do
             highly
             declare
             the
             wisdome
             of
             their
             Law-givers
             .
             I
             believe
             it
             were
             of
             no
             little
             use
             ,
             if
             every
             Countrey
             were
             acquainted
             with
             the
             same
             ;
             I
             altogether
             for
             bear
             speaking
             of
             them
             that
             are
             common
             and
             ordinary
             ,
             one
             kind
             excepted
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             beneficial
             ,
             and
             might
             prove
             so
             to
             other
             Countries
             ,
             being
             introduced
             therein
             ,
             I
             mean
             the
             sumptuary
             Laws
             against
             excess
             in
             Clothes
             ,
             Jewels
             ,
             Equipage
             ,
             &c.
             which
             though
             vain
             and
             superficial
             things
             do
             consume
             &
             wast
             the
             state
             &
             substance
             of
             many
             ;
             the
             servant
             is
             not
             to
             be
             known
             by
             his
             cloaths
             from
             his
             Master
             ;
             and
             of
             these
             how
             many
             have
             we
             who
             are
             more
             sollicitous
             of
             getting
             Perriwigs
             ,
             gaudy
             Cloathes
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             than
             careful
             to
             acquire
             knowledge
             ,
             virtue
             and
             experience
             ,
             not
             knowing
             that
             those
             things
             are
             borrowed
             ,
             and
             not
             their
             own
             ,
             which
             make
             no
             difference
             between
             an
             honest
             man
             and
             the
             vilest
             wretch
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             however
             they
             are
             satisfi'd
             with
             the
             shew
             ,
             and
             are
             like
             those
             Apples
             that
             grow
             about
             the
             Lake
             of
             Sodom
             ,
             which
             have
             a
             fair
             shew
             ,
             but
             have
             nothing
             within
             ,
             blow
             upon
             them
             and
             they
             fly
             into
             dust
             and
             ashes
             .
             As
             there
             is
             a
             difference
             of
             quality
             in
             persons
             ,
             so
             there
             
             should
             be
             some
             distinction
             in
             cloathes
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ;
             the
             very
             Stars
             shew
             greater
             brightness
             some
             than
             others
             .
             Men
             should
             strive
             to
             goe
             one
             beyond
             another
             ,
             not
             in
             clothes
             but
             in
             virtue
             ,
             and
             good
             quality
             .
             But
             I
             'le
             leave
             this
             discourse
             ,
             not
             for
             want
             of
             matter
             ,
             one
             who
             hath
             but
             common
             sense
             and
             reason
             could
             have
             much
             to
             say
             upon
             't
             ,
             but
             because
             I
             avoid
             to
             be
             accounted
             too
             censorious
             and
             critical
             ,
             and
             that
             some
             times
             every
             truth
             must
             not
             be
             spoken
             ,
             or
             when
             it
             is
             
               odium
               parit
            
             :
             but
             to
             come
             to
             my
             subject
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             't
             is
             not
             so
             in
             Venice
             ,
             they
             minde
             more
             solid
             and
             substantial
             things
             than
             these
             ,
             and
             they
             practise
             certain
             refined
             maximes
             ,
             which
             I
             have
             observed
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             their
             Doges
             may
             not
             ally
             themselves
             to
             any
             forreign
             Princes
             ,
             to
             preveni
             receiving
             from
             abroad
             Councils
             tending
             to
             the
             destruction
             of
             liberty
             at
             home
             .
             Neither
             is
             it
             lawful
             for
             any
             of
             the
             Nobles
             to
             converse
             with
             any
             forreign
             Ministers
             ,
             or
             any
             one
             that
             hath
             any
             relation
             to
             them
             ,
             or
             to
             keep
             communication
             with
             them
             by
             way
             of
             letters
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             direct
             or
             indirect
             way
             ,
             to
             remove
             all
             occasions
             of
             being
             bribed
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             betraying
             the
             State
             or
             
             their
             Councils
             ;
             for
             this
             cause
             12.
             or
             13.
             years
             agoe
             was
             put
             to
             death
             one
             of
             the
             Family
             of
             Carnaro
             ,
             it
             being
             found
             out
             that
             he
             had
             been
             several
             times
             at
             the
             lodging
             of
             the
             Spanish
             Ambassadour
             .
             Further
             ,
             as
             they
             know
             that
             the
             greatness
             of
             the
             Republick
             comes
             from
             their
             power
             upon
             the
             Seas
             ;
             so
             all
             the
             Nobles
             apply
             themselves
             specially
             to
             Sea
             Affairs
             :
             as
             for
             Land
             service
             they
             usually
             take
             strangers
             of
             known
             valour
             and
             experience
             out
             of
             
               Germany
               ,
               Italy
            
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             .
             To
             preserve
             union
             between
             the
             Nobles
             and
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             that
             these
             may
             have
             where
             to
             apply
             themselves
             ;
             the
             Noble
             ;
             do
             not
             roeddle
             with
             publick
             Schools
             ,
             or
             ruling
             of
             Parochial
             Churches
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ;
             and
             more
             than
             this
             ,
             the
             direction
             of
             the
             Chancery
             of
             the
             Republick
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             high
             dignity
             that
             hath
             the
             ordering
             of
             all
             publick
             expeditions
             ,
             and
             the
             Secretaries
             places
             are
             ever
             given
             to
             some
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             to
             whom
             also
             they
             allow
             liberty
             of
             fishing
             ,
             coursing
             ,
             shooting
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             there
             being
             no
             propriety
             in
             things
             of
             this
             nature
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             may
             yet
             the
             more
             get
             the
             love
             and
             affection
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             they
             converse
             together
             in
             Walks
             ,
             Play-houses
             ,
             Gaming-places
             ,
             
             and
             upon
             all
             occasions
             and
             meetings
             ;
             so
             also
             they
             take
             Citizens
             Daughters
             to
             be
             their
             Wives
             :
             yet
             for
             all
             this
             the
             Nobles
             are
             so
             far
             from
             hindring
             ,
             that
             rather
             they
             encourage
             the
             divisions
             which
             are
             in
             the
             City
             of
             Venice
             of
             one
             part
             against
             another
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             between
             the
             Castellani
             and
             Nicolotti
             ,
             who
             use
             to
             meet
             specially
             in
             the
             Month
             of
             September
             ,
             upon
             the
             Bridge
             of
             St.
             Barnabas
             ,
             which
             they
             flock
             to
             in
             great
             numbers
             ,
             and
             the
             Nobles
             who
             happen
             to
             be
             there
             do
             encourage
             every
             one
             of
             those
             of
             his
             side
             ;
             there
             they
             Kick
             and
             Cuff
             one
             another
             ,
             but
             have
             no
             Armes
             :
             this
             to
             some
             is
             an
             eff●ct
             of
             animosity
             ,
             to
             others
             '
             a
             sport
             ,
             to
             others
             a
             shew
             ,
             and
             to
             all
             a
             diversion
             from
             other
             things
             .
             Upon
             this
             account
             ,
             they
             suffer
             the
             insolencies
             of
             Scholars
             at
             Padoa
             with
             their
             
               Chi
               va
               li
            
             at
             night
             to
             keep
             a
             division
             between
             them
             and
             the
             Citizens
             ,
             who
             also
             are
             looked
             upon
             as
             a
             factious
             people
             .
          
           
             Another
             maxime
             which
             they
             have
             ,
             is
             to
             keep
             the
             scales
             even
             between
             warring
             Princes
             ,
             specially
             in
             Italy
             ,
             as
             they
             have
             done
             in
             the
             wars
             of
             Milan
             ,
             to
             preserve
             the
             Publick
             Liberty
             ,
             that
             one
             Prince
             do
             not
             grow
             
             too
             potent
             by
             the
             loss
             of
             another
             ;
             but
             a
             thing
             which
             they
             study
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             is
             ,
             to
             know
             the
             Genius
             ,
             Customes
             ,
             Strength
             ,
             and
             to
             find
             out
             the
             Designes
             of
             all
             Princes
             and
             Republicks
             ,
             by
             which
             diligence
             many
             a
             time
             they
             have
             found
             out
             and
             avoided
             great
             dangers
             impending
             over
             themselves
             and
             others
             .
             But
             a
             very
             useful
             maxime
             they
             have
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             very
             wise
             ,
             it
             is
             ever
             to
             hearken
             after
             peace
             ,
             and
             fit
             themselves
             constantly
             for
             war
             :
             Afore
             they
             were
             involved
             in
             this
             last
             with
             the
             Turk
             ,
             their
             policicy
             was
             by
             all
             means
             to
             avoid
             a
             falling
             out
             with
             so
             dreadful
             an
             Enemy
             ;
             but
             it
             seems
             at
             this
             time
             providence
             hath
             made
             use
             of
             the
             perfidiousness
             of
             those
             of
             Candia
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Turks
             ambition
             ,
             to
             make
             this
             maxime
             to
             be
             null
             and
             void
             .
             But
             to
             withdraw
             from
             this
             Ocean
             ,
             I
             will
             say
             ,
             that
             out
             of
             policy
             they
             suffer
             the
             delayes
             of
             doing
             Justice
             ,
             and
             the
             tedious
             proceedings
             at
             Law
             ,
             to
             keep
             people
             in
             exercise
             ,
             and
             the
             Courts
             of
             Justice
             in
             credit
             :
             By
             the
             same
             reason
             they
             are
             so
             severe
             in
             punishing
             faults
             against
             the
             State
             upon
             all
             sorts
             of
             persons
             ;
             and
             to
             avoid
             Innovations
             and
             Disorders
             ;
             contrariwise
             ,
             they
             be
             very
             remiss
             to
             those
             which
             proceed
             
             from
             humane
             frailty
             :
             So
             't
             is
             to
             punish
             more
             rigourously
             the
             faults
             of
             the
             Nobles
             ,
             than
             those
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             the
             former
             do
             not
             grow
             insolent
             ,
             nor
             these
             last
             discontented
             .
             Further
             they
             are
             careful
             to
             maintain
             their
             priviledges
             to
             Provinces
             and
             Cities
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             continue
             in
             their
             Loyalty
             and
             affection
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             part
             of
             their
             Justice
             ,
             as
             of
             their
             policy
             ,
             not
             to
             punish
             the
             crime
             of
             the
             Fathers
             upon
             the
             Children
             ,
             nor
             
               e
               Converso
            
             ,
             the
             person
             only
             which
             is
             guilty
             suffering
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             one
             thing
             more
             to
             say
             before
             I
             leave
             it
             :
             Of
             all
             States
             in
             Italy
             this
             of
             Venice
             hangs
             loose
             from
             the
             Pope
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             therefore
             they
             meddle
             not
             in
             the
             Court
             of
             Rome
             ,
             neither
             do
             they
             care
             to
             bestow
             Pensions
             upon
             Cardinals
             to
             have
             a
             favourable
             Election
             ,
             &
             indeed
             't
             is
             not
             much
             material
             to
             them
             ,
             seeing
             they
             extend
             their
             Jurisdiction
             upon
             all
             Regular
             &
             Ecclesiastical
             persons
             within
             their
             Dominions
             ,
             notwithstanding
             the
             endeavours
             of
             several
             Popes
             to
             the
             contrary
             :
             and
             they
             have
             good
             Laws
             to
             bridle
             the
             power
             of
             Popes
             within
             their
             State
             ,
             as
             I
             will
             instance
             only
             in
             two
             Cases
             ;
             the
             first
             is
             ,
             though
             the
             Inquisition
             be
             amongst
             them
             ,
             yet
             they
             have
             taken
             away
             
             
             
             
             
             its
             sting
             ,
             there
             being
             constantly
             three
             of
             the
             wisest
             and
             more
             moderate
             Senators
             named
             to
             be
             present
             at
             their
             Consultations
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             further
             ordered
             ,
             that
             nothing
             shall
             be
             resolved
             in
             it
             ,
             except
             there
             be
             present
             one
             of
             these
             Senators
             ,
             who
             qualifies
             things
             ,
             reduces
             them
             to
             moderation
             ,
             and
             in
             case
             of
             extremity
             telling
             ,
             the
             Senate
             must
             be
             acquainted
             with
             such
             and
             such
             things
             .
             The
             Second
             Case
             is
             ,
             the
             nomination
             which
             Popes
             make
             ,
             of
             whom
             they
             think
             fit
             to
             some
             ,
             Church-livings
             and
             benefices
             within
             their
             State
             ,
             the
             Pope
             pretends
             he
             hath
             right
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             which
             they
             deny
             ;
             however
             because
             they
             will
             not
             openly
             cross
             him
             ,
             they
             have
             found
             out
             an
             indirect
             way
             ,
             which
             is
             this
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             Order
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             whosoever
             shall
             be
             put
             in
             possession
             of
             any
             Benefice
             by
             virtue
             of
             any
             Grant
             or
             Nomination
             from
             the
             Pope
             ,
             except
             the
             same
             be
             first
             approved
             of
             by
             the
             Council
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             Patent
             being
             brought
             to
             the
             Council
             ,
             there
             it
             lies
             till
             either
             the
             person
             who
             had
             it
             ,
             or
             the
             Pope
             who
             granted
             it
             ,
             be
             dead
             ,
             which
             maxime
             now
             being
             known
             ,
             none
             of
             their
             Subjects
             will
             be
             at
             the
             charges
             and
             trouble
             to
             Sue
             at
             Rone
             for
             any
             such
             thing
             .
          
           
           
             The
             wisest
             amongst
             them
             laugh
             at
             the
             pretended
             Authority
             and
             Jurisdiction
             which
             Popes
             arrogate
             to
             themselves
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             their
             Republick
             :
             he
             may
             (
             say
             they
             )
             play
             Rex
             at
             Rome
             ,
             and
             have
             his
             Patriarchal
             Churches
             ,
             namely
             St.
             Peter
             representing
             the
             Patriarch
             of
             Constantinople
             ;
             St.
             Paul
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             St.
             Mary
             the
             greater
             of
             Antiochia
             ,
             St.
             Laurance
             without
             the
             walls
             of
             Jerusalem
             ,
             and
             set
             over
             these
             four
             ,
             St.
             John
             of
             Lateran
             ,
             representing
             the
             Pope
             ,
             who
             is
             over
             all
             ;
             but
             say
             they
             ,
             such
             liberty
             is
             not
             allowed
             him
             in
             the
             States
             of
             other
             Princes
             .
             From
             time
             to
             time
             there
             hath
             been
             Quarrels
             between
             Popes
             and
             this
             Republick
             ;
             Paul
             the
             fifth's
             Excommunication
             is
             not
             yet
             forgotten
             there
             ,
             nor
             the
             Principles
             of
             
               padre
               Paolo
            
             ,
             and
             
               padre
               Fulgentio
            
             rooted
             out
             ;
             though
             the
             Gospel
             be
             not
             taught
             there
             in
             publick
             ,
             one
             may
             hear
             it
             sometimes
             in
             private
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             of
             late
             the
             Jesuites
             were
             re-admitted
             there
             ,
             but
             meer
             necessity
             of
             State
             obliged
             them
             to
             it
             ,
             though
             their
             re-admission
             was
             carried
             on
             but
             by
             few
             Balls
             or
             Votes
             ,
             the
             late
             Popes
             Letter
             earnestly
             entreating
             them
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             and
             saying
             ,
             that
             if
             he
             could
             
             have
             gone
             in
             person
             to
             ask
             it
             ,
             he
             would
             have
             done
             it
             ,
             was
             not
             so
             efficacious
             as
             the
             promise
             of
             keeping
             3000
             men
             at
             his
             own
             charges
             in
             Dalmatia
             ,
             for
             theservice
             of
             the
             Republick
             ;
             and
             upon
             occasion
             the
             use
             of
             his
             Gallies
             ,
             with
             some
             other
             advantages
             :
             however
             ,
             they
             are
             still
             odious
             in
             that
             City
             to
             all
             sorts
             of
             people
             ,
             and
             a
             small
             matter
             will
             send
             them
             out
             again
             :
             In
             a
             private
             Conversation
             between
             the
             late
             Popes
             and
             a
             Venetian
             Ambassadour
             then
             at
             Rome
             ,
             upon
             the
             question
             moved
             by
             the
             
               Pope
               ,
               Where
               was
               their
               Title
               to
               the
               Soveraignty
               of
               the
               Gulf
               ?
            
             the
             other
             answered
             him
             smartly
             ,
             
               'T
               is
               upon
               the
               back
               of
               Constamines
               donation
            
             ;
             this
             shews
             somthing
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             Venetian
             hearts
             not
             favourable
             to
             Rome
             ,
             whence
             they
             have
             received
             so
             many
             grounds
             of
             displeasure
             ;
             We
             have
             seen
             of
             late
             how
             much
             trouble
             a
             Nuncio
             of
             the
             Popes
             at
             Venice
             was
             like
             to
             have
             raised
             between
             the
             Duke
             and
             Senate
             about
             the
             Barigello
             ,
             who
             had
             seized
             certain
             of
             the
             Nuncio's
             Servants
             when
             they
             had
             done
             some
             insolencies
             ,
             though
             he
             said
             he
             knew
             not
             they
             were
             his
             Servants
             ,
             and
             though
             things
             had
             been
             composed
             so
             ,
             that
             the
             Barigello
             should
             not
             
             appear
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             St.
             Mary
             ,
             where
             the
             Nuncio
             was
             to
             be
             till
             the
             last
             holy
             day
             of
             Christmass
             ,
             yet
             upon
             that
             very
             day
             against
             the
             agreement
             ,
             within
             the
             Church
             the
             Nuncio
             prevailed
             with
             the
             Duke
             to
             order
             him
             to
             go
             out
             ,
             whereat
             the
             whole
             Senate
             were
             highly
             incensed
             that
             the
             Duke
             would
             do
             such
             a
             thing
             without
             their
             advice
             :
             and
             now
             the
             late
             grudge
             about
             the
             turning
             of
             the
             Channel
             of
             the
             Po
             another
             way
             ,
             might
             produce
             somthing
             ,
             were
             it
             not
             for
             the
             War
             of
             Candia
             ,
             however
             there
             remains
             a
             cause
             of
             falling
             out
             hereafter
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               state
               of
            
             Genoa
             .
          
           
             BUt
             't
             is
             time
             to
             speak
             of
             Genoa
             ,
             formerly
             the
             dangerous
             Rivall
             of
             Veuice
             ;
             History
             shews
             us
             the
             several
             &
             great
             Revolutions
             of
             Government
             in
             this
             City
             ;
             it
             was
             by
             Charles
             the
             Great
             made
             an
             Earldom
             ,
             and
             under
             one
             of
             their
             Earls
             won
             the
             Island
             Corfica
             from
             the
             
               Saracens
               '
            
             ,
             afterwards
             they
             became
             a
             Republick
             ,
             they
             asked
             the
             Protection
             of
             Charles
             the
             sixth
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             having
             rejected
             this
             ,
             
             they
             submitted
             to
             the
             Duke
             of
             Millan
             ,
             and
             then
             would
             have
             withdrawn
             from
             his
             Obedience
             ,
             but
             he
             being
             too
             hard
             for
             them
             ,
             they
             were
             kept
             under
             till
             the
             days
             of
             
               Andrea
               Doria
            
             ,
             who
             having
             pacified
             the
             intestine
             divisions
             ,
             instead
             of
             making
             himself
             Prince
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             some
             think
             he
             might
             have
             done
             ,
             he
             got
             them
             the
             liberty
             wherein
             they
             stand
             at
             present
             :
             This
             Republick
             is
             no
             more
             now
             what
             it
             hath
             been
             ,
             that
             Genoa
             which
             hath
             formerly
             been
             so
             potent
             at
             Sea
             ,
             as
             to
             beat
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             take
             one
             of
             their
             Dukes
             prisoners
             ,
             as
             they
             did
             in
             1258.
             run
             victorious
             up
             and
             down
             ,
             taking
             several
             Cities
             belonging
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             block
             up
             Venice
             it self
             .
             Furthermore
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1337.
             they
             Conquered
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Cyprus
             ,
             took
             the
             King
             and
             Queen
             prisoners
             ,
             but
             restored
             them
             upon
             certain
             conditions
             ;
             the
             reason
             is
             ,
             because
             though
             the
             Countrey
             be
             the
             same
             ,
             yet
             that
             people
             hath
             exceedingly
             degenerated
             ;
             in
             those
             days
             every
             one
             minded
             the
             publick
             good
             ,
             and
             the
             honour
             of
             the
             Nation
             ,
             but
             now
             every
             one
             seeks
             his
             private
             ends
             and
             interests
             ,
             let
             what
             will
             become
             of
             the
             publick
             ,
             which
             
             is
             a
             meer
             folly
             ,
             for
             when
             the
             publick
             goes
             to
             wrack
             ,
             particular
             men
             cannot
             thrive
             very
             long
             ;
             but
             if
             all
             particular
             men
             strive
             together
             to
             promote
             the
             publick
             ,
             as
             they
             are
             members
             of
             that
             body
             ,
             so
             they
             will
             find
             the
             benefit
             of
             it
             ;
             when
             we
             have
             seen
             in
             the
             Roman
             Commonwealth
             men
             sacirfice
             States
             ,
             Friends
             ,
             Relations
             and
             Lives
             for
             the
             Republick
             ,
             when
             nothing
             was
             so
             dear
             to
             them
             ,
             but
             they
             could
             part
             with
             it
             for
             the
             good
             and
             safety
             of
             the
             Republick
             ,
             then
             were
             all
             things
             in
             a
             flourishing
             condition
             ,
             but
             when
             they
             began
             to
             seek
             their
             own
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             to
             set
             up
             for
             himself
             ,
             all
             things
             began
             to
             totter
             :
             How
             can
             the
             parts
             be
             saved
             ,
             if
             the
             whole
             perish
             ?
             The
             Bees
             and
             the
             Ants
             natural
             instinct
             goes
             beyond
             some
             Mens
             reason
             ,
             they
             may
             be
             Hyerogliphicks
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             their
             example
             teach
             us
             to
             be
             publick
             spirited
             Men
             ,
             but
             it
             seems
             the
             Genoesi
             are
             not
             so
             .
          
           
             This
             Republick
             is
             in
             possession
             of
             what
             was
             formerly
             called
             Liguria
             ,
             now
             't
             is
             
               Riviera
               di
               Genoa
            
             ,
             from
             the
             City
             of
             Genoa
             to
             
               Porto
               di
               Luna
            
             ,
             is
             called
             ,
             
               la
               Riviera
               di
               Levante
            
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             from
             Genoa
             to
             Monaco
             't
             is
             Rivieradiponente
             of
             the
             West
             ,
             
             
             
             
             
             which
             makes
             150.
             miles
             in
             length
             ,
             though
             the
             breadth
             is
             hardly
             above
             25.
             in
             any
             place
             :
             't
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             upon
             the
             ponente
             is
             Finale
             belonging
             to
             the
             Spaniarols
             ,
             and
             three
             places
             to
             Savoy
             ,
             but
             withal
             beyond
             Monaco
             it
             hath
             St.
             Remy
             and
             Ventimiglia
             ;
             towards
             Milan
             they
             have
             Gavi
             with
             a
             strong
             Castle
             ,
             and
             Novi
             not
             so
             good
             as
             the
             other
             ;
             they
             have
             also
             the
             Island
             Corsiea
             :
             Formerly
             Trade
             did
             much
             flourish
             in
             Genoa
             ,
             but
             now
             Legorn
             hath
             spoiled
             it
             ,
             as
             Genoa
             had
             spoiled
             that
             of
             Savona
             ,
             they
             suffered
             extreamly
             by
             the
             late
             great
             plague
             that
             was
             there
             ;
             so
             that
             to
             make
             themselves
             amends
             ,
             and
             to
             keep
             up
             Trade
             ,
             they
             have
             thought
             fit
             to
             bring
             in
             the
             Jews
             ,
             by
             whose
             means
             they
             hope
             in
             time
             to
             bring
             Trading
             back
             again
             from
             Legorn
             ;
             but
             others
             are
             in
             expectation
             to
             hear
             how
             they
             will
             agree
             ,
             for
             between
             a
             Jew
             and
             a
             Genoese
             (
             setting
             aside
             baptism
             )
             there
             's
             no
             difference
             ;
             and
             if
             they
             do
             't
             will
             pass
             for
             a
             wonder
             .
          
           
             But
             not
             to
             be
             tedious
             upon
             this
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             that
             although
             the
             City
             be
             very
             fair
             ,
             and
             the
             Palaces
             stately
             ,
             it
             is
             inhabited
             by
             men
             ,
             then
             whom
             (
             few
             excepted
             )
             there
             cannot
             be
             worse
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             opinion
             which
             
             all
             other
             Italians
             have
             of
             them
             :
             There
             goes
             a
             story
             ,
             (
             which
             how
             true
             't
             is
             I
             will
             not
             dispute
             )
             that
             when
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             first
             of
             all
             made
             Livorno
             a
             free
             Port
             ,
             he
             gave
             leave
             of
             
               Trading
               in
               't
            
             to
             all
             Nations
             ,
             as
             
               English
               ,
               French
            
             ,
             and
             to
             all
             Merchants
             ,
             even
             out
             of
             
               Turkey
               ,
               Anch
               '
               ai
               Genoesi
               ,
            
             having
             named
             several
             Nations
             ,
             amongst
             whom
             there
             were
             Infidels
             ;
             those
             of
             Genoa
             are
             put
             the
             last
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             worst
             of
             all
             .
             Indeed
             they
             are
             proud
             ,
             revengeful
             in
             an
             extraordinary
             way
             ,
             and
             enemies
             to
             strangers
             ,
             though
             out
             of
             that
             City
             they
             goe
             almost
             into
             all
             parts
             .
             I
             do
             not
             think
             there
             is
             a
             City
             in
             Italy
             where
             more
             mischief
             is
             done
             than
             in
             this
             ,
             one
             hears
             of
             it
             almost
             every
             day
             :
             In
             the
             way
             of
             Trade
             they
             are
             very
             skilful
             ,
             yet
             so
             interessed
             ,
             that
             there
             are
             those
             in
             it
             who
             could
             prefer
             one
             5
             s.
             to
             twenty
             lives
             ;
             their
             temper
             is
             such
             ,
             that
             they
             cannot
             agree
             with
             any
             sort
             of
             people
             ,
             nay
             ,
             not
             so
             much
             as
             amongst
             themselves
             ;
             their
             unsettledness
             appears
             in
             this
             :
             from
             Earles
             they
             came
             to
             Consuli
             ,
             from
             these
             to
             Potesta
             ,
             then
             to
             Capitani
             ,
             to
             
               Governatori
               ,
               Luoghitenenti
               Rettori
               di
               populo
               ,
               Abbati
               di
               populo
               ,
               reformatori
               ,
               protectori
               ,
               duchi
               Nobili
               ,
            
             and
             
               duchi
               Popolari
            
             .
             
             Civil
             Divisions
             ever
             regarded
             amongst
             them
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             no
             sooner
             come
             under
             one
             sort
             of
             Government
             ,
             but
             they
             wished
             for
             another
             .
             When
             Francis
             the
             first
             heard
             they
             would
             desire
             his
             Protection
             ;
             
               Let
               them
               go
               to
               Hell
            
             ,
             said
             he
             ,
             
               for
               I
               am
               not
               willing
               to
               needdle
               with
               such
               people
               .
            
             The
             Italian
             Proverb
             of
             them
             is
             ,
             
               Mare
               senzapesci
            
             ,
             they
             have
             Seas
             without
             Fish
             ,
             
               Montagne
               senzalegno
            
             ,
             Mountains
             and
             no
             Woods
             ,
             
               Huomini
               senza
               fede
            
             ,
             Men
             without
             faith
             ,
             and
             
               Donne
               senza
               vergogna
            
             ,
             women
             without
             shame
             ;
             yet
             some
             brave
             men
             are
             come
             out
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Government
             is
             Aristocratical
             ,
             with
             a
             Doge
             ,
             only
             for
             two
             years
             ,
             who
             with
             the
             8
             Governatori
             ,
             is
             called
             the
             Signoria
             ,
             then
             the
             little
             Council
             of
             100
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             of
             400.
             they
             have
             also
             the
             Sindici
             Over-seers
             of
             the
             actions
             of
             Governours
             ,
             as
             Censors
             were
             at
             Rome
             :
             the
             Doge
             hath
             a
             Guard
             ,
             which
             he
             of
             Venice
             hath
             not
             ;
             their
             Forces
             are
             much
             decayed
             from
             what
             they
             were
             ,
             when
             they
             reduced
             Venice
             to
             an
             extremity
             ;
             still
             they
             continue
             to
             be
             good
             Sea-Souldiers
             ,
             and
             keep
             eight
             Gallies
             ,
             which
             do
             dispute
             the
             hand
             with
             those
             of
             Maltha
             ,
             but
             they
             
             are
             not
             esteemed
             by
             Land.
             'T
             is
             a
             thing
             which
             will
             seem
             an
             extravagancy
             ,
             yet
             't
             is
             a
             truth
             ,
             that
             there
             hath
             been
             persons
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             now
             Families
             in
             Genoa
             ,
             more
             esteemed
             abroad
             than
             is
             the
             Republick
             it self
             ,
             and
             some
             are
             as
             rich
             ,
             if
             not
             richer
             ,
             who
             keep
             Gallies
             of
             their
             own
             .
             The
             Republick
             hath
             not
             above
             200000
             Crowns
             a
             year
             ,
             because
             part
             of
             the
             Dominion
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Revenue
             ,
             doth
             belong
             to
             the
             company
             of
             St.
             George
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             another
             Republick
             within
             that
             ;
             yet
             some
             make
             the
             yearly
             Income
             greater
             ;
             but
             confess
             that
             it
             doth
             not
             exceed
             the
             Charges
             .
             Silks
             are
             the
             Staple
             Commodity
             ,
             which
             they
             work
             very
             well
             in
             Velvet
             ,
             Plush
             ,
             Satin
             ,
             Taby
             ,
             Taffitie
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             Silk-works
             ,
             which
             they
             send
             into
             all
             the
             Northern
             parts
             of
             Europe
             .
             St.
             George
             is
             their
             Champion
             ,
             and
             the
             Red
             Cross
             is
             their
             Coat
             of
             Armes
             .
             The
             City
             as
             't
             is
             usual
             with
             Republicks
             ,
             draws
             the
             best
             of
             the
             Land
             to
             it self
             ,
             and
             hath
             destroyed
             the
             trading
             of
             other
             places
             ,
             as
             Savona
             to
             advance
             its
             own
             ;
             In
             it
             are
             a
             sort
             of
             Virtuosi
             ,
             who
             call
             themselves
             Addormentatis
             the
             City
             is
             not
             strong
             .
          
           
             The
             great
             secret
             of
             State
             of
             this
             Republick
             
             hath
             been
             to
             keep
             Herself
             United
             to
             ,
             and
             depend
             upon
             Spain
             since
             Charles
             the
             fifth
             ;
             and
             Philip
             the
             2d
             of
             Spain
             to
             keep
             them
             to
             her self
             ,
             hath
             borrowed
             vast
             sums
             of
             monies
             ,
             and
             assigned
             Lands
             in
             Naples
             and
             Milan
             for
             the
             payment
             ;
             so
             that
             they
             must
             keep
             fair
             with
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             loosing
             the
             Principal
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             as
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             hath
             occasion
             of
             them
             ,
             in
             relation
             to
             Finale
             and
             Milan
             not
             to
             loose
             them
             ,
             he
             allows
             very
             great
             use
             for
             this
             money
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             are
             even
             ,
             and
             think
             to
             have
             over-reached
             one
             another
             ;
             most
             of
             the
             monies
             which
             are
             currant
             being
             Spanish
             Coine
             ,
             it
             shews
             there
             hath
             been
             very
             great
             dealings
             between
             them
             .
             However
             now
             the
             Spaniard
             hath
             much
             lost
             the
             Great
             Authority
             he
             had
             first
             amongst
             them
             ,
             for
             formerly
             they
             so
             far
             depended
             upon
             him
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             not
             receive
             within
             their
             City
             the
             Embassadour
             of
             any
             Prince
             but
             his
             own
             ,
             who
             might
             come
             as
             he
             did
             often
             into
             the
             Consultations
             of
             the
             Senate
             ;
             but
             now
             there
             is
             no
             such
             matter
             ;
             they
             being
             exposed
             to
             so
             many
             alterations
             ,
             there
             are
             no
             fixed
             nor
             constant
             maximes
             of
             policy
             among
             
             them
             .
             I
             think
             't
             is
             a
             Republick
             great
             by
             Name
             ,
             but
             small
             in
             Srtength
             ,
             despised
             by
             her
             Superiors
             ,
             hated
             of
             her
             Equals
             ,
             and
             envied
             by
             her
             Inferiors
             ,
             which
             doth
             subsist
             only
             because
             one
             Neighbour
             would
             not
             have
             another
             to
             get
             it
             ,
             the
             Interest
             of
             every
             one
             being
             to
             have
             it
             remain
             in
             a
             third
             hand
             ;
             Genoa
             is
             very
             jealous
             of
             two
             of
             her
             Neighbours
             ,
             Savoy
             and
             Toscany
             ,
             of
             the
             former
             ,
             who
             hath
             aimed
             and
             attempted
             to
             bring
             her
             under
             his
             Yoake
             ;
             of
             the
             latter
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             pretentions
             to
             Sarzana
             ,
             which
             formerly
             belonged
             to
             Florence
             ,
             and
             of
             both
             ,
             because
             she
             is
             odious
             to
             both
             ,
             and
             that
             upon
             the
             account
             of
             State
             ,
             and
             of
             private
             interest
             ,
             they
             wish
             to
             see
             her
             brooght
             low
             .
             In
             it
             are
             many
             Noble
             and
             Rich
             Families
             ,
             as
             Doria
             ,
             of
             which
             are
             the
             Marquess
             of
             Toreglia
             ,
             Prince
             of
             Melfy
             ,
             of
             the
             branch
             of
             
               Andre
               Doria
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Duke
             of
             
               Tursi
               ;
               Spinola
            
             the
             Marquess
             ,
             and
             
               de
               Duke
            
             of
             Sestri
             ,
             Marquess
             
               de
               los
               Balbases
            
             ,
             a
             Spanish
             Title
             ,
             because
             a
             Grandee
             of
             Spain
             ;
             other
             Families
             are
             
               Fieschi
               ,
               Grimaldi
               ,
               Giustiniani
               ,
               Pallavicini
               ,
               Cibo
               ,
               Carrieri
               ,
               Imperiale
               ,
            
             and
             some
             others
             .
             
             Now
             the
             Marquess
             
               Hyppolito
               Centurione
            
             with
             his
             Ships
             and
             Gallies
             ,
             is
             entred
             into
             the
             French
             service
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Of
               the
               state
               of
            
             Luca.
             
          
           
             I
             See
             I
             do
             fall
             from
             an
             Ocean
             into
             Rivers
             ,
             yet
             there
             is
             water
             enough
             for
             me
             to
             swim
             in
             ,
             in
             some
             places
             ,
             if
             not
             every
             where
             .
             You
             will
             not
             be
             troubled
             with
             hearing
             a
             long
             enumeration
             of
             places
             and
             Dominions
             ;
             yet
             't
             is
             to
             be
             admired
             of
             the
             places
             I
             am
             now
             to
             speak
             of
             ,
             not
             how
             they
             can
             preserve
             themselves
             ;
             this
             the
             jealousie
             between
             ,
             and
             the
             interest
             of
             their
             Neighbours
             ,
             joyned
             with
             watchfulness
             on
             their
             side
             ,
             doth
             for
             them
             ;
             but
             how
             formerly
             in
             times
             of
             conquest
             they
             could
             free
             their
             necks
             from
             the
             yoke
             of
             their
             potent
             Neighbours
             .
             Luca
             is
             one
             of
             these
             places
             which
             hath
             sometimes
             been
             possessed
             by
             the
             Goths
             ,
             the
             Emperours
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             the
             
               Faseoli
               ,
               Castrucci
               ,
               Spinoli
            
             ,
             by
             the
             Family
             
               Della
               Scala
            
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Fiorentini
               ,
               Pisani
            
             ,
             and
             by
             one
             Carlo
             of
             Bohemia
             ,
             who
             having
             made
             a
             Bishop
             Governour
             of
             it
             ,
             this
             Bishop
             received
             25000
             
             Crowns
             ,
             and
             left
             them
             the
             liberty
             they
             are
             now
             in
             ,
             their
             Dominion
             is
             extended
             upon
             few
             Mountains
             ,
             not
             much
             inhabited
             ,
             upon
             the
             top
             of
             which
             they
             have
             some
             strong
             holds
             ,
             as
             
               Monte
               Ignoso
               ,
               Castiglione
               ,
               Minuoiano
               ,
            
             with
             Camagiore
             and
             
               Via
               Reggio
            
             upon
             the
             Sea
             ;
             but
             the
             best
             they
             have
             is
             the
             City
             well
             seated
             ,
             people'd
             ,
             and
             fortified
             with
             the
             territory
             belonging
             to
             it
             ,
             which
             produces
             abundance
             of
             Olives
             ,
             the
             best
             of
             Italy
             ;
             and
             the
             industry
             of
             the
             Inha
             bitants
             about
             Silk-works
             makes
             the
             City
             flourish
             and
             grow
             rich
             ,
             every
             one
             in
             it
             hath
             something
             to
             live
             upon
             ;
             there
             are
             in
             it
             a
             matter
             of
             10
             Families
             esteemed
             at
             least
             worth
             20000
             Crowns
             a
             year
             ;
             others
             to
             the
             number
             of
             30
             have
             some
             15000
             ,
             some
             10000
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             above
             60
             have
             been
             between
             4
             and
             5000
             ;
             the
             yearly
             Income
             of
             the
             Commonwealth
             comes
             to
             not
             much
             above
             100000
             Crowns
             ,
             with
             a
             treasure
             they
             have
             esteemed
             a
             Million
             ,
             with
             certain
             Plate
             and
             Jewels
             ,
             which
             upon
             occasion
             might
             bring
             in
             some
             monies
             .
          
           
             They
             are
             governed
             by
             a
             Council
             of
             150
             of
             the
             chief
             Citizens
             ,
             the
             City
             is
             divided
             into
             three
             parts
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             Tertieri
             ,
             
             out
             of
             every
             one
             of
             which
             the
             General
             Council
             doth
             Elect
             three
             men
             ,
             in
             all
             ,
             Nine
             ,
             called
             Senators
             ,
             who
             joyned
             with
             the
             Gonfaloniero
             their
             head
             are
             called
             
               la
               Signoria
            
             :
             The
             Senators
             do
             command
             by
             turns
             every
             three
             dayes
             ,
             the
             Gonfaloniero
             hath
             a
             bare
             Title
             ,
             and
             nothing
             but
             the
             precedency
             above
             the
             rest
             ,
             he
             is
             himself
             commanded
             by
             the
             Senators
             ;
             he
             keeps
             his
             place
             but
             two
             months
             ,
             then
             another
             is
             chosen
             ,
             but
             within
             that
             time
             he
             may
             not
             go
             out
             of
             the
             Palace
             under
             pain
             of
             death
             :
             As
             for
             Warlike
             affairs
             they
             are
             in
             a
             good
             condition
             upon
             the
             defensive
             ,
             their
             listed
             Militia's
             are
             of
             18000
             men
             ,
             besides
             the
             City
             contains
             30000
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             is
             constantly
             Guarded
             by
             300
             good
             Souldiers
             ,
             whereof
             200
             are
             born
             in
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             have
             the
             keeping
             of
             the
             Gates
             ,
             Walls
             ,
             and
             other
             places
             ,
             the
             other
             100
             are
             all
             strangers
             ,
             born
             50
             miles
             at
             least
             from
             the
             City
             ;
             amongst
             them
             they
             admit
             no
             Florentine
             ;
             their
             Captain
             is
             a
             Stranger
             too
             ,
             the
             Palace
             is
             committed
             to
             their
             Guard
             ,
             and
             under
             pain
             of
             death
             they
             may
             not
             come
             nigh
             the
             Walls
             .
             The
             City
             keeps
             a
             constant
             provision
             of
             mouth
             ,
             and
             ammunition
             of
             War
             for
             whole
             7.
             
             years
             ;
             their
             few
             strong
             Holds
             are
             well
             provided
             ,
             and
             their
             Souldiers
             well
             paid
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             onely
             way
             to
             keep
             them
             upon
             duty
             and
             obedience
             ;
             so
             that
             their
             care
             ,
             and
             the
             plenty
             of
             their
             Territory
             about
             the
             City
             do
             supply
             the
             narrowness
             and
             littleness
             of
             it
             :
             In
             a
             word
             ,
             if
             they
             come
             short
             of
             other
             Princes
             and
             Republicks
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             extent
             of
             dominions
             they
             have
             great
             advantages
             above
             them
             another
             way
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             revengeful
             ,
             as
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             Italians
             are
             ,
             they
             casily
             forgive
             offences
             received
             ,
             which
             doth
             argue
             the
             goodness
             of
             their
             nature
             ,
             upon
             this
             account
             they
             are
             a
             proverb
             to
             other
             
               Italians
               ,
               Riceve
               gli
               affronti
               come
               un
               '
               lucbese
               .
               2dly
               ,
            
             their
             women
             are
             very
             modest
             ,
             and
             inclined
             to
             chastity
             ,
             and
             their
             young
             men
             sober
             and
             temperate
             ,
             some
             out
             of
             a
             Natural
             inclination
             ,
             and
             others
             by
             virtue
             of
             the
             good
             order
             kept
             amongst
             them
             :
             for
             24
             men
             ,
             known
             to
             be
             of
             a
             good
             Life
             and
             Conversation
             are
             chosen
             out
             of
             the
             Council
             to
             be
             inspectors
             over
             the
             manners
             of
             Youth
             ,
             (
             this
             they
             call
             
               consigliodi
               discoli
            
             )
             specially
             of
             deboist
             persons
             ,
             and
             every
             time
             they
             meet
             ,
             which
             happens
             once
             a
             year
             ,
             every
             one
             puts
             in
             his
             Bill
             with
             the
             names
             
             of
             those
             whom
             he
             hath
             found
             and
             observed
             to
             be
             unruly
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             name
             of
             one
             be
             put
             in
             the
             little
             Box
             by
             the
             two
             thirds
             ,
             that
             is
             by
             sixteen
             ;
             herein
             is
             his
             sentence
             conteined
             of
             3
             years
             banishment
             ,
             he
             must
             go
             out
             of
             the
             City
             the
             next
             day
             after
             he
             hath
             had
             warning
             ,
             and
             within
             3
             dayes
             after
             out
             of
             the
             State
             :
             So
             that
             by
             the
             observation
             of
             these
             good
             Orders
             ,
             God
             fits
             them
             the
             better
             for
             conversion
             and
             reformation
             ,
             after
             the
             reading
             of
             Scriptures
             ,
             which
             they
             are
             much
             inclined
             to
             :
             hence
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             we
             have
             seen
             so
             many
             families
             leave
             Luca
             and
             go
             to
             Geneva
             to
             enjoy
             the
             liberty
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             an
             open
             profession
             of
             the
             truth
             :
             after
             these
             commendations
             't
             were
             superfluous
             to
             say
             ,
             they
             have
             also
             amongst
             them
             two
             sorts
             of
             Virtuosi
             ,
             the
             one
             called
             Oscari
             and
             the
             other
             Freddi
             .
          
           
             They
             might
             boast
             of
             the
             antiquity
             of
             their
             City
             ,
             which
             was
             built
             by
             Lucamon
             King
             of
             Toscany
             ,
             but
             they
             have
             a
             greater
             advantage
             which
             they
             glory
             in
             ,
             that
             this
             is
             the
             first
             City
             of
             Toscany
             ,
             which
             received
             the
             Christian
             Faith
             ;
             though
             they
             be
             united
             amongst
             themselves
             ,
             
             they
             are
             not
             sometimes
             without
             troubles
             at
             home
             ,
             caused
             by
             the
             pride
             of
             their
             Clergy
             which
             is
             so
             far
             protected
             by
             Popes
             ,
             that
             Urban
             the
             8th
             for
             their
             sake
             excommunicated
             the
             Republick
             .
             This
             people
             is
             Civil
             to
             Strangers
             ,
             and
             very
             courteous
             to
             those
             who
             come
             into
             the
             City
             ,
             yet
             so
             watchful
             over
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             the
             council
             
               Della
               Vigilanza
            
             to
             know
             what
             they
             come
             for
             ,
             whence
             they
             come
             ,
             and
             whether
             they
             go
             ,
             not
             allowing
             them
             to
             wear
             swords
             in
             the
             streets
             without
             a
             special
             leave
             ,
             yet
             they
             give
             them
             liberty
             to
             walk
             upon
             the
             Moat
             ,
             by
             the
             Walls
             ,
             and
             to
             view
             the
             same
             ;
             in
             this
             City
             ,
             the
             tongue
             is
             spoken
             in
             the
             purity
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             All
             their
             maximes
             of
             State
             are
             onley
             about
             the
             defensive
             part
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             preserve
             themselves
             from
             their
             great
             Neighbour
             the
             
               Gran
               '
               Duke
            
             ,
             who
             would
             be
             glad
             to
             bring
             Toscany
             to
             her
             old
             limits
             that
             way
             ,
             wherefore
             the
             Republick
             hath
             a
             strict
             correspondency
             with
             Genoa
             ,
             which
             fears
             the
             same
             ;
             however
             as
             I
             have
             observed
             ,
             one
             Neighbour
             would
             cross
             another
             ,
             if
             any
             thing
             was
             design'd
             against
             Luca
             :
             their
             care
             hath
             provided
             against
             open
             attempts
             ,
             they
             being
             
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             oppose
             them
             ,
             all
             what
             they
             must
             do
             ,
             is
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             surprisals
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               state
               of
            
             San
             Marino
             .
          
           
             
               SAn
               Marino
            
             is
             ,
             I
             believe
             ,
             the
             least
             Republick
             of
             Europe
             ,
             when
             the
             Empire
             was
             transferred
             out
             of
             Italy
             into
             Germany
             ;
             this
             City
             ,
             with
             some
             others
             made
             her self
             a
             Republick
             ;
             it
             lies
             on
             the
             West
             of
             the
             Dukedome
             of
             Urbino
             ,
             under
             whose
             Dukes
             protection
             it
             remained
             ,
             till
             this
             State
             fell
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             so
             that
             now
             it
             is
             shut
             up
             within
             the
             Popes
             Lands
             ,
             and
             under
             their
             protection
             ,
             yet
             some
             of
             them
             ,
             specially
             the
             late
             Alexander
             the
             7th
             ,
             have
             done
             what
             they
             could
             by
             promises
             and
             fair
             means
             to
             make
             their
             Nephews
             Princes
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             she
             would
             not
             part
             with
             her
             liberty
             ;
             and
             though
             the
             Pope
             could
             easily
             force
             them
             to
             it
             ,
             yet
             he
             dares
             not
             ,
             it
             being
             certain
             that
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             would
             oppose
             him
             in
             it
             ,
             specially
             now
             when
             Italian
             Princes
             do
             dislike
             Novelities
             and
             Innovations
             :
             
             when
             this
             Republick
             hath
             written
             to
             Venice
             ,
             she
             hath
             called
             her
             
               Carissima
               Sorella
            
             ,
             very
             dear
             Sister
             ,
             a
             weak
             one
             indeed
             ,
             for
             having
             but
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             two
             or
             three
             Villages
             besides
             ,
             her
             strength
             and
             riches
             are
             but
             small
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             supplyed
             with
             their
             care
             of
             themselves
             ,
             and
             watchfulness
             over
             their
             Neighbours
             .
          
        
         
           
             Of
             the
             Petty
             Principalities
          
           
             THis
             is
             all
             as
             I
             think
             ,
             that
             needs
             be
             said
             upon
             the
             subject
             of
             great
             Princes
             ,
             and
             Republicks
             of
             
               Italy
               .
               I
            
             must
             therefore
             now
             speak
             to
             the
             
               Petty
               Princes
            
             ,
             or
             rather
             continue
             it
             ,
             for
             the
             last
             Republick
             I
             have
             mentioned
             may
             have
             her
             place
             amongst
             these
             ,
             rather
             than
             amongst
             the
             great
             ones
             :
             But
             I
             desire
             not
             to
             be
             mistaken
             ,
             when
             I
             call
             some
             
               petty
               Princes
            
             ,
             't
             is
             not
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             depended
             from
             others
             ,
             and
             were
             not
             Sovereignes
             ,
             for
             every
             way
             they
             act
             as
             such
             :
             In
             their
             Lands
             there
             is
             no
             appeal
             from
             their
             sentence
             ,
             they
             dispose
             of
             Life
             and
             Death
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             greatest
             Princes
             ,
             they
             Coyn
             ,
             or
             may
             Coyn
             monies
             ,
             Elect
             Officers
             ,
             make
             Laws
             ,
             
             and
             when
             there
             is
             occasion
             for
             it
             ,
             they
             treat
             of
             Peace
             and
             Warre
             .
             I
             call
             them
             
               Petty
               Princes
            
             ,
             because
             their
             States
             are
             but
             small
             in
             comparison
             of
             those
             whom
             I
             call
             great
             ones
             .
             'T
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             there
             are
             very
             many
             who
             have
             the
             name
             of
             Princes
             ,
             who
             are
             not
             Sovereigns
             ,
             but
             are
             Subjects
             to
             others
             ;
             the
             number
             of
             these
             all
             Italy
             over
             is
             between
             75
             and
             80
             ;
             between
             90
             and
             100
             have
             the
             titles
             of
             Dukes
             ,
             and
             of
             Marquesses
             and
             Earls
             ,
             there
             are
             above
             500
             ;
             but
             I
             speak
             onely
             of
             Sovereigns
             .
          
           
             The
             Duke
             of
             
               Della
               Mirandola
            
             is
             one
             of
             this
             sort
             ;
             the
             City
             
               La
               Mirandola
            
             is
             seated
             upon
             the
             confines
             of
             Modena
             towards
             the
             River
             Po
             ;
             the
             family
             Pico
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             most
             antient
             and
             famous
             of
             Italy
             ,
             have
             been
             Lords
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             of
             Concordia
             since
             the
             year
             ,
             1110
             till
             now
             ;
             that
             line
             failed
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             1637
             ,
             and
             therefore
             another
             was
             invested
             of
             it
             by
             the
             Emperour
             .
          
           
             Of
             this
             sort
             are
             also
             the
             Princes
             of
             Bozzolo
             ,
             and
             of
             Sabionetta
             ,
             the
             Dukes
             of
             Guastalda
             ,
             and
             of
             Novellara
             ,
             and
             the
             Marquess
             of
             Castiglione
             ;
             all
             within
             the
             State
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             as
             we
             said
             before
             ,
             they
             have
             been
             such
             for
             these
             100
             years
             past
             ,
             and
             
             are
             all
             of
             the
             family
             Gonzaga
             ,
             he
             of
             Sahionetta
             excepted
             ,
             which
             in
             the
             year
             1540
             was
             given
             with
             a
             Daughter
             ,
             and
             Heir
             to
             General
             Caraffa
             ,
             and
             now
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             The
             principality
             of
             Monaco
             is
             another
             ,
             this
             is
             a
             strong
             City
             by
             Nature
             ,
             seated
             upon
             the
             Mediterranean
             ,
             between
             
               Nizzadi
               ,
               Provenza
            
             and
             Genoa
             ,
             this
             makes
             the
             Prince
             more
             considerable
             than
             any
             other
             of
             his
             sort
             ;
             there
             is
             an
             indifferent
             harbour
             ;
             the
             way
             up
             to
             it
             is
             very
             steep
             and
             difficult
             ,
             and
             several
             Guards
             to
             speak
             with
             ,
             before
             one
             can
             get
             to
             it
             .
             At
             the
             comming
             in
             there
             is
             a
             broad
             place
             with
             a
             prospect
             as
             pleasant
             as
             can
             be
             ;
             within
             few
             miles
             from
             it
             ,
             is
             another
             place
             ,
             good
             enough
             ,
             called
             Menton
             ,
             depending
             from
             the
             said
             principality
             :
             there
             was
             in
             Monaco
             a
             Spanish
             Garrison
             ,
             but
             the
             late
             Prince
             having
             partly
             by
             a
             stratagem
             ,
             and
             partly
             with
             help
             from
             the
             French
             driven
             it
             out
             ,
             he
             desired
             the
             French
             protection
             ,
             and
             now
             there
             is
             in
             it
             a
             French
             Garrison
             ,
             he
             is
             Duke
             
               de
               Valentionis
            
             ,
             and
             Peer
             of
             France
             ,
             whose
             coin
             is
             currant
             in
             that
             Kingdom
             .
             This
             Princes
             family
             is
             Grimaldi
             ,
             who
             derive
             their
             pedegree
             from
             Grimald
             ,
             
             Son
             of
             Pipin
             King
             of
             Austrasia
             ,
             and
             Brother
             to
             
               Charles
               Martel
            
             :
             this
             Pipin
             as
             they
             say
             ,
             gave
             the
             Lordship
             to
             Grimald
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             713.
             but
             they
             were
             declared
             Princes
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             1411.
             
             Cardinal
             Grimaldi
             yet
             living
             ,
             and
             brother
             to
             the
             late
             Duke
             ,
             was
             in
             great
             part
             the
             occasion
             of
             the
             admitting
             in
             of
             the
             French
             ,
             induced
             to
             it
             by
             the
             persecution
             which
             the
             Barberini
             suffered
             from
             the
             Pope
             at
             the
             secret
             instigations
             of
             Spain
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             protection
             which
             the
             French
             gave
             to
             that
             family
             ,
             whose
             passionate
             creature
             this
             Grimaldi
             is
             ,
             and
             also
             by
             the
             interest
             he
             hath
             gotten
             in
             France
             ,
             to
             be
             Arch-bishop
             of
             Aix
             ,
             and
             other
             good
             benefices
             he
             enjoys
             :
             He
             is
             of
             an
             active
             spirit
             ,
             therefore
             he
             hath
             been
             much
             spoken
             of
             at
             Rome
             ;
             their
             family
             ,
             or
             a
             branch
             of
             it
             is
             named
             amongst
             the
             greatest
             in
             Genoa
             ,
             where
             some
             of
             the
             name
             are
             admitted
             to
             the
             highest
             charges
             :
             the
             present
             Prince
             of
             Monaco
             is
             not
             much
             passed
             twenty
             five
             ,
             he
             hath
             married
             Marshall
             Grammonts
             Daughter
             ,
             who
             prefers
             the
             pleasure
             of
             Paris
             ,
             to
             the
             Soveraignty
             of
             Monaco
             .
          
           
             Massa
             is
             in
             Toscany
             ,
             seated
             part
             '
             of
             it
             at
             the
             bottom
             of
             a
             great
             Mountain
             ,
             part
             
             upon
             the
             Mountain
             ,
             and
             highest
             of
             all
             is
             the
             Princes
             Castle
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             a
             building
             a
             Palace
             in
             the
             lower
             Town
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             almost
             finished
             ;
             this
             is
             but
             a
             Post
             from
             Sarzana
             :
             The
             family
             Malaspina
             possessed
             it
             along
             while
             ,
             till
             by
             the
             marriage
             of
             
               Ricarda
               Malaspina
            
             ,
             with
             
               Lorenzo
               Cibo
            
             ,
             it
             came
             to
             this
             family
             ,
             because
             she
             was
             the
             Heir
             of
             it
             :
             They
             were
             Marquesses
             till
             the
             year
             ,
             1499.
             at
             which
             time
             Innocent
             the
             8th
             of
             the
             same
             family
             being
             
               Pope
               ,
               Alberico
               Cibo
            
             ,
             was
             by
             the
             Emperour
             Maximilian
             made
             Prince
             of
             the
             Empire
             .
             Bonifacius
             the
             9th
             was
             of
             the
             same
             family
             ,
             which
             coming
             from
             Grecia
             ,
             where
             they
             had
             possessed
             some
             Islands
             ,
             Principalities
             ,
             and
             other
             Territories
             ,
             they
             seated
             in
             Genoa
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Cardinal
             of
             the
             name
             and
             family
             .
          
           
             Massarana
             is
             in
             Monferrat
             ,
             not
             far
             from
             Veroelli
             ,
             this
             Principality
             hath
             been
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             family
             Scala
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             1568.
             't
             was
             bought
             from
             them
             by
             the
             Ferreri
             ,
             who
             are
             at
             present
             in
             possession
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             Upon
             15
             miles
             from
             Genoa
             is
             another
             Sovereignty
             ,
             the
             Marquesate
             of
             Torreglia
             ,
             it
             was
             given
             by
             Charles
             the
             5th
             to
             Andrea
             
             Doria
             ,
             who
             had
             left
             the
             service
             of
             Frances
             the
             first
             King
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             done
             many
             eminent
             services
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ;
             the
             same
             family
             doth
             also
             enjoy
             the
             principality
             of
             Melfey
             in
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Naples
             ,
             but
             not
             in
             Sovereignty
             :
             This
             family
             Doria
             hath
             for
             500
             years
             been
             esteerned
             in
             Genoa
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             most
             noble
             ,
             if
             not
             the
             first
             of
             that
             Republick
             :
             The
             head
             of
             the
             family
             is
             young
             at
             present
             there
             are
             two
             branches
             of
             it
             flourishing
             in
             Genoa
             ,
             who
             hath
             each
             of
             them
             a
             stately
             Palace
             ,
             though
             one
             is
             more
             antient
             and
             more
             sumptuous
             than
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             Another
             principality
             is
             ,
             Piombine
             ,
             in
             the
             Island
             Alba
             ,
             whereof
             part
             belongs
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             ,
             as
             Cosmopoli
             ,
             &c.
             
             Prince
             Ludoviso
             hath
             it
             now
             ,
             it
             was
             bought
             for
             his
             Father
             by
             his
             Uncle
             Gregory
             the
             15th
             of
             the
             same
             family
             ;
             not
             long
             since
             the
             Princes
             Father
             died
             in
             Sardegna
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             Vice-King
             for
             Spain
             ,
             having
             layed
             before
             noble
             and
             stately
             foundations
             of
             a
             Palace
             in
             
               Piazza
               Colonna
            
             at
             Rome
             .
             This
             Prince
             underwent
             his
             Fathers
             displeasure
             unto
             the
             time
             of
             his
             death
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             strong
             passion
             he
             had
             
             for
             a
             mean
             person
             in
             the
             Island
             :
             At
             present
             there
             is
             Cardinal
             Ludoviso
             great
             Penitentiere
             of
             the
             Roman
             Church
             ,
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             eminent
             dignities
             of
             it
             :
             he
             is
             of
             Bologna
             of
             this
             Family
             by
             the
             side
             of
             late
             Prince
             
             Ludovisio's
             Mother
             ;
             he
             is
             a
             man
             of
             no
             considerable
             parts
             .
          
           
             Speaking
             of
             this
             sort
             of
             Princes
             ,
             I
             say
             nothing
             of
             Strength
             ,
             Riches
             and
             Policy
             ,
             things
             so
             inconsiderable
             with
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             to
             be
             not
             so
             much
             as
             mentioned
             ;
             all
             are
             under
             the
             protection
             of
             those
             within
             whose
             dominions
             their
             principalities
             stand
             ,
             or
             of
             some
             other
             ;
             the
             inconsiderableness
             of
             others
             ,
             and
             the
             affection
             of
             their
             few
             Subjects
             are
             a
             security
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             happy
             are
             they
             if
             satisfied
             with
             their
             condition
             ;
             they
             are
             free
             of
             fears
             and
             of
             ambition
             ;
             as
             they
             have
             little
             ,
             so
             they
             have
             little
             to
             care
             and
             to
             answer
             for
             ;
             they
             have
             the
             satisfaction
             to
             command
             ,
             and
             not
             be
             commanded
             ,
             and
             enjoy
             what
             sweetness
             there
             is
             ,
             giving
             Law
             ,
             without
             being
             exposed
             to
             the
             inconveniencies
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             But
             now
             we
             must
             come
             to
             those
             principalities
             which
             are
             seated
             within
             the
             state
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             first
             to
             those
             which
             belong
             to
             the
             family
             Colonna
             ,
             now
             divided
             
             into
             two
             branches
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             hath
             the
             Principality
             of
             Carbognana
             ,
             whose
             eldest
             Son
             hath
             married
             his
             Sister
             ,
             who
             is
             at
             present
             the
             head
             of
             the
             other
             branch
             ,
             whereof
             however
             the
             late
             Cardinal
             Colonna
             ,
             who
             died
             at
             Finale
             ,
             attending
             on
             the
             Empress
             ,
             and
             who
             was
             Protector
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             was
             the
             chief
             ,
             and
             with
             his
             frugality
             acquitted
             the
             debts
             ,
             and
             cleared
             the
             state
             of
             his
             family
             :
             his
             Nephew
             
               Don
               Lorenzo
               Colonna
            
             (
             who
             hath
             married
             the
             Mancini
             ,
             one
             of
             Mazarins
             Neeces
             )
             commonly
             called
             
               Contestabila
               Colonna
            
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             High
             Constable
             of
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Naples
             ,
             is
             now
             the
             head
             of
             that
             branch
             ,
             a
             man
             whose
             Inclination
             agrees
             better
             with
             the
             French
             than
             with
             the
             Spanish
             temper
             ;
             yet
             he
             must
             keep
             fair
             with
             these
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Land
             he
             hath
             in
             Naples
             :
             his
             free
             and
             frequent
             conversation
             with
             the
             Duke
             of
             Crequi
             Ambassadour
             to
             Rome
             ,
             gave
             the
             Spaniards
             much
             jealousie
             ,
             some
             think
             he
             left
             Rome
             in
             part
             upon
             this
             account
             but
             the
             aversion
             he
             had
             for
             the
             late
             Popes
             family
             by
             reason
             of
             some
             discontents
             he
             had
             received
             from
             them
             ,
             was
             a
             sufficient
             ground
             to
             oblige
             him
             to
             leave
             Rome
             
             for
             two
             years
             time
             ,
             as
             he
             did
             lately
             ;
             he
             is
             a
             man
             who
             lives
             in
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             so
             High
             and
             so
             Noble
             a
             spirit
             ,
             that
             he
             could
             not
             stoop
             to
             the
             Popes
             Kinsmen
             ,
             as
             few
             others
             did
             ;
             he
             hath
             a
             brother
             called
             
               Don
               Domenico
               Colonna
            
             ,
             and
             is
             Sovereign
             of
             Pagliano
             and
             Prince
             of
             Marini
             ,
             the
             antiquity
             of
             his
             family
             is
             well
             known
             :
             their
             Arms
             are
             a
             Colonna
             ,
             or
             a
             Pillar
             ,
             crowned
             because
             
               Stefano
               Colonna
            
             the
             Roman
             Senator
             did
             crown
             Lewis
             of
             Bavaria
             Emperour
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             1260.
             they
             say
             they
             come
             from
             Columnius
             an
             antient
             Roman
             .
          
           
             The
             Rival
             ,
             and
             antient
             Enemy
             of
             this
             family
             hath
             been
             
               Casa
               Ursini
            
             ,
             most
             Noble
             and
             very
             antient
             ,
             of
             which
             was
             that
             proud
             Nicholas
             the
             
               3
               d
            
             ;
             this
             family
             hath
             been
             much
             decayed
             in
             her
             state
             ,
             though
             of
             late
             't
             was
             somewhat
             restored
             by
             the
             means
             of
             some
             rich
             Matches
             made
             with
             other
             families
             ,
             which
             yet
             for
             want
             of
             Children
             may
             at
             last
             prove
             disadvantagious
             :
             Their
             Palace
             at
             Rome
             in
             
               Monte
               Jordano
            
             is
             very
             antient
             :
             the
             eldest
             of
             the
             family
             is
             now
             Cardinal
             Ursini
             Protector
             of
             
               Poland
               ,
               Portugal
            
             ,
             and
             Com-protector
             of
             the
             French
             Interest
             at
             the
             Court
             of
             Rome
             ;
             a
             man
             of
             no
             extraordinary
             
             parts
             ,
             who
             not
             long
             since
             was
             obliged
             to
             take
             a
             journey
             to
             Paris
             to
             pacifie
             that
             Court
             ,
             angry
             with
             him
             for
             not
             acting
             according
             to
             directions
             in
             the
             business
             of
             Crequi
             at
             Rome
             ;
             and
             therefore
             had
             taken
             from
             him
             his
             pension
             of
             5000
             Crowns
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             bestowed
             it
             upon
             Cardinal
             Aldobrandini
             ,
             who
             being
             dead
             ,
             Ursini
             posts
             away
             to
             Paris
             ,
             and
             obtains
             his
             desire
             ,
             the
             head
             of
             this
             family
             is
             now
             the
             Duke
             of
             Bracciano
             ,
             who
             is
             also
             
               Conte
               di
               Petiglione
            
             ,
             two
             Soveraignties
             belonging
             to
             the
             family
             by
             an
             antient
             gift
             of
             some
             Popes
             for
             services
             done
             to
             the
             Church
             ;
             this
             Duke
             is
             the
             head
             of
             the
             antient
             Nobility
             of
             Rome
             ,
             as
             all
             other
             Roman
             Princes
             do
             ,
             he
             stands
             much
             upon
             the
             points
             or
             punctillio's
             of
             ceremonies
             ;
             hence
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             lately
             he
             had
             a
             kind
             of
             a
             Broglio
             ,
             or
             falling
             out
             with
             Cadinal
             Sforza
             ,
             though
             some
             think
             it
             was
             not
             so
             much
             his
             fault
             as
             the
             Cardinals
             ;
             he
             hath
             a
             younger
             Brother
             ,
             called
             
               Don
               lelio
               Ursini
            
             Prince
             of
             Vic●varo
             .
          
           
             Another
             antient
             family
             is
             that
             of
             Cezarini
             Duke
             of
             the
             name
             ,
             and
             Prince
             of
             Fansano
             ,
             and
             of
             Ardea
             he
             derives
             his
             pedigree
             from
             the
             Cezars
             ,
             the
             family
             ,
             as
             to
             a
             
             Male
             Issue
             ,
             is
             like
             to
             be
             extinct
             :
             the
             late
             Duke
             ,
             a
             man
             of
             50000
             crowns
             a
             year
             could
             afford
             his
             Cook
             4Giulius
             ,
             two
             shillings
             for
             his
             dinner
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             .
             He
             appeared
             so
             high
             for
             the
             French
             in
             the
             business
             of
             Crequi
             ,
             out
             of
             an
             enmity
             he
             had
             for
             the
             Popes
             Relations
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             obliged
             to
             retire
             into
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Naples
             till
             the
             peace
             was
             made
             ;
             he
             was
             one
             of
             those
             whom
             Italians
             call
             
               Matti
               porta
               a
               casa
            
             ,
             he
             died
             lately
             ,
             and
             left
             three
             or
             four
             Daughters
             in
             Monasteries
             ,
             who
             had
             made
             no
             profession
             ;
             his
             brother
             the
             Abbot
             Cezarini
             hath
             succeeded
             him
             ,
             a
             man
             of
             a
             most
             loose
             and
             dissolute
             life
             ;
             when
             I
             came
             from
             Rome
             he
             was
             upon
             marrying
             a
             Lady
             of
             Milan
             ,
             without
             hopes
             on
             his
             side
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             former
             deboistness
             of
             having
             any
             Children
             ;
             yet
             with
             what
             he
             had
             before
             he
             is
             worth
             60000
             Crowns
             a
             year
             .
             Rignano
             is
             a
             Principality
             belonging
             to
             the
             Duke
             Muti
             ,
             of
             a
             very
             antient
             family
             ,
             for
             they
             derive
             themselves
             from
             
               Mutius
               Scevola
            
             ,
             and
             a
             proof
             of
             it
             is
             the
             possession
             of
             
               Campi
               Mutii
            
             ,
             wherein
             Porsenna
             was
             encamped
             ,
             given
             by
             the
             Senate
             to
             Mutius
             and
             his
             posterity
             :
             The
             present
             Duke
             is
             not
             married
             ,
             though
             he
             begins
             to
             
             be
             antient
             ,
             he
             hath
             much
             squandered
             his
             state
             with
             Gaming
             and
             Women
             ,
             he
             hath
             a
             brother
             a
             Prelate
             ,
             and
             another
             called
             Marquess
             Muti
             ,
             a
             very
             ingenious
             person
             to
             my
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             of
             good
             parts
             ,
             their
             Palace
             as
             that
             of
             the
             forenamed
             family
             is
             in
             Rome
             .
          
           
             I
             will
             make
             no
             further
             mention
             of
             the
             Sovereignty
             of
             
               Farneze
               ,
               I
            
             said
             what
             was
             fit
             to
             be
             known
             of
             it
             speaking
             of
             the
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             ,
             the
             Cardinal
             of
             that
             name
             is
             Prince
             of
             it
             .
             I
             will
             only
             name
             the
             Marquess
             
               di
               Monte
            
             another
             Sovereign
             ,
             and
             the
             Noble
             Family
             of
             Caetani
             who
             have
             a
             stately
             Palace
             at
             Rome
             .
             Of
             this
             Family
             is
             the
             Prince
             of
             Caserta
             ,
             who
             for
             an
             unhappy
             business
             was
             obliged
             to
             fly
             from
             Rome
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             lookt
             upon
             as
             the
             best
             qualified
             of
             all
             other
             Princes
             ,
             as
             to
             his
             personal
             worth
             .
          
           
             
               Pope
               Clement
            
             the
             8th
             a
             Florentine
             ,
             in
             the
             year
             ,
             1595
             ,
             bought
             the
             Marquesate
             of
             Meldola
             ,
             and
             gave
             it
             to
             his
             Nephew
             
               Ottavio
               Aldobrandini
            
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Sovereignty
             ;
             this
             family
             hath
             lived
             at
             Rome
             with
             great
             pomp
             ,
             and
             much
             splendour
             ,
             where
             they
             have
             three
             or
             four
             fair
             Palaces
             :
             now
             there
             being
             no
             Males
             ,
             the
             great
             
             Heir
             of
             that
             family
             is
             the
             Princess
             of
             Rossano
             married
             first
             to
             the
             late
             Prince
             Borghese
             his
             Father
             that
             now
             is
             ,
             and
             after
             to
             Prince
             Panfilio
             ,
             Nephew
             to
             Innocent
             the
             10th
             ,
             of
             which
             she
             is
             now
             a
             widow
             ;
             this
             match
             with
             those
             two
             families
             is
             like
             in
             time
             to
             cause
             great
             clashings
             between
             them
             ,
             about
             a
             clause
             in
             the
             contract
             of
             marriage
             with
             the
             former
             ;
             both
             are
             very
             potent
             ,
             for
             Borghese
             hath
             300000
             Crowns
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             Pansilio
             little
             less
             :
             So
             we
             are
             now
             come
             to
             late
             families
             raised
             at
             Rome
             by
             Popes
             .
          
           
             Urbanus
             the
             8th
             ,
             subject
             born
             to
             the
             
               Grand
               Duke
            
             ,
             by
             the
             means
             of
             his
             long
             Reign
             :
             had
             time
             enough
             to
             settle
             his
             family
             Barberini
             ;
             he
             had
             three
             Nephews
             ,
             Francesco
             ,
             whom
             he
             made
             Cardinal
             Padrone
             ,
             that
             is
             Master
             ,
             Antonio
             who
             for
             a
             while
             was
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Family
             ,
             but
             desired
             at
             last
             to
             be
             made
             a
             Cardinal
             ,
             and
             
               Don
               Thaddeo
               :
               Francesco
            
             was
             made
             Arciprete
             of
             St.
             Peters
             Church
             .
             Antonio
             of
             St.
             Mary
             the
             greater
             ,
             and
             High
             Chamberlain
             ,
             and
             
               Don
               Thaddeo
               Prefetto
            
             ,
             or
             General
             of
             the
             Church
             ;
             this
             last
             being
             made
             the
             head
             of
             the
             family
             ,
             they
             bought
             him
             the
             principality
             of
             Palestrina
             ,
             formerly
             
             Praeneste
             ,
             which
             is
             now
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             his
             younger
             Son
             ,
             the
             eldest
             having
             voluntarily
             resigned
             his
             Birth
             right
             to
             his
             brother
             to
             be
             made
             a
             Cardinal
             ,
             who
             at
             present
             is
             called
             Cardinal
             
               Carlo
               Barberini
            
             ,
             he
             is
             the
             third
             of
             the
             family
             who
             hath
             that
             Dignity
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             rare
             at
             the
             same
             time
             ;
             and
             that
             which
             is
             the
             more
             to
             be
             admired
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             Elected
             by
             Innocent
             the
             10th
             ,
             who
             made
             it
             his
             task
             to
             persecute
             and
             destroy
             this
             family
             ;
             but
             this
             was
             the
             work
             of
             
               Donna
               Olympia
            
             ,
             who
             recollecting
             her self
             ,
             and
             being
             affraid
             least
             the
             next
             Pope
             might
             prove
             a
             friend
             of
             the
             Barbarines
             ,
             whose
             faction
             was
             then
             potent
             ,
             and
             so
             retaliate
             the
             Panfilio's
             what
             they
             had
             done
             to
             the
             Barbarines
             ,
             she
             thought
             it
             fit
             to
             reconcile
             both
             families
             ,
             and
             this
             Cardinals
             Cap
             was
             the
             Seal
             of
             that
             Reconciliation
             ;
             though
             this
             family
             was
             persecuted
             by
             Innocent
             ,
             it
             is
             still
             flourishing
             ;
             the
             Prince
             of
             Palestrina
             being
             already
             in
             possession
             of
             a
             vast
             Estate
             ,
             and
             in
             expectation
             of
             a
             great
             addition
             to
             it
             ,
             after
             the
             death
             of
             his
             Uncle
             Francesco
             ,
             who
             is
             very
             rich
             ,
             and
             at
             present
             the
             Dean
             of
             the
             Colledge
             of
             Cardinals
             ,
             and
             titular
             Protectour
             
             of
             the
             English
             Interest
             at
             Rome
             ;
             but
             how
             much
             more
             would
             he
             get
             if
             he
             were
             made
             a
             Pope
             ,
             as
             he
             pretends
             to
             it
             in
             case
             of
             a
             
               Sede
               Vacante
            
             :
             this
             Princes
             Palace
             is
             in
             as
             good
             air
             ,
             and
             as
             pleasant
             a
             seat
             as
             any
             in
             Rome
             nigh
             to
             
               Monte
               Cavallo
            
             ,
             which
             Innocent
             was
             upon
             taking
             from
             them
             ,
             had
             not
             Cardinal
             Grimaldi
             prevented
             it
             by
             setting
             the
             Armes
             of
             France
             over
             the
             Gate
             .
          
           
             But
             we
             must
             come
             to
             the
             late
             reignning
             family
             of
             the
             Ghigi's
             ,
             that
             Pope
             at
             first
             was
             seemingly
             unwilling
             to
             do
             any
             thing
             for
             his
             relations
             ,
             but
             at
             last
             he
             was
             as
             busie
             as
             any
             of
             his
             Predecessours
             had
             been
             ,
             to
             raise
             them
             up
             ;
             to
             this
             purpose
             he
             bought
             ,
             as
             we
             said
             before
             ,
             the
             Principality
             Farneze
             ,
             but
             afterwards
             he
             parted
             with
             it
             for
             the
             reasons
             before
             expressed
             .
             He
             perswaded
             
               Father
               Oliva
            
             ,
             the
             General
             of
             the
             Jesuites
             ,
             to
             enduce
             those
             of
             their
             Colledge
             who
             had
             Authority
             to
             sell
             him
             the
             best
             land
             belonging
             to
             it
             ,
             to
             the
             summ
             of
             100000
             Crowns
             ,
             under
             pretence
             of
             getting
             monies
             to
             pay
             their
             debts
             ;
             and
             this
             was
             bought
             for
             
               Don
               Augustino
            
             ,
             whereat
             the
             Jesuites
             were
             much
             grieved
             ,
             when
             they
             saw
             their
             fault
             at
             a
             distance
             ;
             then
             did
             he
             secretly
             tamper
             to
             get
             those
             of
             San
             
             Marino
             to
             receive
             a
             Prince
             over
             them
             ;
             then
             did
             he
             proffer
             to
             Duke
             Muti
             for
             his
             principality
             of
             Rignano
             a
             Cardinals
             Cap
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             summe
             of
             money
             ;
             and
             after
             the
             death
             of
             Duke
             Cezarini
             ,
             he
             offered
             the
             Cardinals
             Cap
             to
             his
             brother
             and
             heir
             with
             200000
             Crown
             ,
             if
             he
             would
             give
             one
             of
             his
             Neeces
             that
             are
             in
             the
             Cloister
             to
             
               Don
               Sigismond
            
             the
             youngest
             of
             his
             Nephews
             ,
             and
             resign
             the
             principality
             ,
             but
             he
             not
             willing
             to
             marry
             ,
             nothing
             of
             this
             could
             take
             effect
             ;
             however
             the
             head
             of
             his
             family
             is
             provided
             for
             ,
             because
             the
             Noble
             Family
             of
             Prince
             Savelli
             being
             exceedingly
             decayed
             ,
             want
             of
             monies
             obliged
             him
             ,
             who
             now
             is
             to
             hearken
             after
             the
             proposals
             ,
             made
             by
             the
             Popes
             Agents
             ,
             to
             sell
             his
             principality
             of
             
               la
               Rizza
            
             and
             Albano
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             not
             absolutely
             ,
             reserving
             for
             many
             years
             to
             come
             for
             himself
             and
             his
             heirs
             (
             having
             already
             a
             fine
             young
             Son
             )
             to
             enter
             again
             into
             his
             right
             and
             possession
             ,
             paying
             the
             summe
             received
             ,
             which
             there
             is
             no
             great
             probability
             as
             yet
             to
             effect
             ,
             except
             in
             case
             of
             some
             very
             great
             match
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             Popedom
             in
             their
             family
             ,
             which
             yet
             is
             not
             very
             probable
             ,
             though
             at
             present
             there
             be
             a
             Cardinal
             of
             the
             family
             ,
             
             who
             had
             some
             things
             left
             him
             by
             Cardinal
             
               Mont
               '
               alto
            
             :
             however
             the
             Pope
             is
             dead
             ,
             and
             
               Don
               Maria
            
             ,
             who
             at
             Rome
             ruled
             the
             rost
             ,
             hath
             soon
             followed
             him
             ,
             and
             a
             spend-thrist
             of
             no
             parts
             is
             left
             after
             them
             ;
             the
             prsent
             Pope
             as
             yet
             hath
             gotten
             no
             principality
             for
             his
             Nephews
             ,
             and
             he
             hath
             hardly
             had
             time
             to
             do
             it
             ;
             what
             he
             will
             do
             hereafter
             time
             will
             reveal
             .
          
           
             All
             Princes
             and
             Republicks
             in
             Italy
             do
             homage
             ,
             or
             pay
             tribute
             either
             to
             the
             Pope
             or
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             except
             the
             Venetians
             ,
             who
             yet
             for
             some
             Islands
             pay
             a
             tribute
             to
             the
             Turk
             .
             Namely
             ,
             first
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             is
             Feudatario
             of
             the
             Pope
             for
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Naples
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Emperour
             for
             the
             Dukedom
             of
             Milan
             .
             The
             Duke
             of
             Savoy
             depends
             from
             the
             Emperour
             of
             Piemont
             and
             Monferrat
             ,
             by
             virtue
             of
             which
             last
             he
             is
             Vicar
             of
             the
             Empire
             .
             The
             Grand
             Duke
             acknowledges
             the
             Pope
             for
             Radicosans
             ,
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             ;
             for
             Siena
             ,
             and
             the
             Emperour
             for
             Florence
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             .
             The
             Republick
             of
             Genoa
             doth
             homage
             to
             the
             Emperour
             for
             her
             whole
             state
             ;
             the
             Duke
             of
             Mantoa
             ,
             who
             is
             also
             Vicar
             of
             the
             Empire
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             Monferrat
             to
             the
             Emperour
             ,
             for
             what
             he
             hath
             of
             
             Moferrat
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             Mantoan
             .
             The
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             to
             the
             Pope
             for
             
               Parmas
               Piacenza
               ,
               Castro
            
             and
             Riociglione
             .
             The
             Duke
             of
             Modena
             to
             the
             Emperour
             for
             his
             whole
             state
             ;
             so
             doth
             the
             Republick
             of
             Luca.
             
          
           
             The
             Prince
             of
             Monaco
             doth
             homage
             to
             the
             French
             King
             for
             what
             he
             hath
             in
             Fance
             .
             The
             Duke
             
               Della
               Mirandola
            
             ,
             the
             Princes
             
               di
               Piorulino
            
             ,
             and
             all
             those
             of
             the
             family
             Gonzaga
             ,
             with
             the
             Marquesses
             
               di
               Massa
            
             and
             Torreglia
             ,
             depend
             from
             the
             Empire
             ,
             as
             due
             from
             the
             Pope
             ,
             the
             Republick
             of
             
               San
               Marino
            
             ,
             the
             Prince
             
               di
               Massarano
            
             ,
             the
             Duke
             
               di
               Itracciano
            
             ,
             and
             Earl
             
               di
               Petigliano
            
             ,
             the
             Marquesses
             
               di
               Moldota
            
             and
             
               di
               Monte
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Princes
             
               di
               Palestrina
               ,
               di
               Pagliano
            
             ,
             and
             
               di
               Farneze
            
             .
          
           
             Now
             the
             difference
             of
             those
             Papal
             and
             Imperial
             Fiefs
             or
             Feudi
             ,
             consists
             in
             this
             chiefly
             ,
             that
             most
             of
             the
             last
             pass
             by
             succession
             from
             the
             line
             male
             ,
             to
             the
             female
             ,
             but
             't
             is
             not
             so
             off
             the
             others
             ,
             for
             the
             lawful
             masculine
             line
             hapning
             to
             faile
             ,
             't
             is
             presently
             devolved
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             as
             in
             cases
             of
             Ferrara
             and
             Urbino
             .
          
           
             Thus
             far
             have
             we
             spoken
             in
             particular
             of
             the
             several
             Princes
             and
             Republicks
             of
             Italy
             ;
             now
             I
             have
             some
             few
             things
             to
             observe
             
             in
             general
             ,
             relating
             to
             the
             whole
             Nation
             :
             First
             ,
             their
             Language
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             corruption
             of
             the
             Latin
             ,
             caused
             by
             the
             irruption
             of
             the
             
               Goths
               ,
               Huns
               ,
               Vandals
            
             and
             Lombards
             ,
             who
             setling
             in
             it
             for
             a
             while
             ,
             and
             using
             their
             own
             Languages
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             Tongue
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             Latin
             ,
             came
             to
             grow
             corrupt
             by
             degres
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             somewhat
             forgotten
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             a
             mixture
             of
             the
             French
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             the
             Spanish
             ,
             because
             these
             Nations
             have
             been
             there
             with
             their
             Armies
             ,
             and
             have
             ruled
             over
             parts
             of
             it
             for
             a
             long
             while
             ;
             hence
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             about
             
               Piemont
               ,
               Milan
            
             ,
             and
             Genoa
             ,
             they
             speak
             a
             corrupt
             Italian
             ,
             which
             hath
             most
             of
             the
             Provenzal
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             except
             in
             part
             the
             State
             of
             the
             Pope
             ,
             in
             Toscany
             and
             at
             Leuca
             ,
             the
             right
             Italian
             is
             spoken
             no
             where
             else
             ;
             I
             do
             not
             speak
             as
             to
             the
             pronunciation
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             different
             ,
             at
             Genoa
             't
             is
             pronounced
             much
             with
             the
             lips
             ,
             in
             Naples
             with
             the
             teeth
             ,
             in
             Venice
             with
             the
             palat
             ;
             and
             the
             Florentine
             pronunciation
             is
             well
             enough
             known
             ,
             how
             ever
             the
             right
             Italian
             language
             ,
             or
             Toscan
             ,
             as
             they
             usually
             call
             it
             ,
             is
             very
             Sententious
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Judicious
             and
             Significative
             proverbs
             ;
             't
             is
             very
             sweet
             ,
             and
             doth
             abound
             
             in
             fine
             and
             civil
             expressions
             ,
             as
             for
             instance
             ,
             if
             I
             desire
             to
             speak
             with
             one
             ,
             the
             first
             words
             he
             will
             say
             to
             me
             will
             be
             these
             ,
             
               Che
               commanda
               US
            
             ,
             what
             are
             you
             pleased
             to
             command
             me
             ;
             if
             they
             answer
             to
             a
             question
             ,
             't
             is
             in
             these
             words
             ,
             
               Daservitore
               non
               lo
               so
            
             ,
             as
             I
             am
             your
             Servant
             I
             cannot
             tell
             ;
             If
             I
             desire
             one
             to
             do
             any
             thing
             for
             me
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             
               Sara
               Servito
            
             ,
             I
             will
             do
             it
             ;
             or
             if
             I
             buy
             any
             thing
             ,
             and
             we
             cannot
             ag●ee
             about
             the
             price
             ,
             the
             parting
             words
             will
             be
             to
             me
             ,
             
               Mispiace
               di
               non
               poter
               servirla
            
             ,
             I
             am
             sorry
             I
             cannot
             afford
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             all
             which
             expressions
             in
             their
             Original
             ,
             have
             more
             of
             civility
             then
             in
             any
             other
             Language
             .
             I
             need
             not
             to
             penetrate
             into
             the
             sincerity
             of
             their
             discourses
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             material
             to
             the
             purpose
             .
             I
             know
             the
             saying
             ,
             The
             French
             
               do
               not
               speak
               as
               they
               write
               ,
               nor
               the
            
             Italians
             
               as
               they
               think
            
             :
             I
             speak
             only
             as
             to
             the
             sweetness
             of
             the
             Language
             ,
             whereupon
             one
             said
             ,
             
               If
               I
               was
               to
               speak
               to
               Senators
               or
               Ambassadors
               ,
            
             I
             
               would
               do
               it
               in
            
             Spanish
             ,
             
               if
               to
               Souldiers
               in
            
             High
             Dutch
             ,
             
               to
               Courtiers
               in
            
             French
             ,
             
               but
               to
               Ladies
               in
            
             Italian
             .
             There
             is
             indeed
             a
             kind
             of
             excess
             in
             their
             civil
             expressions
             ,
             for
             they
             use
             to
             say
             ,
             
               Schiavo
               di
               V.
               Sigria
            
             ,
             I
             am
             your
             slave
             instead
             
             of
             your
             servant
             ;
             and
             the
             word
             Vosignoria
             ,
             your
             Lordship
             is
             ordinary
             with
             them
             ;
             so
             is
             the
             title
             of
             
               Molto
               magnifico
            
             given
             to
             inferiour
             persons
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             Illustrissimo
             to
             those
             of
             a
             higher
             quality
             ,
             yet
             't
             is
             given
             to
             many
             who
             are
             no
             great
             matter
             :
             a
             stranger
             with
             them
             is
             presently
             
               Sigre
               Conte
            
             ,
             or
             Barone
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             
               Sigre
               Cavaliere
            
             ;
             they
             call
             men
             by
             the
             Christian
             name
             ,
             
               Sigre
               Francesco
               ,
               Giouanni
               ,
               Francis
               ,
               John
               ,
            
             when
             they
             speak
             to
             them
             ,
             onely
             adding
             the
             word
             Don
             ,
             to
             those
             of
             the
             highest
             quality
             ,
             as
             
               Don
               Domenico
               ,
               Don
               Lelio
            
             ,
             yet
             they
             speak
             in
             the
             third
             person
             ,
             when
             't
             is
             with
             one
             whom
             they
             will
             shew
             respect
             to
             ,
             thus
             ,
             
               Dove
               vanno
               loro
               sigri
            
             ,
             but
             in
             Naples
             't
             is
             usual
             with
             men
             of
             the
             highest
             quality
             to
             do
             't
             in
             the
             second
             person
             of
             the
             singular
             ,
             thou
             ,
             as
             
               Che
               fai
               ,
               sei
               tu
               stato
               ,
            
             which
             with
             other
             Nations
             is
             a
             sign
             either
             of
             great
             familiarity
             ,
             or
             of
             much
             contempt
             .
             Neither
             must
             I
             omit
             here
             how
             fit
             and
             proper
             Epithets
             they
             give
             to
             things
             and
             places
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             case
             of
             every
             one
             of
             their
             Chief
             Cities
             ,
             so
             they
             call
             
               Roma
               la
               santa
            
             ,
             the
             holy
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             opinion
             ,
             
               Venice
               ,
               la
               Ricca
            
             the
             rich
             ,
             
               Padoa
               ,
               la
               Dotta
            
             the
             learned
             ,
             
               Ravenna
               ,
               l'
               Anticha
            
             the
             antient
             ,
             Fiorenzala
             
             bella
             ,
             the
             fair
             ,
             
               Milan
               la
               grande
            
             the
             great
             ,
             
               Genoa
               la
               superba
            
             the
             proud
             or
             stately
             ,
             
               Bologna
               la
               grassa
            
             the
             fat
             ,
             
               Naples
               ,
               la
               Gentile
            
             the
             Gentile
             ,
             
               Capua
               la
               deliciosa
            
             ,
             the
             delicious
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             I
             will
             not
             insist
             upon
             their
             customes
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             subject
             of
             which
             many
             have
             treated
             ,
             however
             by
             the
             by
             let
             me
             say
             in
             few
             words
             ,
             that
             in
             their
             division
             of
             the
             artificial
             day
             ,
             they
             differ
             from
             the
             general
             practice
             of
             Europe
             ,
             excepting
             only
             (
             as
             far
             as
             I
             could
             observe
             )
             Prague
             in
             Bohemia
             ,
             instead
             of
             our
             reckoning
             from
             12
             to
             12
             hours
             ,
             they
             reckon
             from
             24
             till
             24
             ,
             and
             their
             first
             hour
             begins
             at
             night
             an
             hour
             after
             Sun
             setting
             ,
             wherein
             they
             imitate
             the
             Jews
             ,
             who
             after
             the
             method
             of
             the
             creation
             reckoned
             the
             night
             afore
             the
             day
             ,
             for
             saith
             scripture
             ,
             
               The
               Evening
               and
               the
               Morning
               was
               the
               first
               day
               ,
               the
               second
               day
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             Another
             custome
             of
             Italians
             wherein
             they
             differ
             from
             us
             ,
             is
             in
             the
             sign
             we
             use
             to
             make
             with
             the
             hand
             to
             those
             whom
             we
             call
             ,
             for
             here
             we
             do
             it
             with
             our
             fingers
             upwards
             ,
             but
             there
             it
             would
             be
             taken
             for
             an
             affront
             ,
             my
             hand
             must
             be
             downwards
             ,
             and
             move
             gently
             when
             I
             make
             a
             sign
             with
             it
             ;
             here
             we
             take
             that
             to
             be
             the
             
             upperhand
             which
             is
             next
             to
             the
             wall
             ,
             but
             there
             they
             judge
             of
             it
             by
             the
             hand
             it self
             ,
             the
             right
             hand
             though
             next
             to
             the
             Chanel
             is
             with
             them
             the
             upper
             hand
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             case
             of
             riding
             in
             a
             Coach
             ,
             a
             place
             in
             the
             Boot
             in
             their
             way
             ,
             is
             before
             one
             in
             riding
             backwards
             ,
             but
             in
             Venice
             the
             left
             hand
             in
             the
             Gondola
             is
             the
             upper
             hand
             ;
             but
             when
             three
             walk
             together
             ,
             the
             middle
             is
             the
             most
             honourable
             ,
             hence
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             when
             they
             walk
             upon
             a
             place
             to
             and
             fro
             ,
             they
             are
             careful
             to
             let
             every
             one
             take
             his
             turn
             in
             the
             middle
             :
             A
             strange
             way
             they
             have
             to
             retort
             affronts
             upon
             others
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             to
             break
             a
             bottle
             of
             Ink
             upon
             one
             ,
             specially
             women
             ,
             or
             else
             over
             the
             door
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             remains
             spotted
             with
             it
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             greatest
             note
             of
             infamy
             that
             can
             be
             laid
             upon
             any
             one
             .
             Italians
             ,
             both
             men
             and
             women
             ,
             have
             a
             general
             and
             a
             natural
             inclination
             to
             play
             upon
             the
             Gittar
             ;
             and
             I
             admired
             sometimes
             to
             hear
             those
             play
             who
             never
             learned
             at
             all
             ;
             the
             very
             inferiour
             sort
             of
             people
             without
             any
             direction
             ,
             only
             with
             a
             constant
             application
             do
             get
             it
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             so
             taken
             with
             it
             ,
             that
             as
             they
             travel
             upon
             the
             high
             way
             from
             town
             to
             town
             ,
             they
             play
             upon
             it
             ;
             and
             at
             the
             same
             
             time
             to
             play
             ,
             to
             sing
             and
             to
             dance
             ,
             is
             usual
             with
             them
             .
          
           
             I
             cannot
             well
             omit
             to
             speak
             some
             few
             words
             about
             their
             temper
             and
             manners
             ,
             but
             before
             I
             do
             't
             ,
             some
             passage
             I
             observed
             somwhere
             there
             (
             for
             in
             things
             of
             this
             nature
             I
             name
             no
             places
             nor
             persons
             )
             which
             gave
             occasion
             to
             my
             following
             reflection
             ,
             how
             fit
             it
             is
             for
             Princes
             to
             be
             careful
             what
             manner
             of
             men
             they
             bring
             about
             their
             persons
             in
             private
             .
             When
             a
             Prince
             comes
             into
             a
             place
             of
             retirement
             ,
             he
             puts
             off
             that
             Majesty
             and
             Gravity
             which
             he
             hath
             when
             he
             appears
             abroad
             ;
             they
             are
             but
             men
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             must
             allow
             '
             themselves
             some
             liberty
             in
             ther
             Chambers
             when
             they
             are
             withdrawn
             from
             the
             croud
             of
             men
             and
             business
             .
             Now
             if
             when
             they
             are
             thus
             retired
             to
             be
             private
             ,
             every
             action
             of
             theirs
             ,
             and
             every
             word
             they
             speak
             be
             vented
             abroad
             by
             those
             who
             are
             present
             ,
             in
             this
             the
             condition
             of
             Princes
             of
             all
             men
             in
             the
             world
             were
             the
             most
             miserable
             ,
             
               Quisque
               suos
               patitur
               naevos
            
             ,
             every
             one
             hath
             his
             failings
             ,
             and
             the
             feailties
             of
             humane
             nature
             ,
             so
             that
             Wisdom
             consists
             in
             the
             concealing
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             not
             in
             the
             not
             having
             of
             it
             ,
             besides
             that
             
               Nemo
               sapit
               omnibus
               horis
            
             :
             So
             that
             if
             
             standers
             by
             who
             see
             things
             ,
             spread
             them
             abroad
             ,
             then
             additions
             and
             glosses
             are
             made
             upon
             't
             ,
             and
             as
             the
             actions
             and
             words
             of
             Princes
             are
             exactly
             taken
             notice
             of
             ,
             so
             every
             one
             passes
             his
             judgment
             upon
             them
             .
             How
             necessary
             is
             it
             then
             for
             Princes
             to
             have
             no
             rash
             or
             giddy
             ,
             but
             wise
             ,
             sober
             and
             discreet
             men
             to
             wait
             on
             them
             in
             their
             retirements
             ,
             who
             without
             being
             told
             ,
             may
             know
             what
             's
             fit
             to
             be
             spoken
             ,
             and
             what
             to
             be
             concealed
             ,
             those
             things
             which
             may
             give
             a
             good
             opinion
             of
             a
             Prince
             must
             be
             published
             ,
             but
             not
             the
             contrary
             ,
             or
             else
             I
             say
             ,
             that
             those
             who
             have
             the
             honour
             to
             be
             admitted
             into
             the
             presence
             of
             Princes
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             be
             private
             to
             their
             retirement
             from
             the
             croud
             of
             affairs
             ,
             to
             ease
             ,
             chear
             up
             ,
             and
             refresh
             their
             spirits
             ,
             if
             they
             allow
             their
             tongue
             as
             much
             liberty
             as
             they
             do
             to
             their
             ears
             and
             eyes
             ,
             they
             are
             very
             unfaithful
             or
             very
             imprudent
             ,
             and
             so
             not
             fit
             to
             be
             in
             such
             places
             .
             Certainly
             Domitian
             himself
             never
             told
             ,
             that
             when
             he
             was
             in
             his
             Closet
             ,
             he
             was
             busie
             about
             killing
             of
             flies
             ;
             the
             first
             report
             of
             it
             came
             undoubtedly
             from
             some
             other
             hands
             ,
             which
             brought
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             disparagement
             upon
             him
             ;
             I
             know
             in
             this
             he
             took
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             as
             Nero
             ,
             and
             other
             Emperours
             
             took
             it
             ,
             in
             the
             company
             of
             Buffoons
             ,
             and
             things
             of
             that
             nature
             ;
             but
             they
             forgot
             that
             their
             honour
             was
             to
             have
             been
             to
             them
             dearer
             then
             their
             pleasure
             .
             I
             do
             not
             deny
             however
             ,
             but
             that
             one
             friend
             may
             sometimes
             whisper
             in
             the
             ear
             of
             another
             private
             things
             of
             this
             nature
             ,
             and
             impart
             in
             secret
             some
             such
             things
             to
             them
             as
             they
             have
             seen
             ,
             for
             this
             manner
             of
             reposing
             confidence
             in
             the
             discreetness
             of
             another
             is
             a
             strict
             bond
             of
             friendship
             :
             I
             disapprove
             here
             those
             who
             speak
             at
             random
             ,
             before
             those
             whom
             they
             scarce
             ever
             saw
             ,
             whom
             they
             do
             not
             know
             well
             ,
             or
             when
             they
             speak
             it
             unseasonably
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             a
             time
             for
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             to
             know
             it
             is
             not
             the
             least
             part
             of
             wisdom
             .
          
           
             But
             upon
             the
             subject
             of
             the
             nature
             of
             Italians
             ,
             I
             must
             observe
             that
             the
             people
             of
             those
             parts
             which
             are
             on
             this
             side
             the
             Appennini
             Mountains
             ,
             as
             
               Piemont
               ,
               Monferrat
            
             ;
             all
             Lombardy
             ,
             part
             of
             the
             state
             of
             Venice
             ,
             and
             
               la
               Romagna
            
             ,
             have
             some
             things
             of
             the
             French
             humour
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             as
             the
             
               Gonoeses
               ,
               Toscans
               ,
               Romans
            
             and
             Napolitans
             ,
             they
             have
             much
             of
             the
             Spanish
             temper
             ,
             however
             they
             are
             all
             in
             General
             ,
             dextrous
             ,
             subtil
             and
             prudent
             ,
             those
             who
             
             are
             good
             ,
             know
             all
             the
             tricks
             that
             are
             put
             upon
             men
             ;
             there
             is
             no
             leading
             of
             them
             by
             the
             nose
             ,
             neither
             will
             they
             be
             easily
             cheated
             ,
             but
             they
             who
             are
             bad
             apply
             their
             whole
             wit
             to
             hide
             it
             ;
             so
             that
             one
             is
             easily
             mistaken
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             't
             is
             very
             difficult
             to
             know
             them
             well
             ,
             but
             after
             a
             long
             dealing
             and
             conversing
             with
             them
             .
          
           
             Italy
             the
             Mother
             of
             Arts
             and
             Sciences
             ,
             I
             look
             upon
             as
             a
             nurse
             ,
             who
             hath
             vertue
             in
             one
             breast
             ,
             and
             vice
             in
             another
             ,
             and
             as
             ever
             one
             extream
             joyns
             with
             another
             ,
             so
             best
             and
             worst
             are
             to
             be
             learned
             there
             ;
             this
             is
             according
             to
             the
             constitution
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             when
             they
             be
             good
             they
             are
             very
             good
             ,
             when
             bad
             extraordinarily
             bad
             ,
             
               Corruptio
               optimi
               est
               pessima
            
             ;
             however
             a
             judicious
             man
             will
             benefit
             himself
             by
             the
             good
             which
             there
             he
             will
             meet
             withall
             ,
             but
             also
             like
             an
             experienc'd
             Artist
             he
             will
             extract
             wholesome
             cordials
             out
             of
             the
             worst
             of
             poisons
             ;
             though
             the
             corruption
             of
             humane
             nature
             is
             so
             strong
             ,
             that
             it
             inclines
             and
             draws
             us
             to
             evil
             ,
             rather
             then
             to
             good
             ,
             but
             the
             beams
             of
             grace
             ,
             the
             light
             of
             nature
             ,
             and
             the
             testimony
             of
             ones
             conscience
             ,
             may
             teach
             us
             the
             right
             way
             .
          
           
             However
             ,
             to
             speak
             first
             of
             the
             best
             ,
             I
             
             say
             the
             conversation
             of
             Italians
             is
             not
             easie
             to
             be
             had
             ,
             but
             when
             it
             is
             ,
             't
             will
             be
             found
             sweet
             ,
             civil
             and
             obliging
             ,
             very
             circumspect
             not
             to
             give
             offences
             to
             any
             one
             in
             the
             Company
             ,
             or
             any
             one
             else
             that
             hath
             a
             relation
             to
             it
             ,
             ever
             respectful
             one
             to
             another
             ;
             the
             greatest
             familiarity
             doth
             not
             make
             them
             recede
             from
             a
             courteous
             carriage
             ,
             so
             that
             such
             persons
             have
             one
             of
             the
             best
             qualifications
             to
             make
             friends
             ,
             for
             friendship
             without
             respect
             is
             not
             to
             be
             cared
             for
             :
             Furthermore
             a
             thing
             very
             commendable
             in
             point
             of
             conversation
             is
             ,
             that
             though
             they
             be
             many
             in
             company
             ,
             they
             never
             speak
             together
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Vice
             of
             some
             other
             Nations
             ,
             and
             fit
             only
             for
             Children
             ;
             let
             a
             man
             make
             a
             discourse
             never
             so
             long
             ;
             they
             will
             hear
             him
             quietly
             ,
             and
             not
             interrupt
             him
             ,
             as
             they
             will
             not
             be
             interrupted
             when
             it
             is
             their
             turn
             to
             speak
             ;
             't
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             most
             of
             them
             speak
             rationally
             and
             juditiously
             ;
             and
             as
             they
             are
             a
             people
             who
             love
             exceedingly
             their
             liberty
             ,
             for
             which
             cause
             their
             Princes
             ,
             to
             keep
             them
             under
             ,
             have
             built
             so
             many
             strong
             Holds
             and
             Castles
             ,
             so
             the
             ordinary
             subject
             of
             their
             discourses
             are
             affairs
             of
             state
             ,
             which
             by
             a
             constant
             custome
             of
             speaking
             
             and
             hearing
             of
             ,
             they
             have
             brought
             themselves
             to
             an
             ordinary
             knowledge
             in
             ,
             as
             the
             example
             of
             that
             poor
             Fisherman
             at
             
               Naples
               ,
               Mas
               '
               Anello
            
             so
             cunningly
             blowing
             up
             the
             fire
             of
             that
             Insurrection
             ,
             which
             made
             so
             much
             noise
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             doth
             demonstrate
             ;
             upon
             this
             account
             ,
             Books
             treating
             of
             any
             state
             revolutions
             are
             so
             strictly
             forbidden
             them
             ,
             knowing
             that
             this
             is
             to
             add
             fewell
             to
             the
             fire
             ;
             and
             in
             some
             places
             ,
             where
             most
             of
             all
             Princes
             are
             jealous
             of
             their
             Authority
             ,
             as
             in
             Naples
             ,
             discourses
             of
             this
             nature
             ,
             if
             known
             ,
             are
             severely
             punished
             .
          
           
             But
             there
             are
             two
             extremities
             upon
             this
             subject
             ,
             some
             Princes
             of
             the
             East
             and
             
               North
               east
            
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             namely
             the
             Tartars
             and
             Muscovites
             ,
             keep
             their
             people
             in
             a
             beastly
             ignorance
             ,
             and
             have
             exiled
             all
             manner
             of
             Arts
             and
             Sciences
             out
             of
             their
             Dominions
             ,
             and
             this
             under
             pretence
             ,
             that
             hereby
             having
             not
             so
             much
             the
             use
             of
             reason
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             apt
             to
             cavil
             at
             ,
             or
             to
             disobey
             the
             orders
             of
             their
             Superiours
             ,
             as
             do
             other
             Nations
             ,
             who
             have
             more
             knowledge
             and
             understanding
             ;
             but
             this
             hath
             no
             more
             consequence
             ,
             then
             if
             one
             should
             say
             ,
             meat
             and
             drink
             are
             not
             to
             be
             used
             ,
             because
             
             there
             are
             gluttons
             and
             drunkards
             ;
             because
             there
             are
             somtimes
             knowing
             and
             judicious
             subjects
             ,
             who
             are
             disobedient
             ,
             't
             is
             not
             to
             be
             concluded
             ,
             that
             knowledge
             and
             judiciousness
             are
             the
             cause
             of
             disobedience
             ,
             so
             far
             from
             it
             ,
             that
             these
             letting
             a
             man
             know
             of
             his
             duty
             ,
             do
             fence
             against
             any
             thing
             that
             goes
             about
             to
             withdraw
             him
             from
             it
             :
             Pride
             ,
             Ambition
             ,
             Discontents
             ,
             Covet
             ousness
             ,
             Cruelty
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             are
             the
             caufes
             of
             Risings
             against
             Lawful
             Authority
             ,
             and
             not
             Wisdom
             and
             Understanding
             ,
             so
             far
             from
             it
             ,
             that
             where
             they
             are
             not
             ,
             the
             use
             of
             reason
             is
             suspended
             ,
             and
             men
             act
             onely
             out
             of
             a
             natural
             impetuosity
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             a
             sensitive
             principle
             ,
             wherein
             they
             differ
             nothing
             from
             beasts
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             same
             ignorance
             and
             violent
             motion
             which
             leads
             them
             to
             obedience
             upon
             the
             lesse
             shadow
             and
             fancy
             ,
             will
             spur
             them
             to
             disobedience
             ;
             and
             one
             alone
             ,
             if
             not
             quickly
             taken
             off
             ,
             is
             enough
             to
             turn
             away
             whole
             thousands
             ,
             for
             who
             can
             more
             easily
             be
             mislead
             ,
             then
             he
             who
             receives
             falsehoods
             for
             truths
             ,
             and
             who
             hath
             not
             a
             spirit
             to
             discern
             good
             from
             evil
             ;
             these
             are
             Mules
             ,
             which
             will
             as
             soon
             kick
             their
             Master
             as
             a
             stranger
             ;
             or
             like
             those
             Elephants
             ,
             
             who
             having
             once
             felt
             the
             smart
             of
             a
             wound
             ,
             in
             spite
             of
             their
             Rider
             turned
             from
             upon
             the
             Enemyes
             ,
             and
             fell
             foul
             upon
             their
             own
             Army
             :
             I
             am
             further
             of
             the
             mind
             ,
             that
             ignorance
             is
             the
             great
             prop
             of
             Rebellion
             ;
             for
             as
             there
             is
             nothing
             so
             natural
             to
             men
             as
             the
             desire
             of
             liberty
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             is
             nothing
             in
             men
             to
             oppose
             the
             motions
             and
             desires
             of
             it
             ;
             and
             seeing
             they
             obey
             onely
             out
             of
             fear
             of
             punishment
             ,
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             they
             will
             embrace
             any
             means
             let
             them
             be
             never
             so
             wrong
             ,
             to
             attain
             it
             :
             Like
             Lyons
             and
             Tygers
             used
             to
             be
             chained
             up
             ,
             when
             they
             break
             loose
             they
             tear
             and
             devour
             any
             thing
             that
             lies
             in
             their
             way
             ,
             and
             like
             violent
             torrents
             they
             over-flow
             all
             ;
             from
             the
             fury
             of
             such
             people
             ,
             
               Libera
               nos
               Domine
            
             .
             As
             to
             those
             barbarous
             Countries
             where
             they
             have
             such
             Erronious
             principles
             ,
             contrary
             not
             only
             to
             reason
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             common
             sense
             ,
             they
             bear
             the
             punishment
             of
             this
             fault
             ,
             for
             all
             their
             subjects
             are
             generally
             incapable
             to
             do
             them
             service
             ,
             having
             neither
             parts
             nor
             abilities
             to
             effect
             it
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             managing
             of
             their
             Warres
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             chief
             thing
             they
             minde
             ,
             they
             are
             obliged
             ,
             specially
             in
             Muscovite
             ,
             to
             
             get
             Officers
             of
             other
             Nations
             to
             carry
             it
             on
             ,
             their
             own
             Subjects
             ,
             few
             excepted
             ,
             wanting
             knowledge
             and
             experience
             in
             it
             .
             Arts
             and
             Sciences
             ,
             not
             only
             make
             a
             Kingdom
             flourishing
             ,
             but
             also
             do
             fit
             Subjects
             to
             obey
             and
             to
             command
             ;
             over-rules
             with
             the
             use
             of
             reason
             ,
             that
             bruitish
             impetuosity
             which
             is
             in
             some
             men
             ,
             not
             only
             teaching
             them
             their
             duty
             ,
             but
             also
             strengthning
             it
             in
             them
             with
             reasons
             &
             examples
             .
          
           
             But
             't
             is
             not
             enough
             to
             disapprove
             this
             singular
             errour
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             another
             extream
             to
             be
             condemned
             ;
             't
             is
             the
             too
             great
             curiosity
             of
             private
             men
             .
             I
             know
             particular
             persons
             are
             concern'd
             in
             publick
             transactions
             ,
             as
             being
             members
             of
             that
             politick
             body
             ,
             which
             can
             never
             fare
             well
             or
             suffer
             ,
             but
             they
             must
             be
             sensible
             of
             it
             :
             yet
             some
             more
             and
             some
             less
             ,
             according
             as
             they
             are
             eminent
             in
             their
             places
             ,
             and
             called
             to
             it
             by
             the
             favour
             of
             their
             Prince
             ,
             for
             every
             one
             must
             know
             his
             station
             ,
             and
             act
             within
             that
             sphear
             ,
             
               Ne
               ultra
               crepidem
            
             ;
             for
             if
             every
             one
             were
             his
             own
             carver
             ,
             and
             had
             that
             share
             which
             he
             wishes
             in
             the
             Government
             ,
             then
             all
             would
             command
             ,
             and
             there
             would
             be
             none
             to
             obey
             ,
             so
             that
             all
             would
             degenerate
             into
             a
             confusion
             and
             Anarchy
             .
             
             Men
             ought
             to
             refer
             themselves
             to
             their
             Rulers
             ,
             for
             the
             direction
             and
             steering
             of
             publick
             Affairs
             ,
             knowing
             that
             God
             who
             hath
             called
             them
             to
             it
             ,
             hath
             not
             been
             wanting
             to
             endue
             them
             with
             necessary
             abilities
             :
             Therefore
             those
             subjects
             are
             to
             be
             blamed
             ,
             who
             would
             penetrate
             into
             the
             secrets
             of
             Princes
             ,
             and
             dive
             into
             their
             Coucils
             ,
             and
             consequently
             cavil
             at
             their
             actions
             ,
             and
             censure
             their
             proceedings
             :
             they
             see
             indeed
             the
             effects
             ,
             but
             know
             not
             the
             causes
             ,
             which
             if
             they
             knew
             ,
             they
             would
             be
             satisfied
             and
             approve
             of
             them
             ,
             if
             they
             were
             capable
             to
             understand
             them
             ,
             but
             oftentimes
             they
             will
             judge
             of
             an
             undertaking
             by
             the
             event
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             mistake
             ;
             as
             we
             could
             give
             examples
             of
             designs
             ,
             which
             were
             as
             rationally
             grounded
             as
             could
             be
             ,
             carried
             on
             with
             all
             imaginable
             dexterity
             and
             secresie
             ,
             yet
             miscarried
             upon
             the
             point
             of
             execution
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             rash
             attempts
             managed
             with
             the
             greatest
             imprudence
             in
             the
             world
             have
             proved
             successful
             :
             What
             then
             ?
             were
             the
             former
             to
             be
             blamed
             ,
             or
             the
             latter
             commended
             ?
             No
             ,
             we
             must
             look
             upon
             men
             to
             be
             no
             more
             than
             instruments
             ,
             if
             according
             to
             the
             reason
             they
             have
             ,
             they
             
             make
             use
             of
             the
             means
             afforded
             them
             ,
             't
             is
             all
             that
             may
             justly
             be
             required
             from
             them
             ,
             for
             success
             of
             things
             depends
             upon
             the
             over-ruling
             hand
             of
             providence
             ,
             which
             disposes
             of
             all
             things
             as
             it
             seems
             good
             unto
             her
             :
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             't
             is
             said
             a
             successful
             man
             was
             never
             a
             fool
             ,
             nor
             an
             unfortunate
             a
             wise
             man
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             a
             vulgar
             errour
             as
             well
             as
             this
             other
             ,
             the
             strongest
             is
             never
             the
             traytour
             .
             Out
             of
             this
             I
             deduce
             ,
             that
             for
             the
             most
             part
             't
             is
             beyond
             the
             sphear
             and
             capacity
             of
             subjects
             ,
             specially
             those
             of
             an
             inferiour
             Orb
             ,
             to
             judge
             aright
             of
             the
             actions
             of
             Princes
             ;
             they
             have
             certaine
             motions
             whereby
             they
             act
             ,
             which
             are
             invisible
             to
             particular
             men
             ,
             they
             are
             acted
             by
             an
             intelligence
             which
             is
             hidden
             from
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             commonalty
             ;
             and
             as
             they
             stand
             nearer
             to
             God
             ,
             so
             they
             receive
             more
             of
             his
             influences
             :
             But
             some
             sort
             of
             people
             do
             proceed
             to
             an
             excess
             of
             unreasonableness
             ,
             in
             that
             as
             much
             as
             in
             them
             lies
             ,
             they
             will
             not
             give
             Princes
             that
             liberty
             which
             they
             allow
             themselves
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             Servants
             more
             then
             Masters
             of
             the
             Sate
             ;
             't
             is
             true
             ,
             certain
             faults
             of
             Princes
             are
             more
             unexcusable
             than
             those
             of
             private
             men
             ,
             because
             by
             these
             last
             ,
             none
             
             but
             themselves
             or
             few
             else
             do
             suffer
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             former
             ,
             whole
             Nations
             are
             sometimes
             the
             worse
             ,
             and
             share
             not
             only
             in
             the
             disgrace
             before
             men
             ,
             but
             also
             in
             the
             punishment
             from
             God
             ;
             however
             a
             distinction
             is
             to
             be
             made
             ;
             some
             failings
             are
             natural
             to
             them
             as
             men
             ,
             and
             others
             as
             they
             are
             Princes
             ,
             and
             neither
             are
             to
             be
             examined
             by
             subjects
             ,
             for
             to
             their
             
               great
               Master
            
             they
             must
             fall
             or
             stand
             .
          
           
             Now
             I
             must
             return
             to
             my
             principal
             subject
             ,
             to
             some
             other
             virtues
             practised
             by
             Italians
             ,
             which
             are
             sobriety
             ,
             and
             frugality
             ;
             I
             will
             joyn
             them
             together
             ,
             for
             they
             have
             a
             great
             dependancy
             one
             upon
             another
             ,
             only
             the
             latter
             is
             of
             a
             larger
             extent
             :
             Sobriety
             is
             a
             thing
             so
             much
             in
             request
             amongst
             them
             ,
             that
             with
             them
             't
             is
             accounted
             to
             be
             ,
             as
             indeed
             it
             is
             ,
             a
             great
             shame
             to
             practise
             any
             thing
             contary
             to
             it
             ,
             specially
             in
             point
             of
             drinking
             ;
             so
             that
             to
             call
             one
             there
             Imbrioco
             ,
             a
             drunkard
             ,
             't
             is
             to
             give
             him
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             affronts
             he
             can
             receive
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             a
             certain
             truth
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             very
             temperate
             in
             their
             meat
             and
             drink
             ,
             and
             whole
             diet
             ,
             as
             I
             will
             give
             some
             particulars
             by
             and
             by
             upon
             the
             point
             of
             their
             frugality
             ;
             in
             the
             mean
             while
             some
             
             make
             a
             doubt
             ,
             whether
             their
             Sobriety
             bean
             effect
             of
             their
             temper
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Climate
             :
             I
             confess
             in
             hot
             Countries
             ,
             such
             as
             this
             is
             ,
             men
             have
             no
             such
             stomack
             to
             their
             meat
             ,
             as
             they
             have
             in
             those
             which
             are
             colder
             ,
             and
             though
             they
             had
             ,
             the
             stomack
             could
             not
             have
             the
             facility
             to
             digest
             much
             of
             their
             aliments
             ,
             which
             are
             very
             nourishing
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             a
             hard
             concoction
             ;
             however
             this
             argues
             nothing
             at
             all
             against
             Italians
             sobriety
             in
             matter
             of
             drink
             ,
             for
             the
             hotter
             the
             Climate
             is
             ,
             the
             more
             apt
             men
             are
             to
             drink
             ,
             and
             no
             Nation
             hath
             more
             enticements
             to
             it
             than
             they
             ,
             if
             by
             nature
             they
             were
             inclined
             to
             it
             ,
             they
             having
             as
             rare
             and
             excellent
             Wines
             as
             Europe
             can
             afford
             ;
             but
             since
             they
             forbear
             ,
             I
             will
             not
             deprive
             them
             of
             that
             praise
             which
             they
             deserve
             for
             this
             virtue
             ;
             as
             for
             eating
             ,
             they
             have
             as
             delicious
             meats
             as
             can
             be
             wished
             for
             ,
             which
             are
             both
             pleasant
             to
             the
             palate
             ,
             and
             light
             to
             the
             stomack
             ,
             in
             the
             use
             of
             which
             they
             forbear
             all
             excesses
             .
          
           
             This
             will
             better
             appear
             by
             their
             frugality
             ,
             which
             yet
             some
             who
             are
             used
             to
             misname
             every
             thing
             ,
             and
             give
             the
             worst
             construction
             to
             all
             ,
             do
             call
             covetousness
             ,
             when
             't
             is
             known
             ,
             that
             in
             certain
             things
             no
             
             Nation
             is
             more
             Noble
             and
             more
             splendid
             than
             they
             are
             ;
             this
             frugality
             is
             extended
             to
             their
             cloaths
             and
             diet
             ,
             they
             go
             very
             plain
             ,
             men
             of
             vast
             Estates
             ,
             yea
             ,
             their
             very
             Princes
             ,
             except
             upon
             extraordinary
             occasions
             ,
             very
             seldom
             exceed
             10.
             ponunds
             in
             a
             Sute
             of
             Clothes
             .
             I
             know
             Princes
             and
             Cardinals
             ,
             who
             when
             they
             have
             received
             a
             present
             of
             sweet
             Meats
             ,
             Fowls
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             send
             it
             to
             their
             Confectioners
             ,
             Poulterers
             ,
             &c.
             who
             by
             it
             of
             them
             ;
             this
             here
             would
             be
             look't
             upon
             as
             the
             effect
             of
             a
             miserable
             and
             covetous
             nature
             ,
             but
             there
             't
             is
             their
             way
             ;
             from
             the
             highest
             to
             the
             lowest
             they
             are
             very
             private
             in
             their
             diet
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             coming
             to
             them
             at
             such
             hours
             ,
             and
             the
             meanest
             of
             the
             people
             would
             not
             be
             interrupted
             by
             the
             best
             man
             in
             the
             Land
             :
             the
             most
             part
             of
             Noblemens
             Servants
             do
             not
             diet
             in
             their
             houses
             ,
             but
             are
             allowed
             bord
             wages
             instead
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             But
             Italians
             delight
             in
             rich
             and
             fine
             Coaches
             drawn
             by
             stately
             horses
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             attended
             by
             a
             number
             of
             Staffieri
             ,
             or
             men
             in
             Liveries
             ;
             Coaches
             of
             800
             or
             1000
             pounds
             are
             not
             rare
             there
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             never
             a
             King
             in
             Europe
             that
             hath
             Coaches
             so
             rich
             as
             hath
             the
             Grand
             Duke
             ,
             and
             the
             
             Duke
             of
             Parma
             ,
             the
             formers
             Coat
             of
             Armes
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             six
             Balls
             ,
             are
             set
             over
             head
             in
             his
             Coach
             ,
             for
             every
             Ball
             a
             precious
             Stone
             ,
             valued
             at
             10000
             
               l.
               Sterl
            
             .
             and
             if
             we
             will
             believe
             them
             ,
             the
             whole
             Coach
             comes
             to
             40000
             l.
             Further
             they
             delight
             in
             buildings
             ,
             and
             stately
             Palaces
             built
             up
             after
             the
             Symmetry
             ,
             and
             exact
             Architecture
             ;
             So
             in
             Gardens
             and
             Water
             houses
             ,
             Ornaments
             and
             Furnitures
             of
             Houses
             ,
             as
             Statues
             and
             Pictures
             ;
             hence
             it
             is
             that
             they
             are
             so
             passionately
             in
             love
             with
             Pictures
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             give
             any
             thing
             for
             one
             when
             they
             like
             it
             ,
             4
             or
             500
             l
             for
             one
             Picture
             is
             no
             extraordinary
             rate
             amongst
             them
             ;
             there
             hath
             been
             some
             Princes
             who
             have
             offered
             in
             Siver
             the
             weight
             of
             some
             Statues
             ,
             and
             could
             not
             have
             them
             ;
             in
             a
             word
             ,
             Italians
             delight
             in
             those
             things
             which
             make
             a
             shew
             .
             'T
             is
             not
             to
             be
             admired
             that
             in
             Italy
             they
             are
             such
             lovers
             of
             Pictures
             ,
             for
             that
             Art
             is
             there
             brought
             to
             the
             height
             of
             its
             perfection
             ,
             and
             that
             Country
             is
             absolutely
             the
             best
             ,
             if
             not
             the
             only
             Shcool
             of
             it
             ,
             where
             within
             this
             age
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             have
             flourished
             those
             Eminent
             Picture-drawers
             who
             have
             filled
             Europe
             with
             their
             Names
             ,
             but
             most
             of
             their
             
             Works
             are
             safely
             and
             dearly
             kept
             there
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             in
             Fresco
             or
             in
             Oleo
             :
             what
             excellent
             Artists
             have
             been
             
               Bassano
               ,
               Ticiano
               ,
               Michel
               Angelo
               ,
               Rafaele
               di
               Urbino
               ,
               Tintoretto
               ,
               all
               the
               Caracci
               ,
               Coregio
               ,
               Paola
               Veronese
               ,
               Dominichino
               ,
               Lan
               Franco
               Guarcini
               ,
               Guido
               Reny
               ,
            
             and
             a
             great
             number
             of
             others
             ,
             who
             excelled
             ,
             almost
             every
             one
             in
             something
             ;
             some
             in
             invention
             ,
             others
             in
             the
             mixture
             of
             Colours
             ,
             in
             the
             proportions
             ,
             exactness
             of
             Features
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             natural
             ;
             and
             in
             designing
             ,
             drawing
             and
             touching
             or
             perfecting
             :
             in
             great
             or
             short
             ,
             in
             Mignatura
             with
             the
             Pen
             or
             Pencil
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             Fights
             ,
             Land-skips
             ,
             Flowers
             ,
             Perspectives
             ,
             Sea-prospects
             ,
             great
             and
             small
             Figures
             ,
             and
             in
             other
             wayes
             and
             things
             depending
             upon
             that
             curious
             profession
             ;
             in
             this
             ,
             for
             certain
             Italy
             goes
             beyond
             all
             the
             World.
             
          
           
             Now
             we
             will
             come
             to
             what
             is
             worst
             in
             them
             ,
             but
             we
             must
             premise
             this
             ,
             that
             their
             youth
             is
             very
             fiery
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             cause
             of
             Murthers
             and
             other
             mischiefs
             committed
             in
             those
             parts
             ;
             however
             this
             heat
             doth
             not
             last
             usually
             after
             they
             are
             passed
             25
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             or
             a
             little
             more
             :
             as
             for
             the
             meanest
             sort
             of
             people
             ,
             they
             are
             generally
             civil
             
             in
             their
             carriage
             ,
             if
             one
             be
             so
             to
             them
             ,
             but
             if
             a
             stranger
             speaks
             a
             hard
             word
             to
             them
             ,
             they
             take
             fire
             and
             grow
             very
             insolent
             ,
             yet
             so
             ,
             that
             if
             they
             see
             themselves
             the
             weaker
             ,
             and
             not
             in
             a
             place
             convenient
             for
             them
             ,
             they
             hold
             their
             peace
             and
             for
             bear
             till
             they
             have
             opportunity
             of
             time
             and
             place
             ;
             but
             let
             's
             come
             to
             their
             Vices
             .
          
           
             As
             the
             natural
             propension
             of
             men
             is
             to
             evil
             more
             than
             good
             ,
             so
             many
             who
             travel
             into
             Italy
             do
             quickly
             take
             notice
             of
             their
             Vices
             ,
             but
             do
             not
             minde
             their
             Virtues
             ;
             so
             when
             they
             come
             from
             thence
             ,
             all
             that
             they
             can
             say
             for
             it
             is
             ,
             they
             are
             given
             to
             such
             and
             such
             evil
             courses
             ,
             and
             are
             so
             and
             so
             qualified
             ,
             but
             Virtue
             and
             Vice
             with
             Nations
             are
             as
             Corn
             and
             Tares
             in
             the
             Field
             ,
             and
             like
             Wheat
             and
             Chaff
             in
             the
             Barn
             ,
             one
             must
             have
             skill
             to
             pick
             out
             the
             right
             and
             leave
             the
             wrong
             :
             Some
             Vices
             as
             the
             Apostle
             speaks
             ,
             are
             not
             so
             much
             as
             to
             be
             named
             ,
             and
             as
             he
             saith
             in
             another
             place
             ,
             
               It
               is
               even
               a
               shame
               to
               speak
               of
               those
               things
               which
               are
               done
               of
               them
               in
               secret
            
             ;
             a
             certain
             modesty
             in
             speaking
             is
             required
             ,
             which
             if
             a
             man
             doth
             not
             observe
             ,
             I
             judge
             him
             to
             be
             disposed
             to
             evil
             doing
             ;
             some
             Vices
             there
             are
             so
             odious
             in
             themselves
             ,
             
             that
             they
             defile
             the
             tongue
             of
             the
             speaker
             ,
             the
             ear
             of
             the
             hearer
             ,
             the
             pen
             of
             the
             writer
             ,
             and
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             reader
             ,
             yea
             ,
             the
             very
             thoughts
             ;
             this
             consideration
             obliges
             me
             to
             pass
             by
             some
             things
             to
             come
             to
             others
             .
          
           
             Some
             will
             tell
             me
             ,
             't
             were
             well
             also
             to
             omit
             speaking
             of
             jealousie
             ,
             which
             both
             Sexes
             there
             are
             subject
             unto
             ,
             though
             that
             of
             the
             men
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             strongest
             ,
             doth
             produce
             the
             saddest
             effects
             ;
             I
             confess
             't
             is
             a
             very
             unpleasant
             subject
             ,
             which
             I
             leave
             after
             few
             words
             speaking
             ;
             this
             extravagant
             passion
             which
             is
             caused
             by
             love
             ,
             but
             destroys
             it
             ,
             and
             which
             as
             Solomon
             saith
             ,
             
               The
               rage
               of
               a
               Man
            
             ,
             doth
             so
             blind
             ,
             possess
             and
             alter
             men
             in
             Italy
             ,
             that
             from
             Husbands
             it
             turns
             them
             into
             Goalers
             and
             Tyrants
             ,
             and
             Murtherers
             of
             their
             Wives
             ,
             who
             become
             thereby
             their
             prisoners
             and
             slaves
             upon
             this
             consideration
             ,
             Ariosto
             one
             of
             their
             most
             eminent
             Poets
             ,
             hath
             the
             expressions
             here
             inserted
             :
          
           
             
               Che
               dolce
               piu
               ,
               che
               piu
               giocondo
               stato
            
             
               Saria
               di
               quel
               '
               d'un
               amoroso
               cuore
               ?
            
             
               Che
               viver
               '
               più
               felice
               ,
               e
               più
               beato
            
             
               Che
               ritrovarsi
               in
               servitu
               d'
               amore
               .
            
             
               Se
               non
               fosse
               l'
               huomo
               sempre
               stimolato
            
             
             
               Da
               quel
               '
               sospetto
               rio
               ,
               da
               quel
               '
               timore
               ,
            
             
               Da
               qvel
               '
               furor
               '
               ,
               da
               quella
               frenesia
               ,
            
             
               Da
               quella
               rabia
               detta
               gelosia
               .
            
          
           
             Another
             Vice
             of
             Italians
             which
             I
             am
             more
             free
             to
             speak
             of
             ,
             is
             that
             desire
             of
             revenge
             ,
             which
             is
             so
             strongly
             seated
             in
             them
             ;
             they
             are
             certainly
             of
             a
             most
             revengeful
             nature
             ,
             and
             therefore
             't
             is
             very
             dangerous
             to
             offend
             them
             ,
             they
             profanely
             say
             ,
             that
             Vengeance
             is
             so
             sweet
             a
             thing
             ,
             and
             so
             great
             a
             good
             ,
             that
             upon
             that
             account
             God
             doth
             reserve
             it
             to
             himself
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             wherein
             he
             will
             not
             have
             men
             to
             share
             with
             him
             ;
             and
             as
             Italians
             to
             attain
             it
             ,
             use
             all
             possible
             means
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             lawful
             or
             unlawful
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             carries
             them
             to
             the
             utmost
             extremities
             ;
             so
             I
             am
             of
             opinion
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             a
             cruelty
             in
             that
             nature
             which
             is
             so
             bent
             to
             the
             execution
             of
             it
             ;
             out
             of
             this
             principle
             ,
             I
             mean
             of
             cruelty
             ,
             Pope
             
               Sixtus
               Quintus
            
             used
             to
             say
             ,
             upon
             the
             occasion
             of
             a
             great
             Princess
             ,
             who
             in
             his
             dayes
             was
             brought
             upon
             the
             Scaffold
             ,
             
               Che
               Gusto
            
             ,
             said
             he
             ,
             
               di
               tagliar
               teste
               coronate
            
             what
             a
             pleasure
             is
             it
             to
             cut
             off
             Crowned
             Heads
             !
             Northerly
             people
             do
             blame
             the
             wayes
             which
             they
             use
             to
             be
             avenged
             ,
             as
             poysoning
             ,
             stabbing
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             but
             they
             and
             
             the
             Spaniards
             too
             laugh
             at
             us
             ,
             and
             call
             
               Germans
               ,
               French
            
             and
             other
             Nations
             ,
             fools
             ,
             who
             use
             to
             challenge
             and
             fight
             duels
             one
             with
             another
             ,
             for
             so
             doing
             ;
             for
             say
             they
             ,
             if
             one
             hath
             been
             offended
             ,
             is
             he
             not
             a
             fool
             to
             take
             the
             way
             ,
             perhaps
             of
             receiving
             a
             greater
             offence
             ,
             instead
             of
             a
             satisfaction
             ,
             and
             to
             venture
             his
             life
             upon
             such
             an
             account
             ,
             but
             men
             ought
             to
             take
             their
             advantage
             :
             the
             truth
             is
             ,
             the
             Italian
             is
             a
             dangerous
             person
             upon
             this
             account
             ,
             for
             he
             appears
             cold
             in
             his
             anger
             ,
             constantly
             thinking
             upon
             the
             means
             how
             to
             be
             avenged
             ,
             he
             keeps
             the
             injury
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             and
             the
             worst
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             dissembles
             and
             conceals
             his
             desire
             of
             revenge
             ,
             which
             aims
             at
             no
             less
             than
             the
             death
             of
             the
             offendor
             ,
             by
             the
             means
             of
             poison
             ,
             dagger
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             way
             ,
             leaving
             nothing
             unattempted
             to
             bring
             his
             design
             to
             pass
             .
          
           
             Neither
             will
             they
             hearken
             sincerely
             after
             a
             reconciliation
             ;
             for
             their
             proverb
             ,
             saith
             ,
             
               Amicitie
               reconciliate
               ,
               eminestre
               riscaldate
               non
               furono
               mai
               grate
               ,
            
             there
             was
             never
             any
             pleasure
             in
             reconciled
             friendships
             ,
             nor
             in
             warmed
             pottage
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             so
             deeply
             fixed
             in
             their
             hearts
             ,
             that
             many
             die
             obstinate
             in
             that
             resolution
             .
             Upon
             this
             subject
             there
             
             is
             a
             very
             notable
             passage
             of
             an
             Italian
             Gentleman
             ,
             who
             being
             strongly
             exhorted
             by
             a
             
               Franciscan
               Fryar
            
             ,
             to
             be
             reconciled
             to
             his
             Enemy
             ,
             answered
             him
             in
             these
             words
             ,
             
               You
               exhort
               me
               to
               forgive
               as
               a
               Christian
               ,
               and
               I
               cannot
               do
               't
               being
               a
               Gentleman
               ;
               I
               was
               born
               a
               Gentleman
               before
               I
               was
               a
               Christian
               ,
               for
               I
               am
               the
               one
               by
               nature
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               by
               virtue
               of
               my
               baptisme
               ;
               therefore
               I
               will
               first
               be
               avenged
               as
               a
               Gentleman
               ,
               before
               I
               forgive
               as
               a
               Christian.
               
            
          
           
             From
             what
             hath
             been
             said
             ,
             we
             make
             some
             few
             general
             observations
             ,
             namely
             that
             the
             Italian
             Nation
             is
             not
             only
             fallen
             from
             that
             great
             power
             it
             had
             formerly
             ,
             but
             also
             it
             hath
             much
             degenerated
             from
             that
             heroick
             virtue
             and
             martial
             spirit
             it
             had
             before
             ;
             for
             a
             thousand
             eminent
             men
             it
             produced
             formerly
             ,
             there
             is
             hardly
             one
             now
             ;
             and
             that
             generosity
             of
             the
             Lion
             which
             they
             had
             heretofore
             ,
             is
             turned
             into
             the
             cunning
             of
             the
             Fox
             ;
             so
             their
             businesses
             are
             mannaged
             with
             dexterity
             ,
             (
             not
             to
             speak
             worst
             ,
             )
             more
             than
             with
             strength
             :
             hence
             it
             may
             be
             concluded
             ,
             that
             virtues
             ,
             though
             but
             moral
             ones
             ,
             make
             glorious
             States
             ,
             Kingdomes
             and
             Republicks
             ,
             and
             Vices
             are
             the
             cause
             of
             their
             decay
             ,
             as
             it
             
             hath
             happened
             to
             the
             
               Roman
               Empire
            
             ;
             Virtue
             gets
             honour
             ,
             strength
             and
             riches
             ;
             and
             as
             the
             best
             things
             are
             apt
             to
             be
             corrupted
             in
             their
             use
             ,
             so
             these
             produce
             pride
             ,
             ambition
             ,
             idleness
             ,
             covetousness
             ,
             and
             other
             vices
             ,
             which
             causes
             destruction
             one
             time
             or
             other
             .
          
           
             It
             appears
             also
             from
             hence
             ,
             how
             unfortunate
             the
             condition
             of
             those
             petty
             Princes
             are
             ,
             who
             depend
             upon
             others
             ,
             for
             their
             preservation
             ,
             their
             protectors
             do
             often
             turn
             to
             be
             their
             oppressors
             ,
             and
             yet
             they
             dare
             not
             camplain
             of
             it
             ;
             how
             watchful
             must
             those
             be
             who
             have
             ambitious
             ,
             and
             much
             more
             potent
             Neighbours
             than
             themselves
             ,
             't
             is
             a
             sad
             case
             to
             think
             what
             straights
             they
             are
             sometimes
             brought
             to
             ,
             to
             provide
             for
             their
             safety
             ,
             and
             how
             many
             real
             evils
             they
             are
             exposed
             unto
             ,
             to
             maintain
             that
             vain
             shadow
             of
             liberty
             which
             they
             are
             so
             taken
             with
             ,
             and
             that
             dream
             of
             a
             Sovereign
             Authority
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             be
             so
             fond
             of
             ;
             they
             waste
             and
             consume
             themselves
             in
             charges
             for
             their
             preservation
             ,
             and
             are
             besides
             obliged
             to
             observe
             the
             humours
             of
             friends
             and
             foes
             ;
             and
             what
             is
             this
             to
             the
             odium
             and
             disaffectedness
             of
             their
             Subjects
             which
             they
             often
             bring
             upon
             themselves
             ,
             who
             must
             bear
             the
             burthens
             ,
             and
             be
             at
             the
             
             charges
             of
             upholding
             this
             Authority
             ,
             which
             makes
             also
             the
             condition
             unhappy
             of
             the
             people
             who
             lives
             under
             such
             Princes
             as
             have
             no
             power
             to
             protect
             them
             ;
             and
             as
             the
             right
             use
             of
             these
             two
             Princely
             virtues
             ,
             Valour
             and
             Prudence
             ,
             do
             consist
             in
             these
             two
             things
             ,
             to
             free
             his
             States
             from
             forreign
             ,
             and
             to
             avoid
             civil
             wars
             ;
             certainly
             if
             they
             can
             prevent
             neither
             ,
             but
             with
             much
             difficulty
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             weakness
             and
             discontents
             ,
             they
             must
             needs
             be
             constantly
             offended
             with
             dangers
             and
             fears
             ,
             which
             makes
             to
             them
             their
             life
             uncomfortable
             ;
             and
             let
             things
             fall
             out
             how
             they
             will
             ,
             if
             ever
             they
             be
             engaged
             in
             any
             troubles
             at
             home
             or
             abroad
             ,
             what
             success
             and
             advantage
             can
             they
             get
             either
             from
             those
             who
             are
             much
             more
             potent
             then
             they
             ,
             or
             from
             those
             in
             whom
             their
             strength
             ought
             to
             lie
             ;
             by
             this
             last
             they
             act
             against
             their
             own
             interest
             ,
             and
             do
             as
             it
             were
             tear
             themselves
             in
             pieces
             ,
             for
             't
             is
             not
             enough
             for
             a
             war
             to
             be
             just
             ,
             't
             is
             necessary
             it
             should
             also
             be
             beneficial
             and
             advantagious
             .
          
           
             I
             must
             make
             one
             observation
             more
             ,
             that
             the
             number
             of
             petty
             Princes
             (
             such
             are
             all
             Italian
             ones
             ,
             in
             comparison
             of
             potent
             Kings
             and
             Kingdoms
             ,
             as
             
               England
               ,
               France
            
             and
             
             Spain
             )
             doth
             much
             contribute
             to
             their
             common
             safety
             and
             preservation
             ,
             for
             every
             Prince
             watches
             constantly
             the
             design
             of
             another
             ,
             not
             only
             upon
             his
             own
             States
             ,
             but
             upon
             that
             also
             of
             his
             Neighbour
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             much
             concerned
             that
             the
             dominions
             of
             one
             of
             his
             neighbours
             should
             not
             fall
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             another
             ,
             who
             would
             thereby
             grow
             too
             potent
             for
             him
             ,
             and
             one
             time
             or
             other
             bring
             him
             upon
             the
             Stage
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             a
             necessary
             maxime
             ,
             not
             only
             to
             remove
             the
             will
             and
             inclination
             he
             hath
             to
             do
             him
             hurt
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             hinder
             and
             prevent
             his
             being
             able
             to
             do
             it
             ;
             So
             then
             ,
             that
             mutual
             jealousie
             which
             they
             have
             one
             of
             another
             ,
             keeps
             the
             scales
             even
             between
             them
             ;
             and
             if
             a
             single
             one
             would
             attempt
             something
             upon
             him
             who
             is
             weaker
             ,
             then
             the
             others
             whuld
             not
             fail
             directly
             or
             indirectly
             to
             assist
             the
             weakest
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             Prince
             should
             happen
             to
             be
             stronger
             than
             all
             the
             other
             together
             ,
             rather
             than
             be
             made
             a
             prey
             to
             such
             a
             one
             ,
             they
             would
             call
             in
             a
             forreign
             power
             to
             ballance
             him
             ,
             as
             it
             hath
             been
             of
             late
             done
             in
             Germany
             ,
             for
             Princes
             there
             being
             grown
             very
             jealous
             ,
             and
             not
             without
             cause
             ,
             much
             affraid
             of
             the
             Emperours
             power
             ,
             they
             brought
             in
             the
             French
             and
             the
             
             Swedes
             ,
             who
             having
             gotten
             an
             interest
             in
             the
             Empire
             ,
             the
             one
             in
             Alsatia
             ,
             the
             others
             in
             Pomerania
             and
             Bremen
             ,
             and
             are
             now
             concern'd
             to
             curb
             the
             Imperial
             Authority
             if
             it
             would
             over-flow
             the
             banks
             of
             its
             just
             and
             limited
             power
             :
             this
             is
             also
             the
             case
             of
             Italy
             ,
             where
             the
             French
             and
             the
             Spaniard
             have
             each
             some
             interest
             ,
             though
             the
             former
             not
             comparable
             to
             the
             latter
             ,
             as
             to
             possession
             of
             Lands
             ,
             but
             when
             he
             pleases
             he
             can
             pour
             thousands
             of
             his
             Subjects
             into
             it
             ,
             having
             in
             his
             hand
             a
             door
             into
             it
             ,
             then
             the
             differences
             between
             the
             houses
             of
             Savoy
             and
             Mantoa
             ,
             and
             of
             Parma
             and
             Modena
             with
             the
             Pope
             ,
             will
             be
             now
             and
             then
             an
             occasion
             for
             the
             French
             to
             meddle
             in
             Italy
             .
             And
             although
             the
             Princes
             of
             Italy
             care
             neither
             for
             French
             nor
             Spaniard
             ,
             yet
             they
             care
             for
             their
             interest
             ,
             which
             is
             ever
             to
             make
             use
             of
             one
             to
             oppose
             the
             designs
             of
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             So
             that
             publick
             persons
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             private
             men
             ,
             may
             learn
             from
             Italians
             ,
             the
             rules
             and
             practise
             of
             Oeconomy
             and
             Policy
             ;
             the
             greatest
             of
             Princes
             ,
             as
             the
             meanest
             of
             Subjects
             ,
             need
             to
             be
             frugal
             and
             saving
             ,
             for
             let
             their
             Incomes
             be
             never
             so
             great
             ,
             the
             charges
             of
             the
             State
             ,
             and
             their
             own
             ,
             are
             sometimes
             greater
             :
             often
             there
             
             happens
             extraordinary
             ,
             and
             undispensible
             occasions
             and
             necessities
             to
             be
             supplyed
             ,
             or
             else
             the
             State
             will
             run
             into
             a
             palpable
             danger
             .
             Men
             from
             the
             highest
             to
             the
             lowest
             ,
             have
             nothing
             but
             what
             they
             save
             and
             spare
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             receive
             never
             so
             much
             ,
             they
             will
             not
             want
             unnecessary
             occasions
             of
             laying
             out
             more
             then
             that
             comes
             to
             .
             Monies
             are
             the
             sinews
             ,
             not
             only
             of
             war
             ,
             but
             really
             there
             cannot
             be
             any
             politick
             motion
             without
             it
             ,
             wherefore
             we
             use
             to
             see
             that
             of
             Princes
             ,
             he
             is
             the
             strongest
             who
             is
             the
             richest
             ,
             if
             he
             knows
             how
             to
             make
             use
             of
             that
             advantage
             :
             by
             these
             means
             he
             will
             draw
             the
             greatest
             and
             the
             best
             Armies
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             and
             will
             keep
             them
             upon
             duty
             and
             in
             obedience
             ,
             and
             so
             in
             a
             fit
             posture
             for
             service
             ;
             the
             best
             experienced
             Officers
             ,
             and
             the
             stoutest
             and
             most
             undaunted
             Souldiers
             ,
             will
             ever
             follow
             an
             exact
             and
             a
             good
             pay
             ;
             he
             will
             not
             only
             secure
             his
             own
             places
             ,
             but
             also
             work
             within
             the
             Garisons
             of
             his
             Neighbours
             ,
             and
             even
             have
             influences
             upon
             their
             very
             Councils
             ;
             The
             rich
             Prince
             will
             tire
             out
             and
             consume
             him
             who
             is
             poor
             ;
             how
             much
             then
             are
             they
             concerned
             ,
             when
             present
             occasions
             of
             State
             allow
             it
             ,
             to
             lay
             up
             in
             their
             Coffers
             
             that
             which
             may
             serve
             for
             the
             future
             necessities
             of
             it
             ;
             that
             Prince
             who
             is
             in
             this
             condition
             ,
             is
             feared
             ,
             respected
             ,
             and
             admired
             at
             home
             and
             abroad
             ,
             if
             he
             hath
             learned
             well
             how
             to
             improve
             this
             advantage
             .
          
           
             As
             to
             that
             part
             of
             a
             Princes
             policy
             ,
             which
             consists
             in
             this
             ,
             
               Not
               to
               discover
               the
               bottom
               of
               his
               heart
               ,
               nor
               the
               utmost
               of
               his
               Power
            
             ;
             we
             have
             it
             from
             Italians
             ,
             not
             the
             former
             ,
             for
             when
             the
             inclinations
             of
             a
             Prince
             come
             to
             be
             found
             out
             ,
             and
             his
             heart
             can
             be
             known
             ,
             then
             all
             his
             neighbor
             Princes
             will
             work
             upon
             him
             that
             way
             ;
             they
             will
             give
             him
             monies
             if
             he
             be
             covetous
             ,
             praises
             and
             flatteries
             if
             he
             be
             proud
             and
             vain
             ;
             they
             will
             go
             about
             to
             strike
             fear
             into
             him
             if
             he
             be
             umorous
             ,
             or
             in
             a
             contrary
             way
             to
             please
             him
             in
             that
             passion
             ,
             which
             they
             know
             to
             be
             predominant
             in
             him
             ;
             and
             hereby
             many
             a
             time
             he
             will
             be
             drawn
             to
             act
             or
             comply
             in
             those
             things
             which
             are
             contrary
             to
             his
             honour
             and
             interest
             :
             At
             home
             he
             is
             also
             exposed
             to
             the
             attempts
             of
             Parasites
             and
             Flatterers
             who
             for
             their
             own
             ends
             ;
             ever
             study
             to
             please
             him
             in
             that
             which
             they
             know
             him
             to
             be
             most
             of
             all
             prone
             and
             given
             to
             ,
             by
             which
             ,
             
             compliance
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             becomes
             a
             prey
             unto
             them
             :
             the
             latter
             part
             of
             this
             policy
             ,
             for
             a
             Prince
             not
             to
             
               discover
               the
               utmost
               of
               his
               power
               ,
            
             is
             to
             be
             learned
             from
             Italians
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             former
             .
             Some
             Princes
             and
             States
             do
             subsist
             and
             are
             upheld
             by
             credit
             and
             reputation
             more
             then
             by
             a
             real
             strength
             ;
             't
             is
             more
             by
             the
             opinion
             which
             others
             have
             of
             them
             ,
             then
             by
             any
             true
             cause
             in
             themselves
             ;
             and
             't
             is
             well
             for
             one
             never
             to
             do
             so
             much
             ,
             but
             to
             give
             others
             to
             think
             that
             he
             can
             do
             more
             ,
             for
             when
             't
             is
             once
             found
             out
             how
             far
             one
             may
             go
             ,
             others
             will
             be
             more
             apt
             to
             cross
             him
             ,
             and
             will
             take
             courses
             sutable
             to
             their
             designs
             against
             him
             ;
             so
             that
             in
             this
             a
             Prince
             lies
             open
             to
             the
             attempts
             of
             others
             .
          
           
             Another
             thing
             neecssary
             for
             publick
             and
             private
             persons
             to
             be
             learned
             from
             Italians
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             from
             any
             other
             Nation
             ,
             is
             ,
             
               Not
               to
               discover
               the
               utmost
               reach
               of
               ones
               capacity
               ,
            
             and
             of
             that
             faculty
             of
             the
             soul
             ,
             called
             understanding
             or
             intellect
             :
             this
             learned
             men
             do
             so
             observe
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             solution
             of
             questions
             ,
             though
             sometimes
             they
             have
             said
             as
             much
             as
             they
             are
             able
             ,
             yet
             they
             will
             tell
             one
             ,
             that
             much
             more
             might
             be
             said
             to
             that
             purpose
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             
             for
             above
             all
             things
             they
             would
             avoid
             to
             be
             suspected
             of
             ignorance
             by
             others
             ,
             seeing
             they
             make
             an
             open
             profession
             of
             learning
             .
             So
             't
             is
             a
             matter
             of
             high
             concernment
             to
             Princes
             to
             be
             accounted
             to
             be
             men
             of
             parts
             ,
             judicious
             and
             understanding
             ,
             which
             are
             qualifications
             necessary
             to
             those
             who
             rule
             Kingdomes
             and
             Nations
             ,
             therefore
             they
             are
             so
             careful
             not
             to
             give
             the
             least
             grounds
             to
             make
             people
             suspect
             they
             want
             ,
             abilities
             to
             govern
             ,
             seeing
             nothing
             can
             be
             so
             injurious
             and
             prejudicial
             to
             them
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             accounted
             soft
             and
             shallow
             heads
             .
             Solomon
             the
             wisest
             of
             Kings
             ,
             pronounces
             a
             woe
             to
             that
             land
             whose
             Princes
             are
             children
             ,
             not
             so
             much
             in
             years
             as
             in
             wisdom
             and
             understanding
             ,
             as
             was
             his
             son
             Rehoboam
             ,
             who
             was
             said
             to
             be
             young
             at
             40
             years
             of
             age
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             knowledge
             and
             experience
             :
             a
             wise
             Prince
             therefore
             will
             chuse
             not
             to
             speak
             at
             all
             ,
             rather
             then
             not
             to
             speak
             to
             the
             purpose
             upon
             a
             subject
             :
             hence
             it
             is
             also
             that
             he
             sits
             in
             Council
             ,
             not
             only
             to
             hear
             the
             several
             advices
             given
             him
             there
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             judge
             of
             them
             himself
             ,
             and
             having
             digested
             it
             in
             his
             mind
             ,
             to
             give
             them
             a
             form
             ,
             chuse
             the
             best
             ,
             and
             be
             himself
             the
             Author
             of
             his
             resolutions
             in
             consequence
             
             of
             Councils
             given
             him
             ,
             which
             thus
             he
             makes
             to
             be
             his
             own
             .
             It
             is
             then
             a
             great
             part
             of
             wisdom
             to
             conceal
             his
             ignorance
             ,
             and
             in
             capacity
             of
             any
             things
             ,
             specially
             of
             those
             which
             ought
             to
             be
             known
             ,
             and
             to
             give
             as
             good
             opinion
             as
             one
             can
             of
             his
             abilities
             ,
             and
             rather
             forbear
             speaking
             of
             a
             thing
             then
             not
             to
             do
             it
             well
             ,
             or
             instead
             of
             praises
             which
             every
             one
             is
             desirous
             of
             ,
             one
             brings
             himself
             into
             slight
             and
             contempt
             ,
             for
             I
             think
             that
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             discommendations
             of
             a
             man
             is
             this
             ,
             he
             was
             so
             put
             to
             it
             ,
             that
             he
             knew
             not
             what
             to
             say
             .
          
           
             Silence
             also
             ,
             and
             Secreste
             ,
             which
             are
             qualities
             so
             essentially
             necessary
             to
             all
             sorts
             of
             persons
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             learned
             from
             the
             same
             Nation
             ;
             as
             nothing
             makes
             a
             man
             so
             vile
             and
             so
             contemptible
             ,
             as
             not
             to
             be
             able
             to
             hold
             his
             peace
             (
             an
             imperfection
             and
             defect
             to
             be
             excused
             only
             in
             children
             ,
             fools
             and
             drunken
             persons
             )
             so
             nothing
             argues
             so
             much
             the
             infidelity
             and
             rashness
             of
             a
             publick
             person
             ,
             as
             the
             revealing
             of
             secrets
             ;
             as
             I
             am
             the
             Master
             of
             my
             own
             secret
             ,
             I
             may
             declare
             it
             to
             a
             friend
             ;
             but
             my
             friends
             secret
             I
             may
             not
             tell
             it
             to
             another
             ,
             because
             't
             is
             not
             my
             own
             ;
             much
             less
             
             may
             a
             publick
             Minister
             betray
             his
             masters
             secret
             ,
             wherein
             not
             only
             one
             or
             few
             persons
             ,
             but
             whole
             Nations
             for
             the
             most
             part
             are
             concerned
             .
             Many
             great
             designes
             have
             been
             obstructed
             ,
             and
             many
             great
             evils
             caused
             or
             prevented
             ,
             either
             by
             an
             yntimely
             discovery
             of
             resolutions
             ,
             or
             by
             some
             few
             words
             spoken
             unadvisedly
             ;
             one
             word
             dropt
             from
             a
             mans
             mouth
             is
             sufficient
             at
             least
             to
             breed
             a
             suspition
             ,
             which
             usually
             puts
             men
             upon
             further
             inquiries
             and
             discoveries
             ;
             therefore
             want
             of
             secresie
             is
             a
             great
             breach
             of
             prudence
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Salt
             ,
             the
             Spirit
             and
             the
             Life
             of
             Moral
             and
             Politick
             Vertues
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             more
             to
             be
             learned
             is
             ,
             
               Constancy
               and
               Settleness
               of
               Mind
            
             ,
             so
             necessary
             to
             private
             men
             ,
             in
             both
             fortunes
             ,
             and
             to
             publick
             persons
             in
             times
             of
             troubles
             and
             difficulties
             .
             A
             skilful
             Pilot
             is
             not
             moved
             so
             ,
             as
             to
             despair
             amidst
             the
             roaring
             of
             the
             winds
             ,
             the
             tossing
             and
             tumbling
             of
             the
             waves
             ,
             and
             the
             raging
             of
             the
             storm
             ;
             contrariwise
             he
             sticks
             the
             closer
             to
             his
             work
             ,
             grows
             more
             careful
             ,
             and
             minds
             the
             more
             the
             safety
             of
             the
             Ship
             ,
             wherein
             his
             own
             and
             all
             others
             in
             it
             are
             included
             :
             So
             an
             experienced
             Minister
             of
             State
             ,
             amidst
             all
             troubles
             ,
             
             crosses
             and
             conspiracies
             against
             the
             State
             ,
             doth
             retain
             that
             soundness
             of
             mind
             ,
             and
             tranquility
             of
             soul
             ,
             which
             at
             last
             may
             bring
             him
             out
             of
             all
             dangers
             ,
             instead
             of
             falling
             into
             confusion
             and
             disorder
             ,
             or
             yielding
             to
             fear
             ,
             he
             uses
             those
             means
             which
             are
             lawful
             ,
             possible
             ,
             and
             likely
             to
             quiet
             and
             pacifie
             things
             ;
             he
             is
             not
             moved
             at
             different
             reports
             ,
             he
             is
             neither
             incredulous
             nor
             over
             credulous
             ,
             but
             hears
             every
             thing
             ,
             examines
             and
             weighs
             all
             ,
             receives
             that
             which
             to
             him
             appears
             to
             be
             the
             truest
             ,
             and
             resolves
             upon
             that
             which
             he
             thinks
             to
             be
             the
             best
             .
          
           
             That
             Italians
             have
             known
             and
             practised
             these
             things
             ,
             the
             history
             of
             antient
             Rome
             ,
             and
             the
             experience
             of
             these
             last
             times
             do
             justifie
             it
             ,
             and
             some
             able
             States-men
             ,
             and
             great
             Polititians
             ,
             whom
             that
             Nation
             hath
             afforded
             
               Germany
               ,
               France
               ,
               Spain
            
             ,
             and
             other
             Countries
             ,
             do
             clearly
             convince
             of
             this
             truth
             ,
             and
             are
             presidents
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             one
             single
             Proverb
             of
             theirs
             (
             to
             shew
             how
             solid
             and
             substantial
             they
             are
             )
             doth
             teach
             us
             all
             the
             Vertues
             aforesaid
             in
             these
             words
             ,
             
               Non
               spendor
               '
               cio
               che
               tu
               hoi
               ,
               non
            
             
             
               far
               '
               cio
               che
               tu
               puoi
               ,
               non
               creder
               '
               cio
               che
               tu
               udi
            
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             
               One
               must
               not
               spend
               all
               that
               he
               hath
               ,
               nor
               do
               all
               that
               he
               can
               ,
               nor
               tell
               all
               that
               he
               knows
               ,
               nor
               believe
               all
               that
               he
               hears
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           CHARACTER
           OF
           SPAIN
           .
        
         
           IN
           the
           South-west
           parts
           of
           Europe
           ,
           between
           the
           37.
           and
           42.
           degrees
           of
           latitude
           ,
           lies
           a
           potent
           Kingdome
           ,
           named
           Spain
           ,
           or
           Spains
           in
           the
           plural
           number
           ,
           for
           so
           Philip
           II.
           called
           himself
           ,
           
             Rex
             Hispaniarum
          
           ,
           after
           the
           acquisition
           he
           made
           of
           Portugal
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           1550.
           it
           fell
           into
           the
           hands
           of
           the
           House
           of
           Austria
           by
           the
           match
           of
           Philip
           the
           xi
           .
           first
           son
           to
           Maximilian
           of
           Austria
           ,
           with
           the
           daughter
           of
           Ferdinand
           of
           Aragon
           ,
           and
           Isabella
           of
           Castilla
           ,
           heir
           of
           those
           Countries
           ,
           united
           by
           the
           marriage
           of
           the
           said
           Ferdinand
           and
           Isabella
           .
           
           These
           dominions
           have
           in
           time
           been
           so
           enlarged
           by
           marriages
           and
           conquests
           ,
           as
           to
           reach
           some
           things
           in
           Africa
           ,
           a
           great
           part
           of
           Europe
           ,
           and
           almost
           all
           America
           ,
           which
           hath
           given
           occasion
           to
           say
           ,
           That
           the
           sun
           never
           shines
           out
           of
           the
           Spanish
           dominions
           .
        
         
           The
           struglings
           of
           this
           Nation
           after
           an
           Universal
           Monarchy
           ,
           have
           proved
           so
           lusty
           and
           so
           hard
           ,
           that
           at
           one
           time
           or
           other
           ,
           whole
           Europe
           hath
           been
           shaken
           with
           it
           :
           whereby
           the
           Spanish
           name
           is
           become
           so
           famous
           ,
           that
           't
           is
           not
           to
           be
           admired
           at
           ,
           if
           curiosity
           of
           seeing
           a
           Countrey
           where
           so
           great
           designs
           were
           continued
           ,
           hath
           put
           several
           men
           upon
           travelling
           into
           it
           .
        
         
           I
           confess
           ,
           with
           many
           others
           ,
           I
           have
           been
           taken
           with
           that
           itching
           desire
           ,
           in
           hope
           of
           seeing
           an
           extraordinary
           land
           ,
           peopled
           with
           none
           but
           Heroes
           ,
           but
           with
           what
           successe
           ,
           the
           following
           discourse
           shall
           witnesse
           ,
           being
           sure
           that
           no
           curiosity
           was
           ever
           more
           severely
           punished
           then
           mine
           ,
           nor
           pleasure
           more
           constantly
           attended
           with
           pain
           :
           if
           this
           be
           a
           sin
           ,
           I
           vow
           never
           again
           to
           fall
           into
           it
           ,
           and
           herein
           I
           ought
           not
           to
           be
           accounted
           singular
           ,
           for
           I
           protest
           I
           found
           all
           those
           whom
           I
           conversed
           with
           ,
           and
           who
           have
           been
           there
           ,
           to
           be
           of
           my
           opinion
           ;
           but
           patience
           .
           
           In
           this
           World
           one
           must
           see
           not
           only
           good
           but
           evil
           also
           ,
           things
           better
           judged
           of
           by
           their
           contraries
           ,
           yet
           to
           go
           thorough
           ,
           one
           must
           be
           stored
           with
           monies
           and
           patience
           .
        
         
           Let
           a
           man
           begin
           this
           Journey
           which
           way
           he
           pleases
           ,
           he
           will
           find
           it
           very
           tedious
           ,
           and
           must
           resolve
           to
           suffer
           many
           inconveniences
           :
           whither
           he
           goes
           from
           Bayone
           to
           
             Yrun
             ,
             San
             Sebastian
          
           ,
           and
           thence
           the
           straight
           way
           to
           
             Victoria
             ,
             Puerto
             de
             sant
             Adrian
             ,
          
           or
           on
           the
           left
           ,
           to
           Pamplona
           in
           Navarra
           by
           
             Estella
             de
             Navarra
          
           (
           where
           is
           an
           University
           )
           
             la
             Puente
             de
             la
             Reyna
          
           and
           Viana
           passing
           by
           Logrono
           ,
           whence
           some
           go
           to
           
             Santo
             Domingo
             de
             la
             Calcada
          
           ,
           in
           the
           Church
           whereof
           are
           seen
           a
           Cock
           and
           a
           Hen
           of
           the
           breed
           (
           as
           't
           is
           reported
           )
           of
           those
           which
           (
           if
           you
           will
           believe
           it
           )
           came
           to
           life
           again
           after
           they
           had
           been
           roasted
           ;
           and
           to
           be
           short
           ,
           thence
           to
           
             Burgos
             Valladolid
             ,
             Medina
             del
             Campo
             ,
             Salamanco
             Scyonia
             ,
             el
             puerto
             de
             guadarrama
             ,
             Iscuriale
             el
             Pardo
          
           and
           
             Madrid
             ,
             Alcula
             de
             trenares
             ,
             Aranjues
             ,
             Toledo
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           Or
           whether
           a
           man
           goes
           into
           Spain
           by
           
             Catalonia
             ,
             Valenza
             Murcia
             ,
             Grenada
             :
          
           one
           shall
           be
           ill
           horsed
           ,
           hardly
           used
           ,
           and
           
           have
           bad
           accommodation
           ;
           of
           which
           three
           things
           ,
           one
           alone
           is
           enough
           to
           vex
           a
           Traveller
           .
        
         
           Although
           Spanish
           Horses
           be
           very
           good
           ,
           there
           are
           so
           few
           ,
           that
           they
           are
           not
           employed
           in
           ordinary
           uses
           ,
           Mules
           must
           doe
           the
           worke
           ,
           which
           are
           very
           slow
           creatures
           ,
           very
           ill
           harnessed
           ,
           and
           very
           dangerous
           for
           biting
           kicking
           ;
           to
           these
           inconveniencies
           ,
           let
           a
           Spaniard
           be
           joyned
           as
           a
           guide
           ,
           who
           as
           well
           as
           the
           Mule
           ,
           keeps
           to
           his
           slow
           pace
           ,
           caused
           not
           only
           by
           his
           natural
           gravity
           ,
           but
           also
           (
           when
           they
           walk
           as
           many
           do
           )
           by
           shooes
           made
           of
           little
           cords
           ,
           which
           the
           generality
           of
           them
           doth
           wear
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           sand
           and
           drye
           ground
           they
           walk
           upon
           being
           already
           much
           heated
           by
           the
           Sun
           ,
           must
           needs
           gall
           and
           burn
           their
           Feet
           ,
           let
           them
           be
           never
           so
           used
           to
           't
           ,
           this
           must
           needs
           be
           very
           tedious
           to
           those
           who
           are
           used
           to
           ride
           good
           Horses
           .
        
         
           But
           there
           are
           other
           difficulties
           caused
           by
           the
           rudeness
           and
           barbarity
           of
           men
           ,
           all
           rational
           people
           will
           shew
           themselves
           civil
           to
           Strangers
           who
           pass
           thorough
           their
           ,
           Countrey
           ,
           to
           give
           them
           cause
           to
           commend
           the
           Inhabitants
           when
           they
           are
           
           out
           of
           it
           ;
           but
           here
           no
           such
           thing
           is
           thought
           upon
           ,
           they
           are
           called
           by
           the
           nick-name
           Gavachos
           ,
           and
           assoon
           as
           a
           man
           comes
           into
           Spain
           he
           must
           shew
           all
           the
           moneys
           he
           hath
           about
           him
           ,
           and
           every
           thing
           else
           ,
           and
           must
           pay
           for
           't
           according
           as
           he
           is
           taxed
           by
           those
           unreasonable
           men
           ,
           whether
           it
           be
           a
           silver
           Sword
           ,
           a
           Watch
           ,
           a
           Ring
           ,
           silver
           Buttons
           and
           the
           like
           ,
           so
           that
           nothing
           goes
           free
           ;
           and
           then
           if
           any
           thing
           lyes
           in
           the
           way
           of
           these
           Searchers
           ,
           they
           will
           make
           conscience
           to
           take
           it
           as
           dexterously
           as
           they
           can
           ,
           and
           though
           one
           should
           take
           notice
           of
           it
           ,
           yet
           he
           dares
           hardly
           say
           any
           thing
           for
           fear
           of
           the
           worst
           ,
           because
           sometimes
           they
           send
           one
           or
           other
           upon
           the
           passage
           to
           rob
           or
           kill
           as
           they
           have
           a
           minde
           to
           .
        
         
           After
           this
           they
           give
           a
           note
           ,
           which
           some
           call
           Albaran
           ,
           and
           others
           Aluala
           ,
           to
           certifie
           to
           other
           searchers
           that
           the
           things
           have
           been
           payed
           for
           ;
           yet
           for
           all
           this
           ,
           others
           if
           they
           please
           (
           and
           they
           do
           't
           very
           often
           except
           monies
           be
           given
           them
           )
           they
           cause
           one
           to
           open
           all
           again
           ,
           they
           search
           all
           ,
           and
           make
           pay
           for
           all
           ;
           and
           the
           worst
           is
           ,
           that
           this
           sort
           of
           men
           ever
           lies
           at
           the
           coming
           in
           and
           going
           out
           of
           every
           Province
           ,
           
           which
           in
           those
           parts
           (
           for
           greatness
           sake
           )
           they
           call
           Kingdomes
           ,
           so
           that
           after
           this
           rate
           one
           is
           to
           pass
           thorough
           several
           Kingdoms
           before
           he
           can
           come
           to
           Madrid
           .
           At
           the
           coming
           out
           of
           Spain
           one
           meets
           with
           the
           like
           (
           or
           worse
           usage
           if
           it
           be
           possible
           )
           as
           he
           found
           at
           the
           going
           into
           't
           .
        
         
           But
           after
           all
           ,
           the
           worst
           is
           ,
           that
           one
           hath
           no
           accommodation
           by
           the
           way
           ,
           for
           sometimes
           you
           shall
           ride
           30.
           miles
           and
           not
           see
           a
           house
           ,
           nor
           meet
           with
           a
           man
           ,
           so
           that
           in
           some
           places
           one
           must
           carry
           for
           himself
           something
           to
           eat
           ,
           and
           Oats
           for
           the
           Mule
           ,
           and
           so
           lie
           sometimes
           under
           a
           Tree
           :
           how
           uncomfortable
           this
           is
           in
           Winter
           ,
           and
           the
           heat
           of
           Summer
           ,
           I
           leave
           every
           one
           to
           judge
           .
        
         
           And
           the
           misery
           is
           ,
           that
           when
           one
           comes
           to
           an
           Inn
           ,
           he
           is
           hardly
           the
           better
           for
           't
           ,
           for
           excepting
           some
           Alcoues
           which
           are
           used
           onely
           by
           persons
           of
           quality
           ,
           all
           the
           bed
           you
           can
           get
           ,
           is
           some
           formes
           or
           few
           boards
           lay'd
           close
           ,
           with
           straw
           or
           wooll
           at
           the
           most
           ,
           within
           a
           matteress
           upon
           't
           ,
           without
           Bed-steads
           or
           Curtains
           ,
           for
           they
           know
           not
           what
           such
           things
           mean
           ,
           and
           if
           one
           will
           have
           clean
           sheets
           ,
           
           the
           surest
           way
           is
           to
           carry
           some
           along
           with
           him
           .
        
         
           Yet
           this
           is
           but
           beginning
           of
           trouble
           ,
           for
           these
           Inns
           (
           if
           I
           may
           so
           call
           it
           )
           afford
           nothing
           to
           eat
           ,
           and
           if
           you
           will
           have
           bread
           ,
           you
           must
           send
           for
           't
           out
           of
           the
           house
           into
           one
           place
           ,
           for
           Wine
           into
           another
           ,
           for
           Meat
           into
           another
           ,
           for
           one
           can
           hardly
           find
           two
           such
           different
           things
           in
           one
           place
           ;
           after
           all
           ,
           if
           you
           will
           have
           it
           well
           dressed
           ,
           I
           advise
           you
           to
           have
           a
           Cook
           of
           your
           own
           .
        
         
           Now
           see
           whether
           or
           not
           I
           have
           reason
           to
           wish
           my self
           out
           of
           this
           Countrey
           ,
           but
           I
           must
           go
           throughout
           ,
           seeing
           I
           am
           so
           far
           engaged
           in
           't
           ,
           and
           give
           some
           observations
           I
           made
           of
           their
           nature
           ,
           and
           of
           some
           manners
           and
           customes
           of
           theirs
           .
        
         
           Though
           the
           Spaniard
           be
           not
           very
           sociable
           ,
           yet'tis
           easy
           for
           a
           man
           to
           know
           his
           natural
           Genius
           and
           Inclination
           as
           to
           the
           generality
           :
           I
           confess
           amongst
           the
           true
           Castillans
           ,
           some
           Generous
           and
           Gallant
           men
           are
           to
           be
           found
           ,
           but
           these
           are
           so
           scarce
           ,
           that
           we
           may
           say
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           of
           Bread
           ,
           the
           Countrey
           affords
           it
           very
           good
           ,
           but
           so
           little
           of
           it
           ,
           that
           though
           the
           Countrey
           
             (
             Catalonia
          
           excepted
           )
           be
           very
           void
           of
           Inhabitants
           ,
           
           there
           is
           hardly
           enough
           of
           it
           to
           serve
           3.
           months
           in
           the
           year
           ,
           so
           of
           10000.
           men
           ,
           hardly
           one
           will
           be
           found
           to
           have
           a
           right
           principle
           of
           honesty
           .
        
         
           If
           at
           any
           time
           a
           man
           hath
           offended
           them
           ,
           though
           it
           be
           an
           offence
           taken
           rather
           than
           given
           ,
           they
           will
           seem
           not
           to
           take
           notice
           of
           it
           ,
           but
           they
           will
           watch
           one
           so
           long
           ,
           and
           so
           well
           ,
           that
           at
           last
           he
           must
           fall
           into
           their
           Clutches
           ;
           then
           they
           give
           no
           quarter
           ,
           but
           one
           night
           or
           other
           as
           a
           man
           is
           going
           to
           his
           Lodging
           ,
           they
           will
           shoot
           him
           dead
           in
           a
           treacherous
           way
           ,
           and
           when
           he
           is
           not
           aware
           of
           them
           .
        
         
           Their
           Pride
           is
           known
           by
           the
           contempt
           they
           have
           for
           all
           other
           Nations
           ,
           therefore
           they
           say
           their
           King
           alone
           is
           
             El
             Roy
             de
             los
             hombres
          
           ;
           the
           same
           they
           affirme
           of
           their
           Language
           ,
           but
           most
           of
           all
           't
           is
           known
           by
           their
           carriage
           ;
           they
           have
           an
           affected
           gravity
           which
           goes
           beyond
           the
           natural
           ,
           and
           make
           themselves
           valiant
           with
           oftentation
           .
        
         
           They
           walk
           up
           and
           down
           the
           Streets
           like
           Peacocks
           and
           Turkies
           with
           a
           great
           deal
           of
           pride
           ,
           staring
           upon
           others
           ,
           and
           looking
           on
           themselves
           from
           top
           to
           toe
           with
           a
           losty
           ,
           scornful
           and
           braving
           courtenance
           ;
           
           and
           yet
           when
           there
           is
           occasion
           to
           go
           to
           it
           ,
           except
           there
           be
           three
           or
           four
           against
           one
           ,
           
             Toman
             las
             oulcas
             de
             villa
             diego
             ,
          
           as
           they
           say
           ,
           that
           is
           in
           plain
           English
           ,
           they
           run
           away
           ,
           till
           they
           have
           an
           opportunity
           of
           being
           avenged
           ;
           and
           this
           is
           most
           of
           all
           practised
           in
           
             Valenza
             ,
             Arragona
             ,
             Catalonia
          
           ,
           &c.
           in
           Castilla
           ,
           and
           some
           other
           places
           ,
           there
           being
           more
           generosity
           than
           in
           others
           .
        
         
           In
           Summer
           ,
           they
           wear
           long
           Cloakes
           of
           black
           London
           Serge
           ,
           specially
           those
           who
           are
           of
           any
           fashion
           ,
           but
           I
           have
           seen
           some
           of
           Cloth
           and
           very
           heavy
           ,
           for
           they
           say
           ,
           that
           which
           keeps
           from
           cold
           ,
           preserves
           also
           from
           the
           heat
           ;
           their
           shooes
           for
           the
           most
           part
           have
           no
           heele
           ,
           or
           a
           very
           little
           one
           ;
           the
           clock
           of
           their
           stockings
           comes
           up
           to
           the
           fat
           of
           their
           legg
           .
        
         
           It
           were
           needless
           for
           me
           to
           make
           an
           exact
           description
           of
           their
           cloathes
           ,
           seeing
           they
           often
           have
           been
           seen
           in
           England
           ,
           specially
           in
           Eighty
           Eight
           .
           I
           shall
           not
           dispute
           whether
           they
           are
           becoming
           or
           not
           ,
           much
           of
           it
           depending
           upon
           custome
           and
           fancy
           ,
           yet
           they
           are
           so
           taken
           with
           it
           ,
           that
           still
           they
           keep
           to
           their
           fashion
           in
           most
           Countries
           where
           they
           live
           ,
           and
           very
           hardly
           can
           resolve
           
           upon
           changing
           in
           some
           Courts
           where
           they
           have
           Ambassadours
           ,
           for
           else
           they
           have
           so
           good
           opinion
           of
           their
           Countries
           that
           they
           scorn
           almost
           all
           others
           ,
           and
           account
           them
           not
           worthy
           to
           be
           seen
           ,
           except
           the
           low
           Countries
           ,
           
             Naples
             ,
             Sicily
             ,
             Milan
          
           ,
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           &c.
           where
           they
           goe
           to
           feather
           their
           Nest
           and
           to
           grow
           rich
           ,
           and
           often
           they
           take
           such
           courses
           ,
           as
           makes
           them
           speed
           well
           in
           't
           in
           a
           very
           short
           time
           .
        
         
           They
           use
           to
           wear
           Sword
           and
           Dagger
           ,
           and
           though
           their
           Cloak
           be
           new
           ,
           very
           often
           they
           make
           a
           hole
           in
           it
           ,
           that
           the
           Dagger
           may
           be
           seen
           ;
           the
           lowest
           sort
           of
           tradesmen
           ,
           as
           Carpenters
           ,
           Shooe-makers
           ,
           &c.
           never
           sit
           at
           their
           work
           without
           a
           Dagger
           by
           their
           sides
           .
           Thus
           the
           Commonally
           is
           possessed
           with
           pride
           ,
           witness
           the
           story
           of
           the
           Woman
           ,
           who
           being
           a
           Begger
           ,
           yet
           would
           not
           have
           her
           son
           to
           serve
           an
           Ambassadour
           ;
           I
           will
           not
           said
           she
           (
           being
           spoken
           to
           about
           it
           )
           undervalue
           my
           son
           so
           much
           ,
           who
           knows
           whether
           one
           day
           he
           shall
           not
           be
           King
           of
           Spain
           .
           Hence
           it
           is
           that
           we
           do
           not
           see
           Spaniards
           to
           be
           servants
           of
           men
           of
           other
           Nations
           ,
           nor
           to
           travel
           but
           upon
           the
           account
           of
           necessity
           .
           Now
           this
           vanity
           follows
           them
           to
           their
           grave
           ,
           as
           we
           hear
           of
           
           the
           Cobler
           ,
           who
           being
           upon
           his
           death-bed
           ,
           having
           called
           his
           Children
           to
           him
           ,
           said
           to
           them
           ,
           Take
           heede
           you
           do
           nothing
           to
           disparage
           your selves
           ,
           or
           to
           dishonour
           your
           Family
           .
        
         
           To
           see
           the
           meanest
           of
           them
           in
           their
           cloathes
           ,
           and
           to
           act
           their
           gravity
           ,
           is
           a
           thing
           to
           make
           any
           Sranger
           mistake
           their
           quality
           ,
           insomuch
           ,
           that
           one
           day
           in
           their
           late
           Kings
           time
           ,
           a
           foreign
           Minister
           being
           private
           in
           his
           Lodging
           ,
           took
           one
           of
           them
           for
           a
           Grandee
           ,
           who
           (
           as
           he
           thought
           )
           came
           to
           give
           him
           a
           visit
           incognito
           ,
           as
           't
           is
           usual
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           and
           received
           him
           with
           a
           great
           civility
           ,
           but
           at
           last
           this
           proved
           to
           be
           a
           Glasier
           ,
           who
           went
           to
           mend
           a
           window
           :
           and
           they
           so
           much
           affect
           gravity
           in
           their
           march
           ,
           that
           one
           of
           them
           being
           once
           whipped
           at
           Paris
           ,
           (
           you
           may
           conceive
           not
           for
           any
           good
           he
           had
           done
           )
           and
           being
           told
           by
           some
           spectators
           who
           pittyed
           him
           ,
           to
           mend
           his
           pace
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           sooner
           come
           out
           of
           his
           pains
           ,
           he
           turned
           about
           ,
           and
           with
           much
           gravity
           ,
           told
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           not
           go
           an
           inch
           the
           faster
           ,
           though
           all
           the
           Hangmen
           of
           France
           were
           at
           his
           heels
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           goe
           on
           in
           telling
           of
           their
           good
           qualities
           ,
           I
           must
           not
           omit
           to
           say
           that
           idleness
           ,
           
           and
           lasiness
           are
           some
           of
           those
           which
           most
           of
           all
           they
           are
           subject
           to
           :
           I
           cannot
           tell
           whether
           it
           be
           meerly
           an
           effect
           of
           their
           natural
           disposition
           ,
           or
           a
           trust
           they
           put
           to
           the
           Harvest
           they
           receive
           from
           the
           Indies
           ;
           or
           ,
           as
           I
           believe
           ,
           of
           both
           ;
           but
           the
           matter
           is
           such
           ,
           that
           their
           Land
           which
           in
           many
           places
           is
           good
           ,
           and
           could
           be
           made
           fruitful
           ,
           nor
           only
           in
           Fruites
           and
           good
           Wines
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           other
           Necessaries
           ,
           for
           want
           of
           being
           manured
           ,
           is
           barren
           and
           useless
           .
           Now
           the
           Ground
           doth
           not
           produce
           without
           the
           care
           of
           man
           ;
           at
           present
           God
           doth
           not
           shew
           us
           such
           Miracles
           ,
           as
           he
           hath
           done
           sometimes
           in
           the
           dayes
           of
           old
           .
        
         
           If
           Tradsemen
           amongst
           them
           ,
           do
           work
           2
           or
           3
           hours
           in
           the
           day
           ,
           they
           will
           think
           themselves
           the
           greatest
           workmen
           in
           the
           world
           ;
           and
           they
           who
           set
           them
           at
           work
           ,
           must
           pay
           as
           dear
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           had
           been
           a
           whole
           day
           at
           it
           :
           when
           this
           is
           done
           ,
           they
           go
           to
           play
           or
           iport
           themselves
           one
           way
           or
           other
           ,
           but
           those
           that
           live
           in
           Sea-Towns
           never
           fail
           to
           walk
           by
           the
           Sea-side
           ,
           to
           see
           Ships
           coming
           in
           ,
           to
           enquire
           what
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           they
           come
           from
           ,
           and
           what
           news
           they
           bring
           :
           and
           here
           Passenger
           :
           do
           find
           some
           office
           of
           the
           Inquisition
           summoning
           
           them
           to
           go
           and
           give
           an
           account
           of
           their
           Faith
           to
           the
           Office
           ,
           but
           their
           chief
           end
           is
           to
           get
           a
           piece
           of
           money
           ,
           and
           then
           they
           let
           people
           alone
           .
        
         
           Others
           there
           are
           in
           these
           Sea-Towns
           ,
           who
           drive
           another
           sort
           of
           Trade
           ,
           they
           come
           aboard
           and
           offer
           to
           Passengers
           wine
           and
           other
           provisions
           at
           a
           very
           low
           rate
           ,
           only
           to
           oblige
           them
           to
           go
           to
           their
           houses
           ,
           where
           they
           shew
           them
           Spanish
           flesh
           rather
           than
           Victuals
           .
        
         
           No
           Nation
           hath
           more
           ceremony
           ,
           and
           less
           reality
           than
           the
           Spanish
           ,
           when
           they
           think
           to
           cut
           one's
           throat
           ,
           then
           they
           make
           the
           greatest
           protestations
           of
           love
           and
           friendship
           :
           they
           stand
           so
           much
           upon
           titles
           and
           places
           ,
           that
           as
           Boccalini
           saith
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           particular
           custome
           of
           Spaniards
           ,
           to
           visit
           others
           more
           to
           affront
           ,
           than
           to
           honour
           them
           .
           Complements
           also
           are
           so
           mixed
           with
           their
           ordinary
           discourses
           ,
           that
           they
           wholly
           take
           away
           the
           pleasure
           of
           Society
           ,
           &
           banish
           Liberty
           ,
           wherein
           doth
           consist
           the
           sweetness
           of
           Conversation
           :
           An
           English
           Nobleman
           having
           often
           been
           troubled
           at
           Madrid
           with
           such
           a
           way
           of
           dealing
           ,
           by
           one
           of
           their
           Great
           men
           ,
           resolved
           one
           day
           to
           be
           avenged
           on
           him
           ,
           therefore
           once
           
           when
           the
           other
           was
           come
           to
           him
           ,
           he
           caused
           a
           great
           fire
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           and
           both
           being
           drawn
           near
           to
           it
           ,
           with
           their
           backs
           towards
           the
           Chimney
           ,
           the
           Nobleman
           engaged
           the
           Spaniard
           in
           discourses
           of
           Civility
           ,
           who
           many
           times
           bowed
           towards
           the
           fire
           ,
           which
           he
           did
           so
           often
           ,
           that
           at
           last
           feeling
           the
           heat
           ,
           he
           clapt
           his
           hand
           upon
           the
           back
           side
           ,
           and
           found
           the
           fire
           had
           burned
           part
           of
           it
           ,
           he
           was
           as
           amazed
           ,
           as
           the
           other
           who
           sitting
           by
           a
           fire
           ,
           and
           feeling
           the
           heat
           thorough
           his
           Boots
           ,
           said
           ,
           I
           am
           a
           fraid
           of
           burning
           my
           Boots
           ,
           when
           another
           who
           stood
           by
           answered
           ,
           Sir
           ,
           do
           not
           mind
           your
           Boots
           ,
           for
           already
           they
           are
           gone
           ,
           onely
           look
           to
           the
           Spurs
           .
        
         
           They
           profess
           a
           new
           Divinity
           ,
           to
           allow
           of
           a
           certain
           evil
           ,
           that
           an
           uncertain
           may
           be
           avoided
           thereby
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           practice
           a
           Peccadillo
           as
           they
           call
           it
           ,
           a
           little
           sin
           ,
           to
           avoid
           falling
           into
           a
           greater
           ,
           and
           for
           fear
           of
           Sodomy
           ,
           to
           indulge
           themselves
           in
           their
           Leachery
           ;
           a
           thing
           so
           generally
           used
           amongst
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           who
           hath
           not
           his
           love
           in
           that
           kind
           ,
           is
           accounted
           a
           man
           without
           wit
           and
           merit
           ;
           and
           the
           generality
           of
           them
           goes
           as
           openly
           and
           freely
           into
           such
           places
           ,
           as
           here
           one
           will
           goe
           to
           a
           Tavern
           ,
           or
           an
           
           Ale-house
           :
           they
           
             consuetudo
             peccandi
             ,
             tollit
             sensum
             peccati
             ,
          
           the
           custom
           of
           Tinning
           ,
           takes
           away
           the
           sense
           of
           sin
           ;
           their
           Proverb
           is
           ,
           
             El
             fatigado
             con
             cosas
             deveres
             ,
             recreese
             con
             donagres
             ,
          
           he
           who
           is
           a
           weary
           of
           serious
           things
           ,
           must
           betake
           himself
           to
           his
           pleasures
           ;
           of
           which
           ,
           as
           of
           Wines
           they
           allow
           themselves
           a
           Calabrada
           ,
           a
           mixture
           and
           variety
           ,
           wherein
           they
           so
           much
           indulge
           themselves
           ,
           that
           rather
           than
           be
           deprived
           of
           the
           least
           ,
           they
           will
           loose
           any
           thing
           ;
           whereupon
           they
           use
           to
           say
           ,
           
             Siempre
             en
             las
             tardangas
             a'y
             peligro
             ,
             y.
             vale
             mas
             paxaro
             en
             mano
             que
             buy
             tre
             volando
             ,
          
           A
           bird
           in
           hand
           is
           better
           than
           two
           in
           the
           bush
           ;
           which
           they
           mean
           of
           their
           pleasures
           .
        
         
           Sometimes
           I
           have
           seen
           some
           of
           their
           Priests
           come
           to
           Strangers
           Lodgings
           (
           provided
           they
           be
           acquainted
           with
           the
           Landlord
           )
           to
           play
           with
           them
           ,
           in
           a
           disguise
           ,
           not
           out
           of
           any
           shame
           ,
           but
           only
           to
           have
           more
           liberty
           with
           those
           who
           know
           them
           not
           ,
           except
           a
           Landlord
           ,
           or
           some
           body
           else
           tells
           them
           what
           they
           are
           .
        
         
           There
           be
           also
           some
           Priests
           and
           Fryars
           carrying
           up
           and
           down
           the
           Streets
           ,
           the
           Image
           of
           one
           or
           other
           
             Nuestia
             Sennora
          
           ,
           as
           they
           call
           it
           ,
           for
           whom
           they
           beg
           ,
           &
           yet
           the
           
           poor
           Lady
           is
           never
           the
           better
           for
           it
           ;
           for
           most
           part
           of
           the
           time
           ,
           what
           they
           have
           gotten
           ,
           they
           bestow
           upon
           their
           own
           pleasures
           ,
           and
           other
           uses
           ;
           and
           once
           I
           saw
           at
           Alicant
           ,
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           who
           played
           at
           Cardes
           what
           monies
           he
           had
           then
           about
           him
           ,
           and
           lost
           it
           to
           an
           English
           Master
           of
           a
           Ship
           :
           whereby
           we
           see
           now
           ready
           they
           are
           to
           sacrifice
           their
           shew
           and
           pretence
           of
           Devotion
           ,
           to
           their
           pleasure
           or
           covetousness
           ;
           and
           sometimes
           they
           dispose
           of
           it
           another
           way
           ,
           which
           is
           ,
           to
           make
           a
           mock
           at
           what
           they
           call
           piety
           themselves
           ,
           and
           which
           we
           ,
           with
           a
           more
           proper
           word
           ,
           do
           name
           superstition
           .
        
         
           Many
           of
           these
           Secular
           ,
           and
           Regular
           Priests
           ,
           are
           very
           offensive
           to
           the
           Laity
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           great
           power
           theClergy
           hath
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           who
           assert
           their
           priviledges
           with
           a
           great
           severity
           ,
           by
           the
           means
           of
           the
           Inquisition
           ,
           which
           is
           formidable
           to
           the
           greatest
           men
           in
           the
           Land
           ,
           as
           to
           the
           lowest
           ;
           so
           that
           under
           this
           shelter
           ,
           they
           commit
           many
           unjust
           and
           unlawful
           things
           .
        
         
           But
           in
           general
           ,
           to
           return
           to
           the
           Nation
           ,
           they
           are
           very
           singular
           in
           their
           Diet
           ,
           still
           making
           good
           the
           Proverb
           which
           saies
           ,
           
             A
             Spaniard
             is
             not
             sober
             when
             he
             lives
             at
          
           
           
             the
             costs
             of
             others
          
           :
           but
           else
           they
           are
           very
           sparing
           and
           I
           am
           very
           much
           of
           the
           opinion
           of
           one
           ,
           who
           thinks
           that
           in
           London
           ,
           there
           is
           more
           Meat
           eaten
           in
           one
           Month
           ,
           than
           in
           whole
           Spain
           in
           one
           Year
           .
           They
           do
           not
           roast
           whole
           Capons
           ,
           and
           Pullets
           ,
           but
           Leggs
           ,
           and
           Wings
           by
           themselves
           ,
           and
           then
           spread
           the
           feathers
           before
           their
           doors
           ,
           to
           make
           others
           think
           thatgood
           chear
           is
           made
           in
           that
           house
           ;
           a
           Crust
           ofBread
           rubbed
           with
           Garlick
           ,
           or
           an
           Onion
           ,
           is
           an
           ordinary
           and
           a
           good
           diet
           for
           them
           ,
           which
           ,
           if
           a
           Stranger
           sees
           them
           to
           eat
           ,
           they
           presently
           fall
           upon
           commending
           of
           Sobriety
           ,
           and
           how
           wholsom
           a
           thing
           it
           is
           :
           many
           a
           time
           I
           have
           seen
           numbers
           of
           them
           dine
           so
           ,
           close
           by
           a
           wall
           ,
           to
           enjoy
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           which
           is
           their
           ordinary
           fire
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           so
           saving
           they
           endeavour
           to
           be
           in
           every
           thing
           ;
           yet
           if
           any
           one
           will
           have
           the
           pleasure
           ,
           how
           well
           they
           can
           eat
           ,
           or
           rather
           devour
           ,
           let
           him
           treat
           them
           at
           his
           own
           charges
           .
        
         
           For
           certain
           flesh
           isvery
           nourishing
           there
           ,
           but
           this
           is
           not
           the
           onely
           reason
           of
           their
           sobriety
           ,
           't
           is
           also
           dear
           ,
           in
           part
           ,
           because
           't
           is
           scarce
           ,
           and
           also
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           great
           Tax
           laid
           upon
           Butchers
           :
           Fruits
           ,
           herbs
           and
           roots
           ,
           are
           things
           which
           they
           feed
           upon
           most
           of
           
           all
           ,
           and
           in
           every
           thing
           almost
           ,
           they
           use
           much
           Pimiento
           ,
           a
           kind
           of
           red
           Pepper
           which
           grows
           in
           the
           country
           ;
           but
           they
           are
           not
           used
           to
           see
           any
           quantity
           of
           meat
           upon
           a
           table
           ;
           this
           is
           the
           reason
           why
           Gondomour
           being
           gone
           back
           into
           Spain
           from
           his
           Ambassy
           in
           England
           ,
           and
           being
           asked
           by
           his
           Master
           about
           several
           fashions
           used
           here
           in
           the
           Court
           ,
           amongst
           the
           rest
           ,
           being
           very
           inquisitive
           to
           know
           what
           ceremonies
           were
           used
           here
           when
           the
           King
           was
           at
           table
           ;
           he
           answered
           ,
           for
           his
           part
           ,
           he
           could
           not
           well
           tell
           ,
           though
           he
           had
           been
           in
           the
           Dining
           Room
           when
           his
           Majesty
           was
           at
           Dinner
           ,
           because
           ,
           said
           he
           ,
           he
           was
           hidden
           from
           him
           by
           a
           great
           piece
           of
           Beef
           which
           was
           laid
           upon
           the
           Table
           .
        
         
           They
           allow
           not
           their
           wives
           to
           sit
           at
           table
           with
           them
           ,
           those
           persons
           of
           quality
           are
           private
           in
           a
           chamber
           and
           by
           themselves
           ,
           but
           others
           of
           the
           common
           sort
           of
           people
           ,
           do
           usually
           keep
           in
           the
           same
           chamber
           where
           their
           husbands
           dine
           ,
           at
           a
           table
           with
           their
           children
           ,
           or
           else
           there
           is
           a
           place
           raised
           half
           a
           foot
           or
           thereabouts
           above
           the
           flower
           ,
           with
           a
           Carpet
           laid
           over
           it
           ,
           thereupon
           the
           wife
           ,
           and
           children
           either
           kneel
           or
           sit
           without
           Chairs
           ,
           and
           eat
           what
           the
           husband
           is
           
           pleased
           to
           send
           them
           from
           his
           Table
           ,
           so
           that
           to
           speak
           the
           truth
           ,
           they
           are
           deprived
           of
           their
           liberty
           and
           kept
           in
           great
           subjection
           ,
           little
           different
           from
           slavery
           .
        
         
           Which
           hard
           usage
           they
           are
           sensible
           of
           ,
           upon
           occasion
           doing
           them
           all
           the
           turns
           of
           unfaithfulness
           which
           they
           are
           able
           ,
           being
           naturally
           by
           the
           influences
           of
           the
           climate
           ,
           the
           hot
           things
           they
           eat
           and
           drink
           ,
           and
           out
           of
           a
           desire
           of
           the
           liberty
           they
           see
           themselves
           abridged
           off
           ,
           much
           inclined
           to
           luxury
           ;
           they
           take
           care
           to
           curle
           their
           hair
           ,
           keep
           their
           breast
           naked
           ,
           yet
           not
           so
           low
           as
           the
           shoulders
           ,
           they
           paint
           much
           with
           red
           their
           lips
           and
           cheeks
           ,
           a
           custom
           so
           general
           amongst
           them
           ,
           that
           they
           hide
           it
           not
           one
           from
           another
           ;
           they
           wear
           above
           their
           wast
           a
           fardingale
           ,
           or
           
             Guarda
             infanta
          
           ,
           as
           they
           call
           it
           ,
           which
           is
           like
           a
           circle
           of
           a
           good
           breadth
           ,
           and
           very
           fit
           to
           hide
           a
           big
           belly
           ;
           when
           they
           go
           thorough
           a
           narrow
           door
           they
           must
           strike
           it
           down
           of
           one
           side
           ;
           those
           of
           an
           inferiour
           quality
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           abroad
           ,
           do
           usually
           wear
           a
           black
           Hood
           which
           falls
           lower
           then
           their
           breast
           and
           shoulders
           ,
           and
           hides
           the
           whole
           face
           ,
           except
           one
           eye
           ,
           which
           is
           all
           one
           is
           able
           to
           see
           of
           it
           ,
           whereby
           they
           are
           so
           hard
           to
           be
           known
           ,
           that
           towards
           evening
           
           a
           husband
           going
           by
           his
           wife
           shall
           have
           much
           ado
           to
           know
           her
           ;
           though
           they
           be
           more
           civil
           to
           those
           strangers
           or
           others
           whom
           they
           intend
           to
           favour
           ,
           by
           uncovering
           the
           whole
           face
           when
           they
           come
           nigh
           to
           them
           :
           they
           improve
           the
           few
           moments
           they
           have
           of
           liberty
           ,
           and
           they
           endeavour
           to
           
             hazer
             su
             Agosto
          
           ,
           to
           speak
           in
           their
           own
           words
           ,
           or
           as
           we
           say
           ,
           Make
           Hay
           whilst
           the
           Sun
           shines
           ,
           and
           they
           do
           it
           
             de
             la
             buena
             gana
          
           ,
           with
           a
           good
           will.
           
        
         
           Men
           there
           ,
           are
           extraordinarily
           careful
           of
           their
           Beards
           ,
           which
           are
           black
           and
           thick
           with
           Mustacchio's
           〈◊〉
           Tusks
           ;
           to
           save
           them
           at
           night
           ,
           they
           have
           
             las
             bigotes
          
           ,
           that
           is
           a
           kind
           of
           a
           waxed
           Case
           which
           they
           lay
           upon
           it
           ,
           and
           which
           to
           one
           who
           knows
           not
           what
           it
           is
           ,
           seems
           very
           strange
           in
           a
           morning
           when
           they
           appear
           with
           it
           at
           a
           Window
           :
           they
           also
           make
           a
           Beard
           so
           essential
           to
           a
           man
           ,
           that
           if
           he
           be
           altogether
           shaven
           ,
           as
           now
           we
           are
           in
           England
           ,
           they
           will
           doubt
           whether
           or
           not
           he
           be
           an
           Eunuch
           :
           and
           in
           the
           streets
           of
           Madrid
           ,
           I
           have
           seen
           an
           outlandish
           man
           of
           about
           30
           years
           of
           age
           ,
           taken
           by
           the
           arme
           by
           a
           woman
           who
           never
           saw
           him
           before
           .
           and
           asked
           him
           very
           boldly
           ,
           
             tien
             los
             Cojones
             voste
          
           ,
           Sir
           ,
           are
           you
           a
           whole
           man
           ,
           because
           he
           was
           wholly
           shaven
           .
        
         
         
           A
           thing
           which
           most
           of
           all
           seemed
           strange
           to
           me
           in
           Spain
           ,
           is
           the
           custome
           of
           some
           to
           walk
           in
           the
           streets
           with
           Spectacles
           on
           their
           Noses
           ,
           which
           with
           a
           little
           thread
           they
           tye
           to
           both
           ears
           ,
           and
           there
           is
           a
           two-fold
           reason
           for
           it
           ;
           the
           one
           is
           the
           scorching
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun
           which
           heats
           so
           much
           the
           ground
           ,
           that
           the
           reverberation
           of
           it
           is
           hurtful
           to
           the
           eye
           ,
           but
           as
           in
           Winter
           the
           sun
           is
           not
           so
           hot
           as
           in
           Summer
           ,
           so
           methinks
           the
           use
           of
           these
           Spectacles
           should
           cease
           ;
           therefore
           besides
           the
           former
           there
           is
           an
           inward
           reason
           ,
           arising
           from
           the
           immoderate
           luxury
           which
           they
           are
           given
           to
           ,
           for
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           strict
           communication
           there
           is
           between
           those
           parts
           and
           the
           head
           ,
           specially
           the
           Opticks
           ,
           the
           Organ
           is
           much
           offended
           ,
           and
           consequently
           weakned
           ,
           so
           that
           this
           people
           becomes
           short
           sighted
           ;
           and
           I
           think
           that
           the
           fresh
           waters
           with
           Ice
           ,
           which
           they
           so
           much
           drink
           of
           in
           summer
           ,
           are
           used
           to
           cool
           their
           lust
           more
           then
           to
           quench
           their
           thirst
           .
        
         
           The
           extraordinry
           long
           swords
           they
           have
           must
           needs
           be
           very
           inconvenient
           ,
           specially
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           long
           cloaks
           they
           wear
           them
           under
           ,
           insomuch
           that
           most
           part
           of
           time
           they
           must
           turn
           up
           their
           cloaks
           of
           one
           side
           when
           they
           walk
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           hand
           
           they
           must
           lay
           upon
           the
           hilt
           of
           the
           sword
           ,
           that
           thereby
           the
           point
           of
           it
           be
           lifted
           up
           ,
           otherwise
           it
           would
           constantly
           trail
           upon
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           often
           the
           crosse
           above
           the
           hilt
           being
           of
           one
           side
           turned
           upwards
           ,
           and
           downwards
           on
           the
           other
           ,
           seems
           at
           the
           same
           time
           threatning
           heaven
           and
           earth
           .
        
         
           Formerly
           they
           used
           to
           wear
           Ruffs
           about
           their
           necks
           ,
           which
           were
           forbidden
           ,
           because
           in
           Arragon
           a
           great
           man
           was
           strangled
           with
           it
           ,
           so
           that
           since
           that
           time
           they
           have
           been
           lookt
           upon
           as
           a
           halter
           about
           ones
           neck
           ,
           and
           instead
           of
           it
           ,
           they
           use
           a
           little
           band
           stretched
           and
           stiffned
           with
           a
           little
           wire
           .
        
         
           In
           their
           discourses
           they
           would
           be
           taken
           for
           Senators
           ,
           for
           upon
           every
           occasion
           they
           play
           the
           Statesmen
           ,
           they
           dispose
           of
           Crowns
           Scepters
           and
           Kingdoms
           ,
           just
           as
           if
           they
           were
           of
           Gods
           council
           ,
           they
           decide
           the
           fortune
           of
           Princes
           ,
           censure
           the
           actions
           and
           carriage
           of
           Ministers
           of
           state
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           are
           three
           or
           four
           together
           ,
           one
           would
           think
           that
           like
           so
           many
           Gods
           they
           sit
           in
           council
           to
           resolve
           upon
           the
           fare
           ,
           and
           dispose
           of
           all
           States
           and
           Empires
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           this
           not
           by
           conjectures
           ,
           but
           out
           of
           a
           certain
           and
           infallible
           knowledge
           ,
           and
           whilest
           they
           fancy
           Mountains
           of
           Gold
           ,
           and
           think
           how
           to
           
           dispossesse
           other
           Nations
           of
           their
           Country
           ,
           they
           take
           no
           notice
           how
           void
           of
           people
           their
           own
           is
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           their
           driving
           the
           Moores
           out
           of
           Granada
           ,
           of
           their
           Plantations
           in
           the
           Indies
           ,
           their
           wars
           in
           Flanders
           and
           Italy
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           many
           Garrisons
           they
           must
           keep
           in
           sundry
           places
           ;
           thus
           they
           make
           good
           their
           Proverb
           ,
           
             cada
             loco
             con
             su
             tema
          
           ,
           every
           fool
           hath
           his
           fancies
           .
        
         
           Benefit
           and
           pleasure
           are
           the
           two
           great
           ends
           of
           Travellers
           ,
           but
           in
           Spain
           neither
           is
           to
           be
           had
           ,
           the
           people
           of
           it
           not
           being
           sociable
           ,
           and
           there
           is
           hardly
           any
           thing
           worthy
           of
           a
           mans
           curiosity
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           the
           pains
           to
           go
           to
           see
           it
           ;
           all
           Spain
           doth
           not
           afford
           one
           noble
           and
           stately
           City
           .
           Pamplona
           in
           Navarra
           is
           noted
           for
           the
           Citadel
           in
           't
           ,
           Burgos
           the
           Metropolis
           of
           Castilla
           the
           old
           for
           the
           great
           Church
           ,
           and
           an
           inconsiderable
           Castle
           ;
           Valladolid
           where
           formerly
           the
           Court
           hath
           resided
           for
           a
           considerable
           time
           ,
           is
           a
           proverb
           ,
           
             Villa
             per
             villa
             ,
             Valladolid
             en
             Castilla
             ,
          
           but
           there
           are
           not
           so
           much
           as
           walls
           about
           it
           .
           Salamanca
           hath
           the
           famous
           University
           of
           Spain
           ,
           their
           is
           the
           Bridge
           built
           by
           the
           Romans
           ,
           and
           the
           Bull
           at
           one
           end
           of
           it
           ;
           Segovia
           hath
           without
           the
           Monasterie
           ,
           called
           Parral
           ,
           the
           Mint
           ,
           a
           Palace
           and
           the
           
           Aqueducts
           ,
           &
           the
           fine
           Cloth
           made
           there
           :
           Toledo
           the
           chief
           Arch-bishoprick
           of
           Spain
           hath
           a
           great
           Church
           &
           a
           thing
           called
           the
           Treasure
           within
           it
           ,
           &
           Water-works
           ;
           so
           at
           Granada
           is
           the
           Palace
           of
           the
           Palace
           of
           the
           Kings
           of
           the
           Moors
           ,
           the
           
             Altrambra
             :
             Cordova
          
           hath
           the
           Mosquea
           or
           Church
           of
           the
           
             Moors
             ,
             Sarragossa
          
           is
           a
           good
           place
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           short
           ,
           their
           Sevile
           the
           chief
           of
           Andaluzia
           ,
           of
           which
           their
           Proverb
           says
           ,
           
             El
             que
             non
             ha
             vista
             Sevilla
             ,
             non
             ha
             vista
             Maravilla
             :
          
           indeed
           about
           it
           grow
           good
           fruits
           ,
           the
           River
           Guadulquivin
           ,
           runs
           by
           ,
           and
           after
           falls
           into
           the
           Sea
           by
           
             San
             Iuan
             de
             Burrameda
          
           ,
           but
           certainly
           in
           other
           places
           are
           much
           better
           Churches
           ,
           Palaces
           .
           Bridges
           ,
           Universities
           ,
           &c.
           and
           I
           say
           that
           all
           these
           things
           together
           are
           not
           worth
           the
           pains
           and
           the
           charges
           of
           going
           so
           far
           to
           see
           them
           ,
           except
           a
           man
           hath
           absolutely
           a
           mind
           to
           be
           able
           to
           say
           ,
           I
           have
           seen
           ;
           neither
           is
           a
           good
           breeding
           to
           be
           gotten
           there
           .
        
         
           Indeed
           there
           are
           in
           Spain
           two
           things
           worth
           seeing
           ,
           and
           no
           more
           ,
           one
           is
           a
           work
           of
           nature
           ,
           the
           
             River
             Guadiana
          
           in
           Estramudara
           ,
           sinking
           under
           ground
           beyond
           
             Placio
             del
             Rey
          
           ,
           and
           then
           raising
           about
           Miajada
           nigh
           upon
           14
           short
           leagues
           off
           ;
           upon
           this
           account
           
           't
           is
           said
           they
           have
           the
           best
           bridge
           of
           Europe
           :
           the
           other
           is
           the
           Escurial
           ,
           the
           Master-piece
           of
           the
           great
           and
           wise
           King
           Philip
           11.
           though
           't
           was
           no
           part
           of
           wisdome
           in
           him
           to
           have
           at
           once
           3
           such
           great
           designs
           ,
           to
           conquer
           England
           ,
           uphold
           the
           league
           in
           France
           ,
           and
           to
           recover
           the
           Low-Countries
           ,
           all
           which
           came
           to
           nothing
           ,
           because
           as
           the
           Italian
           saith
           ,
           
             Chi
             troppo
             abraccia
             nulla
             stringe
          
           ;
           however
           he
           built
           the
           Iscuriale
           where
           the
           Courts
           ,
           the
           Kings
           and
           Queens
           Lodgings
           ,
           the
           Fryars
           Cloysters
           ,
           the
           water
           ,
           the
           Gardens
           ,
           the
           Library
           ,
           the
           Chappel
           ,
           in
           a
           word
           ,
           the
           whole
           is
           a
           rare
           thing
           ,
           but
           not
           so
           miraculous
           to
           those
           who
           have
           seen
           other
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           ;
           the
           
             Pardo
             ,
             buen
             retiro
          
           and
           Aranjuez
           ,
           I
           will
           hardly
           mention
           ,
           those
           forenamed
           are
           the
           best
           things
           in
           Spain
           ,
           but
           he
           who
           hath
           a
           mind
           to
           suffer
           so
           many
           inconveniences
           before
           he
           comes
           thither
           must
           do
           it
           by
           way
           of
           Penance
           ;
           as
           for
           Cities
           ,
           Barcelona
           is
           certainly
           the
           most
           populous
           of
           any
           in
           Spain
           .
        
         
           The
           rest
           of
           these
           towns
           are
           full
           of
           pride
           ,
           idleness
           ,
           misery
           ,
           cheats
           ,
           treachery
           murthers
           and
           other
           oppressions
           ,
           caused
           by
           their
           ambition
           ,
           animosities
           ,
           covetousness
           ,
           desire
           of
           revenge
           ,
           luxury
           and
           jealousies
           about
           
           Wives
           ,
           Concubines
           ,
           Daughters
           ,
           Sisters
           ,
           Neeces
           ,
           and
           what
           other
           relations
           they
           have
           of
           that
           Sex
           ,
           they
           account
           themselves
           obliged
           to
           be
           watchful
           over
           :
           yet
           for
           all
           their
           poverty
           they
           are
           taken
           with
           the
           vanity
           which
           is
           too
           common
           in
           other
           places
           ,
           nor
           to
           observe
           a
           distinction
           of
           cloaths
           according
           to
           the
           quality
           of
           persons
           ,
           for
           I
           have
           seen
           Carpenters
           and
           Shooemakers
           in
           Silver
           cloath
           doublets
           ,
           and
           in
           extraordinary
           fine
           cloath
           ;
           but
           I
           know
           it
           to
           be
           their
           humour
           ,
           that
           the
           poorer
           they
           are
           ,
           the
           more
           they
           indeavour
           to
           hide
           it
           ,
           the
           best
           countenance
           they
           put
           on
           ,
           and
           the
           greatest
           shew
           they
           make
           :
           their
           very
           Alguazils
           or
           Bailies
           ,
           who
           are
           the
           vilest
           sort
           of
           People
           ,
           think
           themselves
           as
           good
           as
           the
           best
           in
           the
           land
           ,
           and
           to
           see
           them
           walk
           with
           a
           switch
           lifted
           up
           in
           their
           hand
           ,
           one
           would
           perceive
           in
           them
           as
           much
           lostiness
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           high
           stewards
           ,
           or
           high
           chamberlains
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           speak
           of
           somthing
           which
           is
           or
           ought
           to
           be
           the
           best
           in
           Spain
           ,
           we
           must
           come
           to
           Madrid
           ,
           the
           ordinary
           place
           of
           the
           Courts
           residence
           ,
           which
           is
           far
           from
           being
           numerous
           ,
           and
           their
           way
           is
           particular
           and
           different
           from
           others
           ;
           the
           generality
           
           of
           Women
           about
           it
           ,
           are
           antient
           and
           tanned
           ,
           but
           they
           use
           painting
           very
           much
           as
           a
           remedy
           to
           it
           :
           Yet
           I
           confess
           I
           have
           seen
           in
           Spain
           some
           with
           a
           very
           white
           skin
           ,
           (
           but
           these
           are
           scarce
           )
           a
           brown
           hair
           ,
           and
           a
           lively
           black
           eye
           ,
           but
           there
           is
           not
           that
           honest
           Society
           of
           both
           Sexes
           which
           is
           found
           in
           other
           places
           :
           and
           great
           men
           do
           so
           affect
           gravity
           ,
           and
           stand
           so
           much
           upon
           their
           formalities
           and
           points
           of
           honour
           ,
           that
           amongst
           them
           there
           can
           be
           no
           sincerity
           nor
           satisfaction
           .
        
         
           Coaches
           in
           Madrid
           are
           drawn
           by
           mules
           ,
           in
           them
           Ladies
           sit
           in
           the
           same
           Gravity
           which
           men
           do
           affect
           ,
           they
           are
           almost
           like
           Statues
           without
           motion
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           think
           fit
           to
           move
           the
           head
           ,
           't
           is
           done
           in
           so
           slowand
           so
           lingring
           a
           way
           ,
           that
           one
           who
           is
           not
           used
           to
           it
           ,
           would
           admire
           to
           see
           it
           ;
           for
           all
           this
           I
           believe
           if
           they
           had
           the
           liberty
           which
           others
           enjoy
           in
           other
           places
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           would
           prove
           the
           wittiest
           and
           most
           gallant
           Women
           in
           the
           World
           ,
           even
           as
           were
           the
           Moors
           in
           Granada
           ,
           but
           as
           things
           stand
           they
           must
           live
           a
           very
           retired
           manner
           of
           life
           .
        
         
           On
           the
           other
           side
           ,
           no
           greater
           prostitution
           in
           the
           world
           then
           there
           is
           in
           that
           Town
           ,
           for
           the
           generality
           of
           Women
           :
           mothers
           
           make
           no
           difficulties
           to
           sell
           their
           daughters
           maidenhèads
           four
           or
           five
           times
           ,
           and
           as
           often
           as
           they
           can
           to
           cheat
           men
           ;
           young
           girles
           begin
           to
           keep
           mens
           company
           when
           they
           are
           but
           ten
           ,
           eleven
           ,
           or
           at
           the
           most
           twelve
           years
           old
           ,
           this
           is
           the
           cause
           of
           so
           much
           infection
           there
           in
           that
           kind
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           a
           lamentable
           thing
           for
           any
           one
           who
           hath
           the
           curiosity
           to
           see
           their
           Hospitals
           of
           incurables
           ,
           besides
           that
           horrid
           sin
           which
           to
           punish
           sufficiently
           no
           pain
           was
           found
           upon
           earth
           ,
           but
           God
           was
           pleased
           to
           pour
           down
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           hell
           from
           heaven
           ,
           causing
           fire
           and
           brimstone
           to
           rain
           and
           shower
           down
           upon
           earth
           ;
           about
           this
           horrid
           sin
           they
           have
           this
           proverb
           in
           their
           language
           ,
           
             En
             Spania
             los
             Cavalleros
             ,
             en
             Francia
             los
             pedantos
             ,
             en
             Italia
             todos
             .
          
        
         
           A
           thing
           observable
           in
           the
           Court
           is
           the
           way
           of
           their
           Grandees
           ,
           who
           sit
           down
           and
           put
           on
           their
           hats
           in
           the
           Kings
           presence
           ;
           of
           these
           men
           there
           are
           three
           sorts
           ,
           some
           have
           it
           by
           a
           personal
           priviledge
           and
           special
           favour
           of
           the
           King
           ,
           others
           have
           it
           as
           an
           hereditary
           right
           and
           propriety
           derived
           from
           their
           parents
           ,
           and
           others
           in
           the
           third
           place
           ,
           have
           it
           by
           a
           right
           of
           their
           charge
           and
           place
           ,
           as
           namely
           the
           President
           of
           the
           Council
           of
           
           Castilla
           ,
           who
           though
           he
           be
           not
           a
           Grandee
           ,
           yet
           enjoys
           the
           same
           priviledge
           as
           they
           do
           .
           Charles
           the
           fifth
           was
           the
           Author
           of
           these
           Grandees
           ,
           to
           gratifie
           the
           Spanish
           Nation
           ,
           and
           in
           some
           kind
           make
           some
           of
           them
           equal
           with
           some
           German
           Princes
           who
           followed
           him
           in
           that
           voyage
           ,
           and
           who
           by
           their
           quality
           and
           extraction
           ,
           had
           the
           right
           of
           sitting
           and
           being
           covered
           in
           his
           presence
           ,
           a
           thing
           which
           other
           European
           Kings
           do
           not
           allow
           of
           ,
           Portugal
           excepted
           .
        
         
           Again
           ,
           at
           Madrid
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           that
           cruel
           Bull-fighting
           ,
           a
           remainder
           of
           those
           bloody
           spectacles
           used
           by
           the
           Romans
           for
           to
           give
           a
           pleasure
           to
           the
           spectators
           ,
           men
           as
           mad
           as
           the
           Bulls
           they
           fight
           against
           ,
           must
           encounter
           those
           wild
           creatures
           ,
           and
           hazard
           in
           a
           combate
           which
           hath
           proved
           fatal
           to
           the
           lives
           of
           so
           many
           .
        
         
           What
           shall
           I
           say
           of
           Madrid
           it self
           ,
           where
           are
           neither
           good
           streets
           nor
           stately
           buildings
           ,
           antient
           or
           Modern
           ,
           not
           considerable
           for
           the
           materials
           or
           for
           the
           rules
           of
           Architecture
           ;
           in
           winter
           there
           is
           nothing
           but
           dirt
           ,
           and
           dust
           in
           summer
           ,
           so
           that
           if
           for
           the
           space
           of
           three
           or
           four
           hours
           men
           have
           been
           to
           walk
           ,
           their
           cloaths
           shall
           be
           as
           white
           for
           dust
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           had
           been
           at
           the
           
           Mill
           ,
           so
           that
           't
           is
           no
           wonder
           if
           their
           cloaths
           and
           Taffity
           hats
           (
           that
           is
           overlaid
           with
           Taffita
           )
           grow
           greasie
           so
           soon
           .
           Above
           all
           ,
           let
           not
           one
           who
           is
           there
           walk
           abroad
           late
           at
           night
           ,
           nor
           very
           early
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           for
           as
           they
           have
           no
           houses
           of
           office
           they
           fling
           it
           up
           and
           down
           the
           streets
           ,
           and
           how
           unpleasant
           these
           objects
           are
           to
           the
           Nose
           ,
           and
           the
           Eye
           ,
           let
           any
           one
           judge
           ,
           yet
           about
           9
           or
           10
           of
           the
           Clock
           there
           is
           nothing
           to
           be
           seen
           ,
           but
           all
           is
           dissolved
           into
           dust
           ,
           &
           as
           men
           say
           ,
           that
           one
           stench
           &
           poison
           drives
           away
           another
           ,
           so
           their
           use
           of
           Onions
           and
           Garlick
           is
           by
           them
           thought
           to
           be
           a
           sovereign
           remedy
           against
           these
           Spanish
           Perfumes
           we
           are
           now
           speaking
           of
           ;
           the
           Air
           indeed
           is
           the
           only
           good
           thing
           at
           Madrid
           ,
           for
           't
           is
           very
           pure
           and
           free
           from
           the
           Plague
           .
           But
           if
           for
           all
           this
           men
           have
           a
           mind
           to
           go
           to
           see
           that
           stinking
           place
           ,
           I
           will
           say
           to
           them
           in
           
             Spanish
             ,
             Sea
             con
             pie
             derecho
             ,
          
           that
           is
           in
           an
           English
           sence
           ,
           Much
           good
           may
           't
           do
           to
           them
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
         
      
    
     
  

